Home

2014 Infiniti QX80

1. Ta eyii ha d ihe TALK switch The system announces Would you like to access Phone Navigation Informa tion Audio or Help Speak Phone 4 124 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Ta eyii ha d ihe TALK switch JVH0481X 4 Speak International Call INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION AL TERNATE COMMAND MODE Voice Recognition Memuatiaval Call Full Br Voice Reengaition Intemational Call Ful Gaack The following section is applicable when e 3 911811112223333 Alternate Command Mode is activated j j When Alternate Command Mode is acti Dal Da Seer j vated an expanded list of commands can Say the entire number ar groups of A numbers Say DB pound 4 star ar be used after pushing the TALK 4 switch plus DPlesve cenlinus or suy Dial In this mode available commands are not fully shown on the display or prompted Ta axil ha d ihe TALK switch Ta exii ha d ihe TALK switch Review the expanded command list when this mode is active See examples of Alternate Command Mode screens SAA2541 Please note that in this mode the recogni 5 Speak 011811112223333 6 Speak Dial tion success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and ways Ta aytem makesva call tor Ole ttt of speaking each command are increased 222 3333 ad To improve the recognition success rate
2. Crash zone sensor Supplemental front impact air bag modules INFINITI Advanced Air Bags Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag inflators Front seat mounted side impact sup plemental air bag modules Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags Seat belt pre tensioners Satellite sensors 10 Diagnosis sensor unit Occupant classification sensors weight sensors Occupant classification system con trol unit INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS TEM front seats AX WARNING To ensure proper operation of the passen gers advanced air bag system please observe the following items Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket Do not place heavy loads heavier than 9 lbs 4 kg on the seatback head restraint or in the seatback pocket Do not store cargo behind the seat that can press into the seatback Do not position the front passenger seat so it contacts the rear seat If the front seat does contact the rear seat the air bag system may determine a sensor malfunction has occurred and the front passenger air bag status light may illuminate and the supplemental air Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 61 bag warning light may flash e If a forward facing child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat do not position the front passenger seat so the
3. Setting menu Select the Settings key on the display with the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button to adjust the following settings The items indicated with can also be set from the rear display Push the SOURCE button on the remote and select DVD USB shown on the rear screen while a DVD USB movie file is being played Select the preferred item using the select button gt I on the remote controller and push the ENTER button Key DVD VIDEO Keys for the DVD menu operation are displayed ap s Move the cursor to select a DVD menu Enter Enter the selected menu Move Change the display location by moving the operation key Back Return to the previous screen air Hide Hide the operation key Title Menu front Menu rear DVD VIDEO Menus specific to each disc will be shown 4 94 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems For details see the instructions attached to the disc Title Search DVD VIDEO A scene that belongs to a specified title will be displayed each time the side or side is selected 10 Key Search DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD CD DA Select the 10 Key Search key and push the ENTER button to open the number entry screen Input the number you want to search for and select the OK key with the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER button The specified Title Chapter or Group Track will b
4. 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and handheld transmitter but ton DO NOT release until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indicates successful program ming NOTE Some devices to be programmed may require you to replace Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted in the Pro gramming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate openers later in this section Instruments and controls 2 69 3 Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button and observe the indicator light e If the indicator light is solid continuous programming is com plete and your device should acti vate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released e If the indicator light _ blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a solid continuous light continue with Steps 4 6 for a rolling code device A second person may make the following steps easier Use a ladder or other device Do not 2 70 Instruments and controls stand on your vehicle to perform the next steps 4 At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage locate the learn or smart button the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging anten na wire is attached to the unit If there is d
5. Lane Departure Warning LDW P 5 21 Blind Spot Warning BSW P 5 31 Forward Collision Warning FCW P 5 90 15 BCI Back up Collision Intervention switch P 5 31 or Power lift gate switch P 3 20 16 Electric tilting telescopic steering wheel switch P 3 28 17 Intelligent Brake Assist IBA OFF switch P 5 94 if so equipped Illustrated table of contents 0 9 INSTRUMENT PANEL 15 16 1718161915 20 7 22 Side ventilator P 4 38 Meters and gauges P 2 6 buttons P 4 7 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 6 Center display Center ventilator P 4 38 Around View Monitor P 4 21 Center multi function control panel Navigation system P 4 3 DVD player operation P 4 64 YDE S 0 10 Illustrated table of contents Vehicle information and setting 7 Clock P 2 51 8 Defroster switch P 2 37 9 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 55 10 Fuse box P 8 24 11 Parking brake P 5 21 12 Hood release handle P 3 20 13 Steering wheel Horn P 2 45 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 55 Power steering system P 5 110 14 Push button ignition switch P 5 11 15 Climate controlled seat switch P 2 47 Heated seat switch P 2 45 16 Remote tip up 2nd row seat switch P 1 9 17 Heated steering wheel switch P 2 44 18 Power outlet P 2 52 19 Front passenger air bag
6. When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key system s operating range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors SPA2326 DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAU TION e Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli gent Key is outside the vehicle e After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them e To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 you carry the key with you and then lock the doors e Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door e The Intelligent Key system opening closing doors with the door handle
7. 5 40 Starting and driving SSD1031 If the driver activates the turn signal then the Blind spot warning indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice NOTE If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone the Blind spot warning indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected If the Blind Spot Intervention system is on and your vehicle is approaching a lane marker the Blind spot warning indicator light flashes and a chime will sound three times Then the Blind Spot Intervention system slightly applies the brakes on one side to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane SD1032 NOTE Overtaking other vehicles If you accelerate from a stop with a vehicle The Blind spot warning indicator light in the detection zone the other vehicle illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and may not be detected that vehicle stays in the detection zone for approximately 3 seconds The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone then the Blind spot warning indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice Starting and driving 5 41 SSD1093 If the Blind Spot Intervention system is on and your vehicle approaches a lane marker while another vehicle is i
8. e Under the following conditions the BSW and Blind Spot Intervention systems will be turned off automati cally a beep will sound and the BSW Blind Spot Intervention system warn ing light orange will blink The BSW and Blind Spot Intervention systems are not available until the conditions no longer exist When the camera detects that the interior temperature is high over approximately 104 F 40 C When radar blockage is detected The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water mist or fog The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist the BSW system will resume automatically For the Blind Spot Intervention system turn it off and turn it on again If the BSW Blind Spot Intervention warning light orange continues to blink even after the Blind Spot Intervention system is turned on again stop the vehicle in a safe location and turn the engine off Check for and remove objects obscuring the radar sen sors on the rear bumper and restart the engine If the warning light orange continues to blink have the BSW Blind Spot Interven tion systems checked by an INFINITI retailer BSW Blind Spot Intervention malfunction When the BSW Blind Spot Intervention systems malfunction they will be turned off automatically
9. e Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction e Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement e Allow greater following distances on slippery roads e Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers e Do not use the cruise control on slippery roads e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are used to assist in cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 Turn the engine off 2 Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord 3 Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord 4 Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet 5 The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate
10. f Air flows from center and side ventilators and foot outlets wai Air flows mainly from foot outlets wp Air flows from defroster and foot outlets Air recirculation Push the intake air control button to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the lt gt button will illuminate The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode p Outside air circulation Push the intake air control button to draw outside air into the passenger compart ment The indicator light on the c button will turn off and gt if so equipped will illuminate Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be controlled automatically e Without Advanced Climate Control Sys tem When the outside air circulation mode is on push and hold the sc intake air control button When the air recirculation mode is on push and hold the lt gt air recirculation button When setting the automatic control mode both indicator lights will blink twice indicating that the system is in the automatic control mode With Advanced Climate Control System To return to the automatic control 4 42 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems mode push the 3 auto recircula tion button The indicator light on the auto recirculation button will illuminate Turning
11. left or R right display and push Enter button When an item is set to ON the selected side of the rear display turns on Select DVD USB F AUX if so 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems equipped or R AUX for Source L left and R right and push the ENTER button to switch each display to the selected source Auto Display When an item is turned on and a DVD or USB movie file only is played the rear display turns on automatically Rear Speaker This item turns the rear speakers on off DRIVER ASSISTANCE settings if so equipped For details of the Driver Assistance settings refer to the following items e Lane Departure Warning LDW Preven tion LDP system in the 5 Starting and driving section e Blind Spot Warning Blind Spot Inter vention Back up Collision Interven tion systems in the 5 Starting and driving section e Distance Control Assist DCA system in the 5 Starting and driving section e Forward Collision Warning FCW sys tem in the 5 Starting and driving section e Back up Collision Intervention BCI e Image Viewer system in the 5 Starting and driving section Stings Olhors Display Ceomtod Clack Language amp Units Yaire Recognmar WF ace the mend color brightness or contrast Others settings
12. ALERT There are 3 submenus under the alert menu e BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode 2 30 Instruments and controls e TIMER Select this submenu to specify when the TIMER indicator activates e ICY Select this submenu to display the low outside temperature warning MAINTENANCE There are 5 submenus under the main tenance menu e BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode e OIL Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil e FILTER Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter e TIRE Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing tires e OTHER Select this submenu and set or reset the distance for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires OPTIONS There are 4 submenus under the display menu e BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode e LANGUAGE Select this submenu to choose English French or Spanish for display e UNIT Select this submenu to choose the unit e EFFECTS Select this submenu to turn on and off the needle sweep function when start ing the engine 7 Warning check SKIP Push the J switch to move to the warning check mode Push the switch to select other menus DETAIL This item is available only when a warning is displayed Select this menu to see the detai
13. AX WARNING Do not use the Blind Spot Intervention system under the following conditions because the system may not function properly During bad weather for example rain fog snow wind etc When driving on slippery roads such as on ice or snow etc When driving on winding or uneven roads When there is a lane closure due to road repairs When driving in a makeshift lane When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow When driving with a tire that is not within normal tire conditions for example tire wear low tire pressure installation of spare tire tire chains non standard wheels 5 38 Starting and driving When the vehicle is equipped with non original brake parts or suspen sion parts Do not use the BSW or Blind Spot Intervention systems when towing a trailer Excessive noise for example audio system volume open vehicle window will interfere with the chime sound and it may not be heard The radar sensors may not be able to detect and activate Blind Spot Interven tion BSW when certain objects are present such as Pedestrians bicycles animals Several types of vehicles such as motorcycles Oncoming vehicles Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when you accelerate from a stop See BSW Blind Spot Intervention driving situations later in this sec tion A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane a
14. SYSTEM OPeratiON cecseceesssceeesceeseseeeeees 5 36 BSW Blind Spot Intervention driving SituationS ee ceeeeceeeeeceeeeceeeee 5 39 Back up Collision Intervention BCI system if SO equipped ceeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 45 BCI system operation if so equipped 5 47 System MaiNtenance ceecesssceeeeee 5 53 Cruise control if so equipped 5 54 Precautions on cruise control 5 54 Cruise control operations cceeeeseeeeeeeee 5 55 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system if SO equipped Soinean ioare sosen 5 56 Selecting vehicle to vehicle distance control MOE eee eeeeeceeeeeceeecceeseceeeeeeeees 5 57 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 5 57 Precautions on vehicle to vehicle distance control ModE sss ssiceed caccesstosadeseeadaceatedcedcactanss 5 58 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode Operation cesesesceeeesseceeeeeeeseeeeeees 5 59 Conventional fixed speed cruise CONTO MOE 225 c5c sseecsiceesseteolensacrdeaescessdase 5 74 Preview function for Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system equipped model 0000 5 77 Distance Control Assist DCA system if SO CQUIPPEM cis scscscctenieacasdaecssesssboeshetecsactasbensens 5 78 Precautions on distance control ASSIST SYSTEM cece eeeescseeceeeeeeeeseeeesceeeeees Distance control assist operation Forward Collision Warning FCW system if
15. e If the Intelligent Key is on the instru ment panel cargo area inside the glove box or door pocket or the corner of interior compartment it may not be possible to start the engine e If the Intelligent Key is near the door or door glass outside the vehicle it may be possible to start the engine 5 12 Starting and driving LOCK ACG ON SD1021 When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal the ignition switch position will change as follows e Push center once to change to ACC e Push center two times to change to ON e Push center three times to change to OFF No position illuminates Push center four times to return to ACC e Open or close any door to return to LOCK during the OFF position The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to LOCK until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be pushed toward the LOCK position proceed as follows 1 Move the shift lever into the P Park position 2 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position The ignition switch position indicator will not illuminate 3 Open the door The ignition switch will change to the LOCK position The shift lever can be moved from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the push button ignition switch cannot b
16. or MIDDLE OPERATING TIPS e The images from a device that is connected to the rear auxiliary input jacks cannot be viewed on the front displays e It is not possible to display different video files such as DVD or video files in the USB memory on the front and rear displays at the same time e It is not possible to play an audio file and a video file in the same USB memory at the same time Multiple source display It is possible to play different sources on each display The following example shows how to operate multiple sources It is also possible to set in the front display For more details see REAR DIS PLAY settings earlier in this section 1 Display a video file in the front display by selecting the DVD mode 2 Set the rear display select switch on the remote controller to the L side and push the POWER button The left rear display will turn on and the DVD screen will be displayed If Auto Display is set to ON the display will turn on automatically Set the rear display select switch on the remote controller to the R side and push the POWER button The right rear display will turn on and the DVD screen will be displayed If Auto Display is set to ON the display will turn on automatically Switch the source on the front display to an audio source The sound from the speakers switches according to the front display The rear display con tinues to display the
17. Cleaning exterior in the 7 Appear ance and care section Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or main tenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precautions which should be closely observed AA WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift lever to P Park e Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position e If you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape
18. Consult an INFINITI retailer for the tire type size speed rating and availability information For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohi bit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Starting and driving 5 117 Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual For four wheel drive If you install snow tires they must also be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support e A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts e Extra window washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank 5 118 Starting and driving DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AX WARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded
19. For navigation settings refer to the sepa rate Navigation System Owners Manual 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Audio settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Audio key Bass Treble Balance Fade To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound balance select the Bass Treble Balance or Fade key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller These items can also be adjusted by pushing and turning the AUDIO knob Speed Sensitive Vol if so equipped The audio system s volume is increased with the vehicle speed Select the Speed Sensitive Vol and adjust the effect level with the INFINITI controller The Speed Sensitive Volume function is turned off when the level is set to OFF Increasing the value will cause the volume to increase faster with vehicle speed BOSE Centerpoint if so equipped When this item is turned to ON an exciting surround sound effect is generated from a traditional stereo recording Surround Effect if so equipped To adjust the surround sound volume select Surround Effect key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller Driver s Audio Stage if so equipped When this feature is turned to ON better sound will be provided to the driver s position The driver can enjoy a more crisp and clear sound that is specialized for the driver s position The effec
20. Refer to the INFINITI Service and Main tenance Guide for more details SDI2511 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below MIN open the reservoir tank cap and add coolant up to the MAX level If the reservoir tank is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level Tighten the cap securely after adding engine coolant This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant Refer to the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide for more details If the cooling system requires coolant frequently have it checked by an INFINITI retailer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT Major cooling system repairs should be performed by an INFINITI retailer The service procedures can be found in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AX WARNING e To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the engine is hot e Never
21. Repeat All Tracks Normal Operation keys To operate a Bluetooth audio device select a key displayed on the operation screen using the INFINITI controller gt Play Select the P key to start playing when pausing Select this key again to pause the audio play Il Pause Select the P key to pause the Blue tooth audio device Select this key again to resume playing Play Mode The play mode setting display will appear when the Menu key is selected Choose the preferred play mode from the following items e Shuffle Choose Shuffle OFF and Shuffle All Tracks e Repeat Choose from Repeat OFF Repeat 1 Track and Repeat All Tracks Saltings Bluetooth i Bluetooth enced Bluetoais Ceontected Devicts Edit Bluetooth Ino j Replace Connected Prope SAA2511 Bluetooth settings To set up the Bluetooth device system to the preferred settings push the SETTING button and select the Bluetooth key Bluetooth If this setting is turned off the connection between the Bluetooth devices and the in vehicle Bluetooth module will be canceled Connect Bluetooth Connects to the Bluetooth device See Connecting procedure earlier in this section Up to 5 devices can be registered Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 Connected
22. The Others settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Others key The following items are available Display Comfort Clock Language amp Units Voice Recognition Infiniti Connection if so equipped Camera Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 Settings Display Display Adjustment Color Theme Display settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Display key Display Adjustment To adjust the display settings select the Display Adjustment key The following settings are available e Display To turn off the screen push the ENTER button and turn the Display indicator off The other method is to push and hold the OFF button for more than 2 seconds When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off auto matically 5 seconds after the operation is finished To turn on the screen set this item to the ON position or push and hold the 43 OFF button e Brightness Contrast Background Color To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness or Contrast key Then you can adjust the brightness and the contrast using the INFINITI controller For information on the Background Color key refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Man
23. e Short MAIN switch Master switch to activate the system CRUISE CRUISE Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sys tem display and indicators The display is located between the speed ometer and tachometer 1 MAIN switch indicator Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you Set distance indicator Displays the selected distance between vehicles set with the DISTANCE switch Starting and driving 5 63 4 Indicates your vehicle 5 Set vehicle speed indicator Indicates the set vehicle speed For Canadian models the speed is displayed in km h 6 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light orange The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the ICC system 5 64 Starting and driving CRUISE CRUISE When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicators come on as illustrated to check for a burned out bulb and it turns off when the engine is started CRUISE SSD1052 Operating vehicle to vehicle dis tance control mode To turn on the cruise control quickly push and release the MAIN switch A on The MAIN switch indicator set distance indica tor and set vehicle speed indicator come on and in a standby state for setting SSD1053 To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the COAS
24. e rt plays pauses the music selected orb Ha Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the or m button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed When the or m button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played When the rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track starts playing the pre vious track will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the iPod is playing P T Play pattern change When the button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Shutile OFF Saute Or Shufla Off Rapea OF Acpeat One Hepeat All Shuffle Albums Shule Songs Repeat A Rapeat On Shuffle Albums Suie Songs Repeat Cf Acpeal All 4 78 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA3162 FRONT AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS The front auxiliary input jacks are located in the console box NTSC compatible devices such as video games camcorders and portable video players can be con nected to the auxiliary jacks Compatible audio devices such as some MP3 p
25. on the screen means that the pressure is being measured After a few driving trips the pressure for each tire will be displayed To change the measurement units select the Select Units key with the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button In case of low tire pressure LOW PRES SURE information will be displayed on the screen Check the pressure of all tires Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s traveling condition and the temperature After tire rotation is performed tire pres sure will not be displayed in the actual tire position Drive the vehicle at over 25 MPH 40 km h for approximately 10 minutes to reset the display For more details about the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS see Tire Pres sure Monitoring System TPMS in the 5 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 Starting and driving section When the ignition switch is in the ACC position the Tire Pressure key is not Information Maintenance displayed A Engr e Gil A000 3000 EDMI a CY Ol Ale Tire Other Reminder Information Engine Oi B00 9000 1A m les SAA2481 Inierval D Reminder A000 3000 1a a CY m Reget Distance 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BO00 9000 1A m les Maintenance informati
26. the request switch is pushed all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute e Opening any door e Pushing the ignition switch Power lift gate open 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Push the power lift gate opener switch 3 The lift gate will unlock and automati cally open 4 The hazard indicator flashes 4 times and the outside chime sounds BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM When all the following conditions are met for a period of time the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge e The ignition switch is in the ACC position and All doors are closed and The shift lever is in the P Park position WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning displays in the dot matrix liquid crystal display When a chime or beep sounds or the warning displays be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key See Troubleshooting guide later in this section and Dot matrix liquid crystal display in the 2 Instruments and con trols section TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Fasc A The SHIFT P warning appears on the display J F When pushing the ignition switch and the inside warning chime sounds con The shift lever is not in the P Park Shift the s
27. 10 11 12 13 14 Hands Free Phone System switch Trip computer switch Wiper and washer switch Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control system Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sys tem Dynamic driver assistance switch Lane Departure Prevention LDP system Distance Control Assist DCA sys tem Blind Spot Intervention system Shift lever Four Wheel Drive 4WD shift switch SNOW mode switch TOW MODE switch Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch Headlight aiming control Power lift gate main switch Warning systems switch Lane Departure Warning LDW Blind Spot Warning BSW Forward Collision Warning FCW BCI Back up Collision Intervention switch or Power lift gate switch Instruments and controls 2 3 16 17 Electric tilting telescopic steering wheel switch Intelligent Brake Assist IBA OFF switch if so equipped 2 4 Instruments and controls INSTRUMENT PANEL Due ES 15 16 1718161915 20 H 25 Side ventilator buttons Meters and gauges 6 Center display Hazard indicator flasher switch Center ventilator Center multi function control panel Vehicle information and setting Around View Monitor Navigation system DVD player operation 7 Clock 8 Defroster switch 9 Front passenger supplemental air bag 10 Fuse box 11
28. 2 Tune to the desired station channel using the SEEK CAT TRACK SCAN button or the radio TUNE knob 3 Push and hold the desired station preset button to until the radio mutes 4 The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations channels Menu SiriusXM Satellite Radio When the Menu key on the display is selected while the SiriusXM Satellite Radio is being played the menu list will be displayed The following items are available e Preset List Displays the preset channel list If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed is touched and held the current station will be stored as the new preset e Customize Channel List Selects specific channels to skip while using the TUNE SEEK CAT or Menu Categories feature e Favorite Artists amp Songs Stores the current artist or song that is being played Touch the Alert key to be reminded when the stored artist or song is playing on a station while listening to SiriusXM Satellite Radio e Categories Selecting a category will go to the first channel in that category as defined by SiriusXM Satellite Radio e Direct Tune Inputs the channel number by using a keypad
29. 9 32 Technical and consumer information online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP Index aspx Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Transport Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca road safety English speakers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speak ers To notify INFINITI of any safety con cerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 361 4792 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Ay WARNING A vehicle equipped with Four Wheel Drive 4WD should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer such as the dynam ometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle da mage or personal injury Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Main tenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle
30. All Season or Snow and construction An INFINITI retailer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet All season tires INFINITI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year including snowy and icy road condi tions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires INFINITI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions INFINITI recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necess
31. Ay WARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and Starting and driving 5 3 cause a fire fy CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline seriously reduce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants e Keep your engine tuned up Malfunctions in the ignition fuel injection or elec trical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine misfires or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by an INFINITI retai ler e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine 5 4 Starting and driving TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom mended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size ind
32. Back up Collision Intervention systems in the 5 Starting and driving section erake or Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level If brake fluid is low add fluid and have the system checked by your INFINITI retai ler See Brake fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by an INFINITI retailer Low hydraulic pressure warning indicator If the brake warning light illuminates when the engine is running or while driving with the parking brake is released check the brake fluid level If the brake fluid level is sufficient it may indicate low hydraulic pressure in the brake booster Have the brake system checked by an INFINITI retailer promptly Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Br
33. Because of the reflec tive characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM radio reception AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also subject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obsta cles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights Satellite radio reception When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with the satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for the satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data The satellite radio mode requires an active SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam The satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satel
34. Compact Disc CD player operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and insert the Compact Disc CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the CD the number of tracks on the CD and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will automatically turn off and the CD will play If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the CD IDrSC AUX PLAY When the DISC AUX CD play button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play Menu When the Menu key on the display is selected while the CD is being played the menu screen will be displayed The follow ing menu options are available e Folder List for CD with compressed audio files Displays the folder list e Track List Displays the track list e Play Mode Select a play mode from the following items Normal 1 Folder Repeat for CD with com pressed audio files 1 Track Repeat 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random for CD with compressed audio files pace el Ha Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the or m
35. Four wheel Drive 4WD models INFINITI recommends that towing dollies be A CAUTION used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as Never tow 4WD models with any of the illustrated wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the In case of emergency 6 17 VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle AX WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged Never tow the vehicle for a long distance using only the towing hook The towing hook is under tremendous force when used to free a stuck vehicle Never pull the hook at an angle Always pull the cable straight out from the front or rear of the vehicle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steering brake or cooling systems e Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas sceos21 _ Pulling a stuck vehicle straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery Front If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifically for vehicle recovery Rocking a stuck vehicle Always follow the manufacturer s instruc If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud tions for the recovery device etc use th
36. Low outside temperature warning 2 26 Low tire pressure warning light csecseeeees 2 15 Low tire pressure warning system See tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 5 4 Luggage NOOKS cscssssseescsesseesesereeseeeeesees 2 59 Maintenance General maintenance Ke Inside the vehicle 8 3 Maintenance indicators Maintenance precautions Maintenance requirements Outside the vehicle 3 Seat belt maintenance 1 31 Malfunction indicator light MIL 2 20 Map lights 2 66 Master warning light 2 17 Mechanical key Intelligent Key system we 3 3 Memory storage Automatic drive positioner 3 34 Meter Trip computer Meters and gauges 2 6 Instrument brightness control Mirror Inside mirror Outside mirrors Vanity mirror Moonroof Moving Object Detection MOD New vehicle break in cesccsssceesreeeseeeeeeees 5 98 Odometer Off road recovery Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Changing engine oil and filter Checking engine oil level Engine oil Engine oil pressure gauge Engine oil viscosity Oil filter replacement indicator Operation operational indicators Outside air temperature Outside mirrors Overheat If your vehicle overheats Owner s Manual Service Manual Order information eeeceesees
37. Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Tire wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Information Book let Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing periodic maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park mechan ism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operati
38. Sounds are available To show the images in the front display stop the vehicle in a safe location move the shift lever to the P Park position and apply the parking brake SYSTEM COMPONENTS Rear displays CAUTION e The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass breaks do not touch the liquid crystalline material In case of contact with skin wash immedi ately with soap and water e Use soft damp cloth when cleaning the Dual Head Restraint DVD System compo nents Do not use solvents or cleaning solutions Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 The rear displays are located on the back of the front head restraints Use the remote controller to operate the rear display screen Select the left or right rear display using the rear display select switch on the remote controller and push the power button to activate the corresponding rear display The rear screens can also be activated using the INFINITI controller See REAR DISPLAY settings earlier in this section Do not block the range of the wireless remote controller receiver and wireless headphones transmitter 4 84 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Rear auxiliary input jacks The rear auxiliary input jacks are located at the rear of the center console NTSC PAL compatible devices can be connected to th
39. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvis of the front occupants Curtain and rollover air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear 2nd and 3rd outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation In a rollover the curtain and rollover air bags on both sides are designed to inflate Under both side Safety seats seat belts and supplement
40. Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operat ing temperature Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands e Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack up points e A suitable adapter should be at tached to the jack stand saddle Remove the engine undercover e Remove the bolts that hold the undercover in place Ay CAUTION Make sure the correct lifting and support points are used to avoid vehicle damage Engine oil and filter 1 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug Remove the oil filler cap Remove the drain plug with a wrench and completely drain the oil Ad CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot e Waste oil must be disposed of properly e Check your local regulations Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the engine oil filter change is needed Loosen the oil filter 2 with an oil filter wrench Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag Ad CAUTION Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket remaining on the mounting surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a sligh
41. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly AA WARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child For the center of the 3rd row bench seat the connector tongue may also be released Release the connector Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor S SS0292 Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage e The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat e If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position 1 26 S
42. appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pressure for all four tires You can also check the pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen The order of the tire pressure figures displayed on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position See TIRE PRESSURE information in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the 2 Instru ments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section AX WARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates or LOW PRESSURE informa tion is displayed on the monitor screen while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce veh
43. be set Pushing the PHONE button and selecting the Volume amp Ringtone key can also operate the same settings e Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call To increase or decrease the volume select the Ringtone Incoming Call or Outgoing Call key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller e Automatic Hold When this function is activated an incoming phone call is automatically held e Vehicle Ringtone When this function is activated a specific ringtone that is different from the cellular phone will sound when receiving a call Auto Downloaded When this item is activated and supported by a compatible phone the phonebook of the hands free phone is automatically downloaded at the same time that the hands free phone is connected When this item is active the system will automatically re download the entries re gistered in the connected phone even after you delete the entries from your vehicle s Handset Memory Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 107 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved 1 Ensure that the command is valid See INFINITI Voice Recognition system later in this section page 4 109 2 Ensure that the command is sp
44. been lifted by a tow truck Ay CAUTION e When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used e Always attach safety chains before tow ing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV see Flat towing in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual In case of emergency 6 15 Two wheel drive models TOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI Two Wheel Drive 2WD models INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated CAUTION e Never tow automatic transmission mod els with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious 6 16 In case of emergency and expensive damage to the transmis sion If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels When towing rear wheel drive models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Place the ignition in the ACC or ON position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead posi tion with a rope or similar device powertrain Four wheel drive models
45. designed to use a hydraulic pump driven electrically to assist braking If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depres sing the foot brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the foot brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle The stopping distance will be longer Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly PARKING BRAKE BREAK IN Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by an INFINITI retailer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will cause overheating of the brakes wearing out the brake and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help save the brakes and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could
46. displayed To display the Image Viewer push the SETTING button select the Other key and then select the Image Viewer key The image of the selected file is displayed on the right side of the screen When a number of folders are included in the USB memory select a folder from the list to display the file list Images will not be shown on the display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction To view images stop the vehicle in a safe location and Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 SAA2492 Full Screen Display The full screen display will appear when selecting the Full Screen Display key To operate the Image Viewer or to change the settings select the desired key using the INFINITI controller e _ _ Start Select the gt key to start playing the slideshow e Stop Select the gt key to stop the slideshow e m _ Next Select the gt key to display the next file e w Previous Select the gt key to display the previous file Setting the Image Viewer The Image Viewer setting display will appear when selecting the Settings key on the full screen display The following settings are available for the full screen display e Slideshow Speed Select the Slideshow Speed key From the following display select the changing time from 5 10 30 60 sec
47. e Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel information scccscccsscesscescessceescesceees Engine oil and oil filter recommendation Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations Specifications ee ENgine ccesceceeee 9 8 Wheels and tires z DIMENSIONS 2 32 ei cecedsescccedecosevaaseacecsossacesseeseete 9 10 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country 9 11 Vehicle identification 9 11 Vehicle Identification Number VIN plate 9 11 Vehicle identification number CHASSIS NUMDEL cccescccesecccescceeesceeeeees 9 11 Engine serial number 9 12 F MV S S C MN S S certification label 9 12 Emission control information label 9 12 Tire and loading information label 9 13 Air conditioner specification label 9 13 Installing front license plate eee cee ee eee 9 13 Vehicle load capacity Securing the load oes a LO AGING tipses serseri nesesite eesriie Measurement of weights sccceeeeceeees 9 17 Towing a trailer eeecceeeecceeecceeeeeeeeeeees 9 18 Maximum load limits cscccsscesececeeees 9 18 Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight GVW maximum Gross Axle Weight GAW 9 20 Towin
48. e Front Side View The view around and ahead of the front passenger s side wheel e Front View An approximately 150 degree view of the front of the vehicle e Rear view An approximately 150 degree view of the rear of the vehicle e Rear Wide View An approximately 180 degree view of the rear of the vehicle The system is designed as an aid to the driver in situations such as slot parking or parallel parking There are some areas where the system will not show objects When in the front or the rear view display an object below the bumper or on the ground may not be viewed When in the bird eye view a tall object near the seam of the camera viewing areas will not appear in the monitor 2 Ay WARNING e The Around View Monitor is a convenient feature but it is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation because it has areas where objects cannot be viewed Always look out the windows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneu vers e Do not use the Around View Monitor with the outside mirror in the stored position and make sure that the lift gate is securely closed when operating the vehicle using the Around View Monitor e The distance between objects viewed on the Around View Monitor differs from the actual distance e The cameras are installed above the front grille the outside mirrors and above the rear license plate
49. e any door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off The lights will also turn off after a period of time when the lights remain illuminated after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming discharged When the auto interior illumination is set to the OFF position see Vehicle informa tion and settings in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recogni tion systems section the lights will illuminate under the following condition e any door is opened with the ignition switch in any position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off OFF position When the switch is in the OFF position the lights will not illuminate regardless of the condition AX CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS SIC4448 The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened When the cover is closed the light will turn off The lights will also turn off after a period of time when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged Instruments and controls 2 67 CARGO LIGHT The cargo light switch has three positions ON c
50. etc e Do not attach any additional hitches to your vehicle because a hitch is already mounted to your vehicle frame Tire pressures e When towing a trailer inflate the vehicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information la bel e Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pres sure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturers specifications Safety chains Always use a suitable chain between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners STI0745 Trailer lights Your vehicle is equipped with a towing package which also includes the 7 pin trailer harness connector located under the trailer hitch cover on the rear bumper Ad CAUTION e When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while Technical and consumer information 9 25 using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more than 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirem
51. five five six thousands Note 3 When speaking a house number speak the number O as zero If the letter o Oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number O zero even if you speak oh instead of zero Please speak zero for the number O zero oh for the letter o oh Send digits using dial tone e Press the TALK 4 switch during a phone call e The menu will be launched and you will be provided with the following gui dance Please say the digits to dial e After guidance say the digits of the number you want to send After this 4 136 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems the digits that have been recognized will be read out e If you press the ENTER button on the steering wheel or on the INFINITI con troller the selected digits will be sent Settings Veier recegr ior Gower and List User Guige Speaker Agantation A ternate Commarea Made Minimise Va ce Feedback made for recagrit or imp roverent Speaker adaptation function for Alternate Command Mode The voice recognition system has a func tion to learn the user s voice for better voice recognition performance The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons Having the system learn the user s voice 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel and select the Others ke
52. in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual Ay CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by INFINITI warranties Tetal trailer load Tangue luad Tange load s 100 10 to 150 Total iraile lead STI0542 Tongue load When using a weight carrying or a weight distributing hitch keep the tongue load between 10 to 15 of the total trailer load or use the trailer tongue load specified by the trailer manufacturer The tongue load must be within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load Technical and consumer information 9 19 oO EEEE Gross vehicle weigh l O s hi Gross axle weight T11012M MAXIMUM GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT GVW MAXIMUM GROSS AXLE WEIGHT GAW The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the F MNV S S C M V S S certification label 9 20 Technical and consumer information Towing capacitie
53. is displayed e The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order e Music playback order of compressed audio files is as illustrated Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM DVD R DVD RW DVD R DL USB2 0 CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM DVD R DVD RW DVDR DL ISO9660 LEVEL1 IS09660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet 1S09660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported R Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista based computer are not supported Supported file systems UDF Bridge UDF1 02 1S09660 UDF1 5 UDF2 0 VDF1 5 VDF2 0 packet writing is not supported eres enue frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Bitrate rate 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 versions 1 WMA7 WMA8 WMA9 Supported WMA 2 Semeins Penner frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz Bitrate rate 32 kbps 192 kbps VBR Ver 9 4 MPEG AAC Samet eewer frequency 8 kHz 96 kHz Bitrate rate 16 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 VER2 4 MP3 only WMA tag WMA only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Folders 512 including root folder Files 5000 i 7 01 ASCII 02 1S0 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian Displayable character codes 3 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 07 SHIFT JI
54. release the adjustment button and try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position e The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See an INFINITI retailer for assis tance with purchasing an extender if an extender is required A WARNING e Only INFINITI seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with the INFINITI seat belts e Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom
55. roof up 3 Release the moonroof switch after the moonroof moves slightly up and down 4 Push and hold the OPEN side of the moonroof switch to fully tilt the moon roof down 5 Check if the moonroof switch operates normally If the moonroof does not operate properly after performing the procedure above have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer WELCOME LIGHT AA SIC3642 To activate or deactivate the welcome light function perform the following procedure 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Open the drivers side door 3 Within 20 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position push the door open request switch on the driver s side door handle for more than 5 seconds with the drivers door open 4 A chime sounds when the setting is completed Once the welcome light function is active the puddle light and the passenger cabin illumination will illuminate when you approach the vehicle with the Intelligent Key within approximately 3 3 ft 1 m of the antenna built inside the door handles and the following conditions are met e All doors are closed and locked e The ignition switch is in the LOCK or OFF position e The Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle e The puddle light operates within a set duration BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM The welcome light function will be deacti vated automatically to prevent battery discharge under the following conditions
56. screen is displayed e When selecting the Change View key on the screen the view on the screen will switch between the available views e The view on the driver s side or the wide view switches to the rear view when the shift lever is shifted into the R Reverse position 3 The view on the driver s side or the wide view returns to the front view when the shift lever is shifted out of the R Reverse position 2 4 Push another button on the control panel to quit the Around View Monitor HOW TO SEE EACH VIEW AA WARNING e The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a paved level surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance be tween the vehicle and displayed objects e Use the displayed lines and the bird eye view as a reference The lines and the bird eye view are greatly affected by the number of occupants fuel level vehicle position road condition and road grade e If the tires are replaced with different sized tires the predictive course line and the bird eye view may be displayed incorrectly 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e When driving the vehicle up a hill objects viewed in the monitor are further than they appear When driving the vehicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are closer than th
57. specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS INFINITI recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recom mendations PRE CRASH SEAT BELTS WITH COM FORT FUNCTION if so equipped for front seats The pre crash seat belt tightens the seat belt with a motor to help restrain front seat occupants This helps reduce the risk of injury in a collision The motor retracts the seat belt under the following emergency conditions e During emergency braking e During sudden steering maneuvers e Activation of the Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system See Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system in the 5 Starting and driving section e In the event of a high severity rollover collision The pre crash seat belt will not be active when e the seat belt is not fastened e the vehicle speed is under 10 MPH 15 km h during emergency braking e the vehicle speed is under 19 MPH 30 km h during sudden steering maneu vers or in the event of a high severity rollover collision The pre crash seat belt will not be active when the brake pedal is not depressed except when sudden steering maneuvers occur or the Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system activates The motor also retracts the seat belt when the seat belt is fastened or unfastened When the seat belt is fastened the motor tightens the seat belt for a snug fit When the seat belt is unfastened the moto
58. tronic control modules and electronic con trol system harness AA WARNING e A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving e If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion the hands free cellular phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle opera tion e If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so Ay CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harness Do not route the anten na wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult an INFINITI retailer 4 98 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Bluetooth HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM Ay WARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If you find yourself unable to devote full atte
59. view where the MOD system is operative A gray MOD icon is displayed in the view where the MOD system is not operative When the m key is selected the MOD system will turn off temporarily and the indicator will turn off At the same time a camera aiding sonar will also be turned OFF When the MOD key is selected again the indicator will turn on and the MOD system will turn back on If the MOD system is turned off the MOD icon is not displayed The MOD system will turn on automatically under the following conditions e When the shift lever is in the R Reverse position e When the CAMERA button is pushed to switch from a different screen to the camera view on the display e When vehicle speed decreases below approximately 5 MPH 8 km h e When the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position and then back to the ON position To set the MOD system so that it remains off at all times use the camera settings menu See Around View Monitor set tings later in this section for more information AX WARNING e Do not use the MOD system when towing a trailer The system may not function properly e Excessive noise for example audio system volume or open vehicle window will interfere with the chime sound and it may not be heard e The MOD system performance will be limited according to environmental con ditions and surrounding objects such as When there is low cont
60. 12 Headlight and turn signal P 2 38 Bulb replacement P 8 28 Adaptive Front lighting System AFS P 2 41 13 Tires Wheel and tires P 8 31 P 9 9 Flat tire P 6 3 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS P 2 15 P 5 4 14 Outside mirrors P 3 30 Side view camera P 4 21 Welcome light P 2 65 15 Side turn signal lights bulb replace 1415 1617 ment P 8 28 16 Doors 1 Hood P 3 20 Window washer fluid P 8 15 Keys P 3 2 Windshield wiper and washer 3 Moonroof P 2 63 Door locks P 3 4 Switch operation P 2 34 4 Power windows P 2 61 Intelligent Key system P 3 7 Rain sensing auto wiper system 5 Roof rack P 2 60 Remote keyless entry system P 2 35 6 Corner sensors P 3 15 Wiper blade replacement P 8 20 Around View Monitor P 4 21 Remote engine start P 3 17 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 17 Child safety rear door locks P 3 6 if so equipped 0 4 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR REAR 1 Fuel filler door P 3 25 Fuel recommendation P 9 4 2 Antenna P 4 82 3 Rear combination light bulb replace ment P 8 28 4 Rear window defroster P 2 37 Satellite antenna P 4 47 Rear view camera P 4 21 High mounted stop light bulb repla cement P 8 28 Lift gate P 3 20 Intelligent Key system P 3 7 10 11 12 13 14 Rear windo
61. 35 240 STI0397B Spare Technical and consumer information 9 9 DIMENSIONS Overall length Overall width Overall height Front tread Rear tread Wheelbase 9 10 Technical and consumer information in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm 208 3 5 290 79 9 2 030 75 8 1 925 67 5 1 715 67 9 1 725 121 1 3 075 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY If you plan to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regula tions The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district therefore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into another country state province or district and registered its modifications trans portation and registration are the respon sibility of the user INFINITI is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION ST10431 VEHICLE IDENTIFIC
62. 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems in the 9 Technical and consumer informa tion section Select Units Select the Select Units key Choose US Mile F MPG or Metric km C L 100 km for your favorite display appearance Select Units Tire Pressure Choose the Select Units Tire Pressure key and push the ENTER button From the following display select kPa or psi When the ignition switch is in the ACC position the Select Units Tire Pressure key is not displayed Voice Recognition settings For details about the Voice Recognition settings see INFINITI Voice Recognition system later in this section Infiniti Connection if so equipped The information feeds history and the UNIT ID can be confirmed and Infiniti Connection history can be deleted For further details see the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual CAMERA settings apply the parking brake The CAMERA screen will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Sotlings Image V ewer Camera key with the INFINITI controller 1 Irrage_1 jpg and pushing the ENTER button For the details about the camera system operation see Around View Monitor 4 Irage_4 ipa settings later in this section Blirage Sieg fi image _6pg Full Screen D splay SAA2491 Image Viewer The image files in the USB memory will be
63. ABS 5 113 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 115 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF SWIitChisci ccisesciveeecctscueScvcdsascelcccaesceveseess 5 116 Cold weather driving ceececeeseeceeseceeeeees 5 117 Freeing a frozen door lock eceeeeeee 5 117 Antifreeze ses ceiceisesies basietadesdtecestdszistevceseess 5 117 Batte Vnos senenin n E REO RE 5 117 Draining of coolant water eseesesesssessses 5 117 Tire equipment ssesssssesessseseseesseseeesssesseesse 5 117 Special winter equipment 5 118 Driving ON SNOW OF C eeessesseseesessesees 5 118 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 118 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AA WARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AX WARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxi
64. After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational SSS1099 Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light AA WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 63 of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light is located on the instrument panel After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light on the instrument panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or illuminates depending on the front passenger seat occupied status The light operates as follows e Unoccupied passenger seat The light is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Passenger seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as out lined in this section The light illuminates to indicate that the front pass
65. An emission control system malfunc tion has been detected Check the fuel filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in the dot matrix liquid crystal display If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The F light should turn off after a few driving trips If the 8 light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the retailer e Malfunction indicator light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission con trol system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage 1 Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h 2 Avoid hard acceleration or decelera tion 3 Avoid steep uphill grades 4 If possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and remain on Have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the retailer Ay CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system lt gt Security indicator light The light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ACC OFF and LOCK position This function indicates the security system eq
66. Back switch 4 Volume control switch We STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CON TROLS FOR AUDIO Menu control switch While the display is showing a MAP STATUS or Audio screen tilt the switch upward or downward to select a station track CD or folder For most audio sources tilting the switch up down for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds AM and FM radio Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the preset station Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will seek up or down to the next station Pushing the menu control switch will show the list of preset stations SiriusXM Satellite Radio Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the preset channel Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will go to the next or previous category Pushing the menu control switch will show the XM Menu iPod Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will skip to the next or previous index Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 e Pushing the menu control switch will show the iPod Menu CD e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase decrease the folder number if playing compressed audio
67. CD player eesis creissira tEn a n 4 60 Fog light switch oe 2 44 Forward Collision Warning FCW syste 5 90 Front auxiliary input jacks Front passenger air bag and status light Front power Seat adjuStMent csscsssseseeees 1 4 Front seat Front seat adjustment Front seat active head restraint Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Fuel economy Fuel economy information display Fuel information Fuel octane rating Fuel filler cap Fuel filler door Fusible links Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver Gas cap 2 68 3 25 2 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Engine oil pressure gauge 29 Fuel gauge 29 Odometer ie 2 7 Speedometer 2 7 Tachometer Trip computer General maintenance Glove box Hands Free Phone System Bluetooth Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Head restraints Headlight washer Headlights Aiming controls uarios 2 41 Aiming control See adaptive front lighting system AFS 2 41 Bulb replacement 8 29 Headlight switch 2 38 Xenon headlights 2 38 Heated seats 2 45 Heated steering wheel ccseeseseees 2 44 Heater Automatic climate control 000 4 39 4 41 Engine block heater woes 5 118 Hill start assist system 5 107 HomeLink Universal Transceiver
68. Dia veins at step 3 Call History Carnect Prone t 0 1 5 Phoncbuus E xxx AXXXKXXAAXX Delete One Del Phere No Phent gauk Corneuled Phones l Dial Number 14 JVHO479X JVHO495X MAKING A CALL 5 Select the Call key to start dialing the ber To make a call follow this procedure eee 1 Push the button on the steering wheel The PHONE screen will appear on the display 2 Select the Phonebook key on the PHONE menu 3 Select the desired entry from the list There are different methods to make a call Select one of the following options instead of Phonebook in step 2 above e Quick Dial Select an entry stored in the Vehicle s Phonebook e Call History Confirm the correct entry by selecting Select an outgoing incoming or missed for the correct number from the list call downloaded from your cell phone depending on your phone s compat ibility 4 104 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e Dial Number Input the phone number manually using the keypad displayed on the screen See How to use touch screen earlier in this section Baana OM Ful Answer Hold Call React Call Incam ng Gall 0 00 MXXMARMAMMM RECEIVING A CALL When you hear a phone ring the display will change to the incoming call mode To receive a call perform one of the following procedures
69. FLASHER SWITCH r SIC2574 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency conditions All turn signal lights will flash AA WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road e Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might be come a hazard to other traffic 6 2 In case of emergency e Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch in any position When an impact that could activate the supplemental air bags is detected the hazard warning flasher lights blink auto matically If the hazard warning flasher switch is pushed twice the hazard warning flashers will turn off AX WARNING Do not turn the hazard warning flasher switch to off until you can make sure that it is safe to do so Also the hazard flasher warning may not blink automatically de pending on the force of impact Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM In the event of a roadside emergency Roadside Assistance Service is available to you Please refer to your Warranty Informa tion Booklet U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Information Booklet Canada for details EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off t
70. For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 LIGHTS 1 2 3 4 5 6 Map light Front parking light Front side marker light Front turn signal light Fog light Headlight high beam low beam 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself Puddle light Step light Side turn signal light Cargo light High mounted stop light Front armrest light 13 14 15 16 17 18 Rear armrest light Rear personal light Rear combination light tail stop turn signal side marker light Tail light Back up light License plate light HEADLIGHTS Replacing Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact an INFINITI retailer Xenon headlight bulb If replacement is required see an INFINITI retailer AX WARNING AY HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they pro duce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disas semble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at an INFINITI ret
71. GHz Using the Bluetooth and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or discon nect the communication and cause undesired noise It is recommended that you turn off the wireless LAN Wi Fi when using the Bluetooth func tions Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www InfinitiUSA com bluetooth for a recommended phone list You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the tele phone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage behind a tall build ing or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular
72. Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF 4 Transfer fluid Genuine NISSAN Transfer Fluid for ATX90A transfer 5 F 3 7 Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 Viscosity SAE 80W Front differential gear oil 90 6 Rear differential gear oil API GL 5 synthetic gear oil Viscosity SAE 75W 90 7 Power steering fluid PSF Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the 8 Maintenance Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 8 Brake fluid and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 9 or equivalent DOT 3 Suspension fluid Genuine NISSAN Hydraulic Suspension Fluid 10 Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 11 Air conditioning system lubricants at NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent Window washer fluid Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent 1 For additional information see Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine oil 2 INFINITI recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Engine Oil available at INFINITI retailers 3 For additional information see Engine oil and oil filter recommendation later in this section 4 Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the aut
73. INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS CHARGE If the battery of the Intelligent Key is discharged or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent Key operation start the engine according to the following procedure 1 Move the shift lever to the P Park position 2 Firmly apply the foot brake 3 Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated A chime will sound Starting and driving 5 13 Push the ignition switch while depres sing the brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime sounds The engine will start After step 3 is performed when the ignition switch is pushed without depres sing the brake pedal the ignition switch position will change to ACC NOTE e When the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position or the engine is started by the above procedures the Intelligent Key battery discharge indi cator appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display even if the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle This is not a malfunction To turn off the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key again If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator appears replace the battery as soon as possible See Battery in the 8 Maintenance and do it your self section 5 14 Starting and driving BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil co
74. If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection mainte nance test readiness condition Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact an INFINITI retailer to set ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passen ger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e How fast the vehicle was traveling e Sounds are not recorded These data c
75. It is your respon sibility to perform these procedures reg ularly as prescribed Performing general maintenance checks 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you prefer an INFINITI retailer WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and serviced by an INFINITI retailer INFINITI technicians are well trained spe cialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through techni cal bulletins service tips and in retailer ship information systems They are completely qualified to work on INFINITI vehicles before work begins You can be confident that an INFINITI retailer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance require ments on your vehicle GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have an INFINITI retailer do it promptly In addition you should notify an INFINITI retailer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or mainte nance work see Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION
76. Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt 1 48 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0653 Forward facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rear ward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to re move any slack SSS0641 Forward facing step 8 8 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 through 8 SSS1099 Forward facing step 10 10 If the child restraint is install
77. Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach e Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm e A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 LRSO455 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster 1 52 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system seat is compatib
78. Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel tank and the battery Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan On gasoline engine models the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by an INFINITI retailer because the fuel lines Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 are under high pressure even when the engine is off Ay CAUTION e Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down e Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is also available See Owner s Manual Service Manual order information in the 9 Technical and consumer information sec tion You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may
79. OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When check ing the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated in accordance with the maintenance log shown in the INFINITI Service and Main tenance Guide Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If necessary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components
80. Parking brake 12 Hood release handle 13 Steering wheel Horn Driver supplemental air bag Power steering system 14 Push button ignition switch 15 Climate controlled seat switch Heated seat switch 16 Remote tip up 2nd row seat switch 17 Heated steering wheel switch 18 Power outlet 19 Front passenger air bag status light 20 Cup holder 21 Automatic air conditioning system 22 Audio system 23 Glove box if so equipped Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Instruments and controls 2 5 METERS AND GAUGES The needle indicators may move slightly after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position This is not a malfunction Ay CAUTION e For cleaning use a soft cloth dampened with water Never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or cause discoloration to the lens e Do not spray any liquid such as water on the meter lens Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction 1 Tachometer Odometer twin trip odometer 2 Warning Indicator lights 7 Engine oil pressure gauge 3 Speedometer 8 Fuel gauge 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge 5 Voltmeter 6 Dot matrix liquid crystal display 2 6 Instruments and controls SIC4369 Speedometer SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour MPH an
81. Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain ing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence INFINITI does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your INFINITI cannot be readily determined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend excepting a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e E 15 fuel contains more than 10 oxygenate E 15 fuel will adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle and should not be used Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methan
82. T 4 POWER L R SOURCE MENU WE a ENTER P Type A ad POWER DISPLAY SELECT Je E qd ENTER Type B ay JVHO239X JVHO407X Activating rear display Select the left or right rear display using the rear display select switch on the remote controller and push the Power button to activate the corresponding rear display JVHO362X When the rear display is on the icon will be displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 4 90 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA3081 Remote controller and headphones battery replacement Ay CAUTION An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the components replace the battery Open the lid as illustrated e For headphones remove the screw with a flat bladed screwdriver before removing the lid Replace both batteries with new ones e Recommended battery Size AA x 2 remote controller Size AAA x 2 headphones e Be careful not to touch the battery terminal e Make sure that the and ends on the batteries match the markings inside the compartment 3 Close the lid securely e If you will not be using the remote controller for long periods of time remove the batteries e Replacement of the batteries is needed
83. To activate the welcome light function again unlock any door e If the welcome light function does not operate within a set duration Note that the duration is set to 9 days as the factory default setting e If the welcome light function is acti vated 15 consecutive times when you approach and leave the vehicle with the Intelligent Key without the doors being unlocked Instruments and controls 2 65 INTERIOR LIGHTS 0 ON DOOR OFF o_O A a N SIC3250 SIC3251 MAP LIGHTS REAR PERSONAL LIGHTS INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Push the button as illustrated to turn the Push the button as illustrated to turn the The interior light control switch has three light on or off light on or off positions ON DOOR and OFF ON position When the switch is in the ON position the map lights and rear personal lights will illuminate DOOR position When the switch is in the DOOR position Q the map lights and rear personal lights will illuminate under the following condi tions 2 66 Instruments and controls e ignition switch is switched to the LOCK or OFF position remain on for about 15 seconds e doors are unlocked by pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key or door handle request switch with the ignition switch in the LOCK or OFF position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the LOCK or OFF position remain on for about 15 seconds
84. View Monitor may not display objects clearly Clean the camera Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discoloration To clean the camera wipe with a cloth that has been dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera because the monitor screen may be adversely af fected Do not use wax on the camera lens Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that has been dampened with a mild detergent diluted with water Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 VENTILATORS SAA3053 Center ventilators Open close the ventilators by moving the control to either direction E This symbol indicates that the ventilators are closed Moving the side control to this direction will close the ventilators This symbol indicates that the ventilators are open Moving the side control to this direction will open the ventilators Adjust the air flow direction of the ventila tors by moving the center knob up down left right until the desired position is achieved Side ventilators Open close the ventilators by moving the control to either direction E This symbol indicates that the ventilators are closed Moving the side control to this direction will close the ventilators This symbol indicates that the ventilators are open Moving the side c
85. When the SNOW mode switch is pushed on 5 72 Starting and driving e When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4H or 4L position for 4WD models Action to take When the conditions listed above are no longer present turn the system off using the ICC MAIN switch Turn the ICC system back on to use the system CRUISE CLEAN SENSOR CRUISE Condition B When the sensor window is dirty making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead the ICC system is automatically canceled The chime sounds and the ICC system warning light orange will come on and the CLEAN SENSOR indicator will appear Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place turn the engine off Clean the sensor window with a soft cloth and then perform the settings again CRUISE CRUISE Condition C When the ICC system is not operating properly the chime sounds and the system warning light orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the ICC system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer Sensor maintenance The sensor for the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC
86. a ve orl SEEK tuning e For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK CAT or TRACK button or to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station e For SiriusXM Satellite Radio Push the SEEK CAT or TRACK button m or to tune to the first channel of the next or previous category During satellite radio reception the follow ing notices will be displayed under certain conditions e NO SIGNAL No signal is received while the SAT tuner is connected e OFF AIR Broadcasting signed off e CHECK ANTENNA Antenna connection error e LOADING When the initial setting is performed e UPDATING When the satellite radio subscription is not active e INVALID CH Invalid channel is re ceived SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at each broadcasting station channel for 5 sec onds Pushing the button again during this 10 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station channel If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station channel to Station memory operations 12 stations channels can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FM2 18 for SiriusXM Satellite Radio 6 each for XM1 XM2 and XM3 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band using the radio band select button
87. advance the number of times the ENTER button is pushed l44 Skip Previous chapter Select the i key to skip the chapter s of the disc backward The chapters will go a back the number of times the m4 key is Input the number to be searched and selected select the OK key List USE Sultings The specified folder file will be played Select the List key on the movie file VI Audio File Play Back Display i operation screen to display the file list Y Flay Moac C nem To adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment 10Key Search x 7 items Display aE e DRC Allain DRC Dynamic Range Compression automatically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers e Audio Example Select the preferred language for audio Settings e Subtitle Select the Settings key to adjust the Select the preferred language for sub following settings title e Audio File Playback e Display Mode Switch to the audio playback mode Select the Normal Wide Cinema This item is displayed only when the or Full mode USB memory contains the audio files e Play Mode Select the Normal or 1 Track Re peat play mode e 10 Key Search Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen Monitor c
88. and attached devices in the vehicle com partment When not in use for extended periods of time store the cable and USB device in a clean dust free environment at room tempera ture and without direct sun exposure Do not use the cable for any other purposes than its intended use in the vehicle The vehicle is not equipped with a USB 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems device USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary This system cannot be used to format USB devices To format a USB device use a personal computer In some states area the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regulatory reasons even when the vehicle is parked This system supports various USB memory devices USB hard drives and iPod players Some USB devices may not be supported by this system e Partitioned USB devices may not play correctly e Some characters used in other lan guages Chinese Japanese etc may not appear properly in the display Using English language characters with a USB device is recommended General notes for USB use e The USB device may not function when the passenger compartment tempera ture is extremely high Lower the temperature before use e During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to humid ity If this occurs remove the USB device and dehumidify or ventilate the USB player completely Do not connec
89. and cargo that are normally in the trailer when it is towed Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing ca pacity Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F MV S S C M S S certification label The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified ratings Example e Gross Vehicle Weight GVW as weighed on a scale including passengers cargo and hitch 6 450 lb 2 926 kg e Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR from F MNV S S C M V S S certification label 7 300 lb 3 311 kg e Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR from Towing Load Specification chart 14 300 lb 6 486 kg e Maximum Trailer towing capacity from Towing Load Specification chart 8 500 lb 3 856 kg 7 300 lb 3 311 kg GVWR 6 450 lb 2 926 kg GVW 850 Ib 385 kg e a 14 300 lb 6 486 kg GCWR 6 450 lb 2 926 kg GVW C it ilable fi 7 850 lb 3 560 kg apaci towing enor 850 lb 385 kg 7 850 lb 3 560 kg Available tongue weight Available capacity 11 tongue weight The available towing capacity may be less than the maximum towing capacity due to the passenger and cargo load in the vehicle Rememb
90. and the Bluetooth functions share the same frequency band 2 4 GHz Using the Bluetooth and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or discon nect the communication and cause undesired noise It is recommended that you turn off the wireless LAN Wi Fi when using the Bluetooth func tions Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 Qa ee DISC AU mik of TRACK ROM REI SEAN ROM RE ON OFF VOLUME control knob 7 DISC AUX button FM AM band select button 8 XM band select button SCAN button 9 10 CD DVD slot SEEK CAT TRACK button JVH0254X RDM random RPT repeat play but ton Radio tuning MP3 WMA AAC folder selector AUDIO control knob Disc EJECT button 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 11 Radio station preset buttons No satellite radio reception is available unless a SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscrip tion is active FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER The audio control buttons are also located on the center multi function control panel For all operation precautions see Audio operation precautions earlier in this sec tion The satellite radio mode requires an active SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing the SiriusXM Satel
91. assist the driver to maintain a following distance from the vehicle ahead The system will decelerate as necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill However the DCA system can only apply up to 25 of the vehicles total braking power If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates the distance between vehicles may become closer because the DCA system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly enough If this occurs the DCA system will sound a warning chime and blink the system display to notify the driver to take necessary action See Approach warning later in this section This system only brakes and moves the accelerator pedal upward to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance from the vehicle ahead Acceleration should be operated by the driver The DCA system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead The detection zone of the sensor is limited A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the system to operate A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the centerline of the lane A vehicle t
92. booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehi cle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck and the lap belt can be positioned properly across the lower hips or upper thighs use the seat belt without the booster seat AX WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 34 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE STRAINTS A WARNING e Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger INFINITI recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in
93. brake to return the vehicle to the center pedal direction of the traveling lane by To release applying brake control to the left or right wheels individually for a short 1 Firmly apply the foot brake period of time 2 Depress the parking brake pedal and the parking brake will be released 3 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out Starting and driving 5 21 SSD1045 SSD0672 Lane departure warning light orange 5 22 Starting and driving The LDW and LDP systems monitor the lane markers on the traveling lane using the camera unit located inside the front map light cover When the camera unit detects that the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of the traveling lane the lane departure warning light on the instrument panel blinks in orange and a warning chime sounds When the LDP system is on it will automatically apply the brakes for a short period of time using the function of the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW SYSTEM Precautions on LDW system Ay WARNING e This system is only a warning device to inform the driver of a potential unin tended lane departure It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control It is the drivers responsibility to stay alert drive safely keep the vehicle in the traveling lane and be in control of the vehicle at all times e The system will not operate at speeds below appro
94. button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed When the or m button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played When the rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track starts playing the pre vious track will be played pemn REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the button is pushed while the CD is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD Mermal 1 Track Repeat 1 Disc Random CD with compressed audio files Eo Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeal 7 1 Falder Random 1 Dise Randam Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 amp CD EJECT When the Disc EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will be ejected If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it DVD Digital Versatile Disc PLAYER OPERATION Precautions Start the engine when using the DVD entertainment system Movies will not be shown on the front display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce dri
95. can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintaining the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the condi tions of the vehicle road and traffic AA WARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury e The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes e Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal e Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu ally stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the ha
96. can be scrolled by tilting the menu control switch on the steering wheel If the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 135 Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e If you want to cancel the command push and hold the TALK 4 switch for 1 second The message Voice can celed will be announced e To skip the voice guidance function and give the command immediately push the TALK amp switch to interrupt the system Remember to speak after the tone e If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer tain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits 0 zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the following examples e 1 800 662 6200 Dial one eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero Note 1 For the best voice recognition phone dialing results say phone numbers as single digits Note 2 You cannot say 555 6000 as five
97. cccieesscssicde sb ccdesecdiavcendesesssseaseasveess 7 5 Removing SPOtS ceeesscsseceeeeceeeeseeseceeesees 7 3 Seat pelse enas E A a iaae 7 6 Underbody syss snene oparai ensai gri 7 3 Corrosion protection esseessseseeesseessseessesseessseese 7 7 E1 E CESTE A T A 7 3 Most common factors contributing to A E E EEE 7 3 vehicle COrroSION sssssssssessessesssseseeseesessesessesee 7 7 Chome paS ereraa iaer a R 7 4 Environmental factors influence the rate Tire dressing cccccccccececcccecececcececceseceacseececeecaes 7 4 Of COMMOSSO sess sccsssivcesscnsesicescsassccsesecssesseasereess 7 7 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 7 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surface wash your vehicle as soon as you can e after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain e after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird droppings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover 7 2 Appearance and care WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plen
98. components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to prevent damage to or accidental activa tion of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury e Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by an INFINITI retailer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by an INFINITI retailer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system e If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI retailer Correct pretensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appro priate INFINITI Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause perso nal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor and buckle anchor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful and it does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breath ing condition should get fresh air pro
99. display switches to the brightness adjust ment mode Push the upper switch A to brighten the instrument panel lights The bar moves to the side When reaching the maximum brightness MAX appears on the display Push the lower switch to dim the instrument panel lights The bar moves to the side When reaching the minimum brightness MIN appears on the display However MIN does not appear during the nighttime The dot matrix liquid crystal display returns to the normal display under the following conditions e when the instrument brightness control switch is not operated for more than 5 seconds e whenthe J or switch on the right side of the combination meter panel is pushed SIC3271 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automati cally Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing If the lever is moved back right after moving up or down the light will flash 3 times if so equipped Instruments and controls 2 43 SIC3272 FOG LIGHT SWITCH To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the position then turn the switch to the 0 position To turn them off turn the switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on for the fog lights to operate When the headligh
100. door opener components Step 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand held transmitter button During programming your hand held transmitter may automatically stop transmitting Continue to press and hold the desired HomeLink button while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful programming DO NOT release until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indicates successful programming Proceed with Programming HomeLink step 3 to complete Remember to plug the device back in when programming is completed OPERATING THE HomeLink UNI VERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver after it is programmed can be used to activate the programmed device To operate simply press and release the appropriate pro grammed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The amber indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being trans mitted For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOT ING If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the
101. doors are locked If during this 1 minute time period the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute e Opening any door e Pushing the ignition switch Opening windows To open the windows push the door UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key for about 3 seconds after the door is unlocked To stop opening release the UNLOCK g button Window cannot be closed using the In telligent Key The door windows can be opened or closed by turning the mechanical key in a door lock See Doors earlier in this section Opening closing lift gate 1 Push the power lift gate button sar for more than 1 second 2 The lift gate will automatically open The hazard indicator flashes 4 times and the outside chime sounds for approxi mately 3 seconds To close the lift gate push the power lift gate button for more than 1 second The lift gate will automatically close If the button is pushed while the lift gate is being opened or closed the lift gate will reverse The power lift gate button sr cannot be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position Using panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC 3 button on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second 2 The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds 3
102. e Always make sure both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue are secured when using the seat belt or installing a child restraint Do not use the seat belt or child restraint with only the seat belt tongue attached This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop SSS1077 Stowing 3rd row center seat belt When folding down the 3rd row seat the 3rd center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position 1 Hold the connector tongue so that the seat belt does not retract suddenly when the tongue is released from the connector buckle Release the connec tor tongue by inserting a suitable tool such as key A into the connector buckle 2 Store the seat belt tongue into the tongue holder first 3 Store the connector tongue into the retractor base AX WARNING Do not unfasten the 3rd center seat belt connector except when folding down the 3rd seat SSS1078 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 Attaching 3rd row center seat belt Always be sure the 3rd center seat belt connector tongue and connector buckle are attached Disconnect only when folding down the 3rd row seat To connect the buckle 1 Pull out the connector tongue from the retractor base 2 Pull out the seat belt tongue from the tongue holder 3 Pull the seat belt and fasten the connector buckle until it clicks The center seat belt connector
103. few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer e For additional information see Mal function Indicator Light MIL later in this section SIC4375 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine lubrication system oil pressure while the engine is running When the engine speed is high the engine oil pressure is also high When it is low the gauge indicates the low L oil pressure The engine oil pressure is normal when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration Instruments and controls 2 9 Ay CAUTION e This gauge is not designed to indicate low engine oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section e lf the gauge needle does not move with the proper amount of engine oil have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer Continued vehicle operation in such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine 2 10 Instruments and controls VOLTMETER When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the volt meter indicates the battery voltage When the engine is run ning it indicates the generator voltage While cranking the engine the volt drop below the normal range If the needle is not in the normal range 10 5 to 15 5 volt while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Have the system ch
104. files e Pushing the menu control switch will show the CD Menu DVD e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the title number e Pushing the menu control switch will select an item from the DVD display e When the transparent operation menu appears the switch will control the menu USB e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase decrease the folder number e Pushing the menu control switch will show the USB Menu Bluetooth streaming audio e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number BACK switch Push this switch to go back to the previous screen or cancel the selection if it is not completed Volume control switches Push the upper or lower side switch to increase or decrease the volume Audio source switch Push the source select switch to change the mode to available audio source 4 82 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems ANTENNA Window antenna The antenna pattern is printed inside the 3rd row seat window Ay CAUTION e Do not place metalized film near the 3rd row seat window or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor recep tion or noise e When cleaning the ins
105. ft 0 5 m e Yellow line approx 3 ft 1 m e Green line G approx 7 ft 2 m e Green line approx 10 ft 3 m Vehicle width guide lines G Indicates the vehicle width when backing up Corner sonar indicator 6 The corner sonar indicator will appear when a corner of the vehicle moves closer to an object 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES Moving to a steep uphill When moving the vehicle up a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 m to the place but the actual 3 ft 1 m distance on the hill is the place Note that any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor further than it appears AI Moving to a steep downhill When moving the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown further than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 m to the place but the actual 3 ft 1 m distance on the hill is the place Note that any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than it appears Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 SAA1923 Moving near a projecting object The predictive course lines do not touch the object in the display However the vehicle may h
106. fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears may cause the akF Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to illuminate Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until a single click is heard To remove the fuel filler cap 1 Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to remove Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling To install the fuel filler cap 1 Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube Turn the fuel filler cap clockwise until a single click is heard WARNING LOOSE x FUEL CAP MEKIT RESET SPA2815 LOOSE FUEL CAP warning The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled It may take a few driving trips for the warning to be displayed To turn off the warning perform the following 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as soon as possible See Fuel filler cap earlier in this section Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 3 Push the switch on the right side of the combination meter panel for longer than 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning after tighten ing the fuel cap 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments TILT TELESCOPIC STEERING Ay WARNING e Do not adjust the steering whe
107. fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION e Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equiva lent e Engine oil with API Certification Mark e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCE DURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule in the 5 Starting and driving section of this Owner s Manual Follow these recommen dations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle GO
108. hand held transmitter bat teries with new batteries e position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface e press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without interruption e position the hand held transmitter 1 3 in 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmit ter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not pro grammed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN FORMATION The following procedure clears the pro grammed information from both buttons Individual buttons cannot be cleared However individual buttons can be repro grammed see Reprogramming a single HomeLink button later in this section To clear all programming 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons HomeLink is now in the programming mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Programming HomeLink Step 1 REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transceiver button comp
109. if there is a malfunc tion in the Distance Control Assist DCA system 2 14 Instruments and controls If the warning light illuminates park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and turn on the DCA system again If it is not possible to turn on the system or the warning light stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer See Distance Control Assist DCA system in the 5 Starting and driving section mo light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call an INFINITI retailer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Engine oil pressure warning Ay CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so 4WD Four Wheel Drive 4WD warn ing light 4WD models The awo warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to
110. in cabin microfilter which collects dirt pollen dust etc Models with Advanced Climate Control System The climate control system is equipped with a natural grape seed polyphenol filter which collects and neutralizes dirt pollen dust etc To make sure that the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently replace the filter in accordance with the maintenance schedule in the INFINITI Ser vice and Maintenance Guide To replace the filter contact an INFINITI retailer The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the heater or air conditioner SERVICING CLIMATE CONTROL The climate control system in your INFINITI is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer However special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your INFINITI air conditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your climate control system See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section for climate control system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations Your INFINITI retailer will be able to service your environmentally friendly climate con trol system Ay WARNING The system contains refrigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner s
111. in front of the vehicle and the other green predictive course line is shown at side of the vehicle When the monitor displays the rear view the predictive course lines are shown at back of the vehicle Front side view Guiding lines Guiding lines that indicate the width and the front end of the vehicle are displayed on the monitor The front of vehicle line shows the front part of the vehicle The side of vehicle line shows the vehicle width including the outside mirror The extensions of both the front and side lines are shown with a green dotted line The corner sonar indicator G will appear when a corner of the vehicle moves closer to an object The corner sonar indicator G can be turned off See Around View Monitor settings later in this section Ay CAUTION The turn signal light may look like the side of vehicle line This is not a malfunction Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 JVHO321X Rear wide view The rear wide view shows a wider area on the entire screen and allows the checking of the blind corners on the right and left sides The rear wide view displays an approximately 180 degree area while the front view and the rear view display an approximately 150 degree area The pre dictive course lines are not displayed on the rear wide view Distance guide lines Indicates distances from the vehicle body e Red line approx 1 5
112. in the dot matrix liquid crystal display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details see Low tire pressure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitor ing System TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and Tire Pressure Mon itoring System TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the pressure of the tires including the spare often and al ways prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifi cations are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator pr
113. is turned off the indicator on the switch is off The indicator will also be off if the BSW the Lane Departure Warning LDW and the Forward Collision Warning FCW systems are deactivated Starting and driving 5 33 For the LDW and FCW systems see Lane Departure Warning LDW Prevention LDP system earlier in this section and Forward Collision Warning FCW system later in this section Settings Navigation olume and Beeps Audion Rear Display Plionu Driver Awsix lance Bivetoain i her dst navga on settings 5 34 Starting and driving How to enable disable the BSW system using the settings menu Perform the following steps to enable or disable the BSW system 1 Push the SETTING Q button and high light the Driver Assistance key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER button 2 Highlight the Driver Assistance Warn ings key and push the ENTER button Saltings Driver Assistance Varn ngs Forward Collision Warning Q Lane Departure Waning o ON Blind Spot Warn ng GON Y l JVS0080X SSD1029 r gt gt gt gt P TM 3 Highlight the Blind Spot Warning key Blind spot warning indicator light Blind Spot MEE Geta ON indicator select ON enabled or OFF disabled and push the ENTER button Starting and driving 5 35 asd ON2011 Dynamic d
114. light in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls section The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction AX WARNING e The VDC system is designed to help improve driving stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery Starting and driving 5 115 surfaces and always drive carefully e Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not INFINITI recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance and the VDC warning light may illuminate e If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not INFINITI recommended or are extremely deterio rated the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate e lf engine control related p
115. maintain brake pressure If the driver s foot is on the accelerator pedal the system pushes the accelerator pedal upward before applying the brake If you continue to press the accelerator pedal the system will not engage the brake NOTE The BCI system does not operate if the object is very close to the bumper BCI switch is SYSTEM a OFF BCI OFF indicator JVS0174X The BCI system is turned off temporarily by pushing the BCI switch The BCI OFF indicator appears on the vehicle informa tion display When the shift lever is placed in the R Reverse position again the BCI system is turned on The BCI system automatically turns on every time the engine is started How to enable disable the BCI system using the settings menu The BCI system can be turned off perma nently by setting on the center display Settings Navigation olume and Beeps Audio Rear Display Plionu Driver Awsiz lance l Biuetoain i her Adjist navga on settings SD1102 Example Starting and driving 5 49 Perform the following steps to enable or disable the BCI system 1 Push the SETTING button and high light the Driver Assistance key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER button 5 50 Starting and driving Settings Drive Assistance Dyrami Assistanse Setlings Dr ver Assistance Warnings Bacup Collision Inter
116. mirrors to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch For additional infor mation see Seats in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section and Tilt telescopic steering earlier in this section and Outside mirrors earlier in this section 4 Push the SET switch and within 5 seconds push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch If memory is stored in the same 3 34 Pre driving checks and adjustments memory switch the previous memory will be deleted Linking Intelligent Key to a stored memory position The Intelligent Key can be linked to a stored memory position with the following procedure 1 Follow the steps for storing a memory position 2 While the indicator light for the memory switch being set is illuminated for 5 seconds push the gq button on the Intelligent Key If the indicator light blinks the Intelligent Key is linked to that memory setting Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi tion and then push the _ button on the Intelligent Key The driver s seat steering wheel and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position Confirming memory storage e Push the ignition switch to the ON position and push the SET switch If the main memory has not been stored the indicator light w
117. normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film Ay CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant clea ners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements WHEELS Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance e Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed e Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e INFINITI recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Ay CAUTION Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Aluminum alloy wheels Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed Appearance and care 7 3 Ay CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid stain ing or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature e Rinse
118. number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved Symptom error message The system fails to interpret the command correctly 1 Ensure that the command format is valid see Command List earlier in this section 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defrost on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 If optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag in 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See Bluetooth Hands Free Phone the phonebook System earlier in this section page 4 98 2 Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag 4 140 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 3 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide ceeeeee 5 3 Three way CatalySt c cc eeeeecceeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 3 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 4 Avoiding collision and rollover ceeeeee 5 7 On pavement and off road driving PrecautiOnSs ceceeesseeceeeeesseeeeeeeeeee 5 8 Of
119. of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recom mended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself and performance may be adversely af fected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Never install tire chains on the full size temporary use only spare tire if so equipped Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress SDI1662 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation INFINITI recommends rotating the tires in accordance with the main tenance log shown in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section for tire replacing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The w
120. of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the illustration Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Technical and consumer information 9 15 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For exam ple if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehi cle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 x 70 300 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available 9 16 Technical and consumer information cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your ve
121. on Phone Full Voice Reeagnition D al Humber Full Voice Recognition Dial Number Full So LL C L Dial Numoer L Dial Numoer Hep Ley range Numper 4 Oark Dial L Promesak Please say the ortie number or groups A Mana Corirola Manua Cortrolss Cal History L Intemational Call of embers Say the next three digils Dial or say Change Mumbar Ta ayi ha d ihe TALK switch Ta eyii ha d ihe TALK switch Ta eyii ha d iha TALK switch JVH0481X SAA2537 SAA2538 4 Speak Dial Number 5 Speak 8 0 0 6 The system announces Please say the Selecting the Manual Controls key next three digits or dial or say change switches the screen to the keypad to number input the phone number manually 7 Speak 6 6 2 4 122 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e You can only say a phone number using the 3 3 4 grouping 7 digits and 10 Voice Recognition e Dial Number Ful Brc Voice Recognition Dial Kum ber Ful E digits using this command Please use the International Call command for 3 405 662 B 800 662 6200 g j all other formats CH Da e If you say Change Number during Grange Numper LY Grange Number Fe phone number entry the system will automatically request that you repeat Q Say the las four digits or say Change Please say Dial or say Change the number using the
122. on the rear Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 screen ENTER button Push the ENTER button to confirm the setting for the selected item SETUP button Push the SETUP button to display the rear seat display settings See Rear display settings later in this section BACK button Push to go back to the previous screen or cancel the selection Volume To adjust the speaker volume push or on the volume control button This button is used to control the volume from the vehicle speakers To adjust the volume of the headphones use the volume knob that is attached to the headphones Keypad erik PLAY PAUSE button E STOP button we FORWARD button Wa REWIND button I gt FORWARD button for commercial skip for DVD VIDEO and DVD VR 4 96 al REWIND button for commercial skip for DVD VIDEO and DVD VR Key illumination button If the key illumination button is pushed the buttons on the remote controller will be lit up Rear display settings Display mode adjustment of the rear seat displays can be performed while a DVD or USB movie is being played Set the rear display select switch on the remote con troller to either L or R according to the display you want to set and then push the SETUP button It is not possible to make display mode adjustments to the left and right displays at the same time Aspect Select the display size from NORMAL C
123. opening Ay CAUTION e Do not overfill e Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent BRAKE FLUID For further brake fluid specification infor mation see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual AX WARNING e Use only new fluid from a sealed container Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stopping ability e Be sure to clean the filler cap before removing e Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children CAUTION e Do not add brake fluid with the ignition switch in the ON position or the engine running Doing so could make the brake fluid overfill when the ignition switch is turned off Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 e Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled wash the surface with water 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself BRAKE FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line To add brake fluid 1 Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Depress and release the foot brake pedal more than 40 t
124. operated This operation is to wipe washer fluid that has dripped on the windshield RAIN SENSING AUTO WIPER SYS TEM The rain sensing auto wiper system can automatically turn on the wipers and adjust the wiper speed depending on the rainfall and the vehicle speed by using the rain sensor located on the upper part of the windshield To set the rain sensing auto wiper system push the lever down to the AUTO position The wiper will sweep once while the ignition switch is in the ON position The rain sensor sensitivity level can be adjusted by turning the knob toward the front 2 High or toward the rear Low e High High sensitive operation e Low Low sensitive operation To turn the rain sensing auto wiper system off push up the lever to the OFF position or pull down the lever to the LO or HI position AX CAUTION Do not touch the rain sensor and around it when the wiper switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition switch is in the ON position The wipers may operate un expectedly and cause to an injury or a wiper damage e The rain sensing auto wipers are in tended for use during rain If the switch is left in the AUTO position the wipers may operate unexpectedly when dirt fingerprints oil film or insects are stuck on or around the sensor The wipers may also operate when exhaust gas or moisture affect the rain sensor e The rain sensing auto wipers may not operate if rain does not hit t
125. operated inde the back side of the center console can be pendently of each other operated independently of each other 1 Start the engine 1 Start the engine 2 Select heat range 2 Select heat range e For high heat push the HI High For high heat push the HI High side of the switch side of the switch e For low heat push the LO Low side For low heat push the LO Low side of the switch of the switch dite inditator light G willilluminate The indicator light in the switch will hen the heater is on f p MIS Sorat illuminate when the heater is on 2 46 Instruments and controls 3 To turn off the heater return the switch to the level position Make sure the indicator light goes off The heater is controlled by a thermo stat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS if so equipped or cooled and or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the control knob to the OFF position center The indicator light on the control knob goes off at the OFF position To check the air filter for the climate controlled seat contact an INFINITI When the vehicle s interior is warmed retailer or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn off the switch AX WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an
126. perchlorate materi al The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Bluetooth is a trademark Bluetooth owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Clarion Co Ltd SiriusXM Satellite Radio requires subscription sold separately sirus Not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit www siriusxm com QAYD INFINITI 2013 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD All rights reserved No part of this Owners Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechan ical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM INFINITI CARES Both INFINITI and your INFINITI retailer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your INFINITI retailer are our primary concerns Your INFINITI retailer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your INFINITI retailer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide INFINITI directly with comments or questions please con tact our INFINITI s Consumer Affairs De partment using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 662 6200 For Canadian customers 1 800 361 4792 The Consumer Affairs Depar
127. phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless con nection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please visit www InfinitiUSA com blue tooth for troubleshooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or elim inate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone pairing procedure specific to your phone battery charging cellular phone anten na etc The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 99 e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes e If reception between callers is unclear adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information e CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device m
128. plugs Speedometer Starting Before starting the engine ccsseseereeee 5 14 JUMP Starting asasinesis si 6 11 Precautions when starting and driving 5 3 Push starting Starting the engine STATUS button Status light Front passenger air bag Steering Heated steering wheel ccesscssssseseeeeee 2 44 Power steering fluid Power steering system Steering wheel mounted controls for AUDIO Ss scccsscvsncenssosvencsocssstocecsvescetsosseopetnes Tilt telescopic steering Storage Sun visors Sunglasses holder Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light Supplemental restraint system Precautions on supplemental restraint system 1 55 Switch Autolight switch 0 cescseessctesetecsesereeeeeees 2 39 Fog light switch Hazard warning flasher switch Headlight aiming control Headlight switch Ignition switch scscccnsscniiennmemrennnnrcaaee Intelligent Brake Assist IBA OFF switch 2 50 Power door lock switch Snow mode switch nae Turn Signal SWitCH sescesesesseseseeeeeseeee Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 50 Tachometer Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge Theft INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start Three way catalyst Tilt telescopic steering Tire Pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 15 Tire replacement indicator
129. provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child restraints later in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchor and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt See Child restraints later in this section for more information INFINITI recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem Air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint INFINITI recommends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 lbs 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear facing child restraint a
130. rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is unlocked and the window keeps opening while turning the key This function can also be performed by pushing and holding the door UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key See Remote keyless entry system later in this section To close the windows turn the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is locked and the window keeps closing while turning the key LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door individually move the inside lock knob to the lock position To unlock move the inside lock knob to the unlock position Be sure not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle SPA2727 LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors The switches are located on the driver s and front passenger s door armrests To lock the doors push the power door lock switch to the lock position Be sure not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle To unlock the doors including the fuel filler door push the power door lock switch to the unlock position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the lock position with any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle and any door op
131. reason described in change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could reduce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the new INFINITI vehicle limited warran ties Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes e repeated short distance driving at cold outside temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go rush hour traffic Refer to the INFINITI Service and Main tenance Guide for the maintenance sche dule AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE COMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in your INFINITI vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a and the lubricant NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equivalents Ay CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or lubricant will cause severe damage to the air con ditioning system and will re
132. request switch can be set to remain inactive See Vehicle information and settings in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch driver s or front passenger s or the lift gate request switch within the range of operation When you lock or unlock the doors or the lift gate the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section Locking doors and fuel filler door 1 Move the shift lever to the P Park position push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 2 Close all the doors 2 Push the door handle request switch driver s or front passenger s or the lift gate request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 3 4 All the doors and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice 1 Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key
133. result in loss of vehicle control AA WARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder BRAKE ASSIST BRAKE ASSIST When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force AX WARNING The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times PREVIEW FUNCTION Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models When the Preview Function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing a vehicle ahead in the same lane and the distance and relative speed from it it applies the brake pre pressure before the driver depresses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by reducing pedal free play e This system will not operate when the vehicle is moving at approximately 20 MPH 32 km h or less e The pre pressure function ceases when the following conditions are met 1 When the driver depresses the accelerator pedal or the brake peda
134. retailer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 Ay CAUTION Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immedi ately wipe until it is completely dry If the outside temperature is below 14 F 10 C the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure contact an INFINITI retailer INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch
135. ride in a cargo area inside the vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight includ ing standard and optional equip ment fluids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This 9 14 Technical and consumer information weight does not include passen gers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other op tional equipment This informa tion is located on the F MN S S C MN S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit spe cified for the front or rear axle This information is located on the F M V S S C MN S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle pas sengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity max imum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and car go for the vehi
136. road vehicle Remember that Two Wheel Drive 2WD models are less capable than Four Wheel Drive 4WD models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow mud or the like Please observe the following precautions Starting and driving 5 9 AX WARNING Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened This will keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain Do not drive across steep slopes Instead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes Off road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward Many hills are too steep for any vehicle If you drive up them you may stall If you drive down them you may not be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Do not shift ranges while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill At the top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident 5 10 Starting and driving If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill never attempt to turn around Your vehicle could tip or roll over Always back straight down in R Reverse range Never back down in N Neutral using only the brake as this could cause loss of control Heavy b
137. shilt indicator light will indicate that VAN 4 wheels the transter shih sosation k engaged ITIS KOT NECESSARY TO MOVE THE N NEUTRAL POSITION IN THIS For dew ng un rocky sandy ir OPPFRATION srow covered roads PERFORM THIS OPERATION WHEN 4 wheels DRIVING STRAIGHT Neutral d seagages the lL Slop the vehic e automat c transmission 9 Shift the transmission selector ewer bo Trechanical parking lock which the N hcutral position will allow tie vehicle to roll bo 3 Depress and Lurn Lhe AWO shift swilch rot leave tic trans er shift between 4H and 4L witi the taot prake position ir Neutral 2 pedal cepressed YOU CANNOT MOVE THE WD SHIFT SWITCH BETWEEN 4H AND 4L UNLESS YOU FIRST STOP THE VEHICLE DEPRESS For bee when the maximum power THE FOOT BRAKE PEDAL AND SHIFT THE and lraction is required ler TRANSMISSION SELECTOR LEVER TO erample on steep grades ur THE N NCUTRAL POSITION THEN LO illurinated rocky sandy or muddy roads DEPRESS ANC TURN THE 4 0 SHIFT SWITCH BETWEEN 4H AND 4L 3 Neutral SD1100 1 The 4LO and 4HI indicator may flash alternately Stop the vehicle and be sure to turn the 4WD shift switch after the transmission shift Starting and driving 5 101 lever has been shifted to the N Neutral position If the indicator keeps flashing after the 4WD shift procedure drive slowly without abrupt maneuvers for a while Then the indicator will illuminate or turn off Avoid ma
138. stand from rattling against metal is not attached to the jacking tool In case of emergency 6 5 Locate the oval opening above the middle of the rear bumper Place the T shaped end of the jack rod through the opening and direct it towards the spare wheel winch assem bly located directly above the spare wheel SCE0916 AX CAUTION Do not insert the jack rod straight as it is designed to be inserted at an angle as shown SCE0915 Securely screw to connect the T shaped end of the jack rod and two extension bars as illustrated Fit the square end of the jack rod into the square hole of the wheel nut wrench to form a handle In case of emergency Seat the T shaped end of the jack rod into the T shaped opening of the spare wheel winch Apply pressure to keep the jack rod engaged in the spare wheel winch and turn the jack rod counterclockwise to lower the spare wheel SCE0377 10 Once the spare wheel is completely lowered remove the jack rod and reach under the vehicle to remove the hang ing plate 11 Carefully slide the spare wheel from under the rear of the vehicle After preparing the spare tire to remove the rod pull out the rod while moving the rod to the right and left with the screw of the extension facing the side Ay CAUTION When storing the wheel make sure that the hanging plate is in the center of the wheel and then lift it up into the storage are
139. system A is located below the front bumper To keep the ICC system operating properly be sure to observe the following e Always keep the sensor clean Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage the sensor e Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not touch or remove the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or malfunction If the sensor is da Starting and driving 5 73 maged due to an accident contact an e Do not use the conventional fixed INFINITI retailer speed cruise control mode when driving e Do not attach a sticker including under the following conditions transparent material or install an accessory near the sensor This could eont eincupossible coikeepithe 7A EIT cause failure or malfunction vehicle at a set speed ie in heavy traffic or in traffic that CONVENTIONAL fixed speed varies in speed CRUISE CONTROL MODE Sear A on winding or hilly roads This mode allows driving at a speed F between 25 to 90 MPH 40 to 144 km h on slippery roads raln snow Ice without keeping your foot on the accel etc erator pedal in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle A WARNING control and result in an accident Conventional fixed speed cruise control switch e In the conventional fixed speed cruise 1 ACCELERATE RESUME switch control mode a warning chime does not sound to warn you if you are too close to t
140. take When the above conditions no longer exist turn off the LDP system by pushing the dynamic driver assistance switch Push the dynamic driver assistance switch again to turn the LDP system back on 5 30 Starting and driving Temporary disabled status at high tem perature If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions over approximately 104 F 40 C and then the LDP system is turned on the LDP system may be deactivated automatically The lane departure warning light orange will blink When the interior temperature is reduced turn off the LDP system by pushing the dynamic driver assistance switch Push the dynamic driver assistance switch again to turn the LDP system back on SSD0453 Lane camera unit maintenance The lane camera unit for the LDW LDP system is located inside the map light cover To keep the proper operation of the LDW LDP systems and prevent a system malfunction be sure to observe the follow ing e Always keep the windshield clean e Do not attach a sticker including transparent material or install an accessory near the camera unit e Do not place reflective materials such as white paper or a mirror on the instrument panel The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the cam era unit s capability of detecting the lane markers Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit Do not touch the camera lens or remove the scr
141. the D Drive position and the monitor does not display Around View Monitor and the sonar detection distance is becoming short the monitor displays Front view bird eye view In that case when the CAMERA button is pressed or when the sonar does not detect any objects the monitor will display the previous screen When the shift lever is not in the R Reverse position and the vehicle speed increase above approximately 6 MPH 10 km h the monitor changes from Around View Monitor screen to the previous screen With the ignition switch in the ON position press the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the R Reverse position to operate the Around View Monitor When the shift lever is in the D Drive position and the monitor does not display Around View Monitor and the sonar detection distance is becoming short the monitor displays Front view bird eye view In that case when the CAMERA button is pushed or when the sonar does not detect any objects the monitor will display the previous screen When the shift lever is not in the R Reverse position and the vehicle speed increases above approximately 6 MPH 10 km h the monitor changes from Around view monitor screen to the previous screen Starting with the shift lever opera tion When the shift lever is shifted into the R Reverse position while another screen A is displayed Around View Monitor operates and the rear view and bird eye view are displayed T
142. the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions e When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station e When in possession of wireless equip ment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio e When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials e When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby e When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a perso nal computer e When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating condi tions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is discharged replace it with a new one Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as signals from a TV and personal computer the battery life may become shorter For information regarding replacement of a battery see Intelligent Key battery repla cement in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact an INFINITI
143. the device TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator When adding air to an under inflated tire the TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator provides visual and audible signals out side the vehicle to help you inflate the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle in a safe and level place 2 Apply the parking brake and place the shift lever in the P Park position 3 Place the ignition switch in the ON position Do not start the engine Operation 1 2 Add air to the tire After a few seconds the hazard indica tors will start flashing When the designated pressure is reached the horn beeps once and the hazard indicators stop flashing Perform the above steps for each tire If the tire is over inflated more than approximately 4 psi 30 kPa the horn beeps and the hazard indicators flash 3 times To correct the pressure push the core of the valve stem on the tire briefly to release pressure When the pressure reaches the designated pressure the horn beeps once If the hazard indicator does not flash within approximately 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire it indicates that the Tire Inflation Indicator is not operating The TPMS will not activate the Tire Inflation Indicator under the following conditions If there is interference from an external device or transmitter The air pressure from the inflation device such as those using a power socket is no
144. the navigation system Scttings Navigation Yolume amp Beeps Pleng qa l Biuetoaia SAA2473 Example Touch screen operation With this system the same operations as those for the INFINITI controller are possi ble using the touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select it To select the Audio settings touch the Audio area on the screen Touch the BACK key to return to the previous screen Sotlings Vo ume d Beeps Audio Ya ume a I Guidance Valune Ringtone Incoming Gal OGulgaing Call Use velune knob to adast dunng payback Example Adjusting an item Touch the or button to adjust the settings Touch the or button to move to the previous or next item Touch the or amp button to move to the previous or next page Paot amp Phonebook Symbola Space Lowercase IC l Delete SAA2475 Inputting characters Touch the letter or number There are some options available when inputting characters e Uppercase Shows uppercase characters e Lowercase Shows lowercase characters e Symbols Shows symbols such as the question mark e Space Inserts a space Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 e Delete Deletes the last character that has been input with one touch Push and hold the button to d
145. the transmis sion automatically shifts down to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop When accelerating again it is necessary to shift up to the desired range Accelerator downshift In D Drive position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition Starting and driving 5 19 If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions such as excessive wheel spin ning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case push the switch to the OFF position and wait for 3 seconds Then push the ignition switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have an INFINITI retailer check the transmission and repair if necessary 5 20 Starting and driving Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the shift lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the shift lever button pushed To move the shift lever perform the following procedure 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK p
146. the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction If the distance sensor A detects a slower moving vehicle ahead the system will reduce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the selected distance The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes up to 25 of vehicle braking power if neces 5 58 Starting and driving driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times e The system is primarily intended for use on straight dry open roads with light traffic It is not advisable to use the system in city traffic or congested areas e This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions This system should be used in evenly flowing traffic Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves or on icy roads in heavy rain or in fog The distance sensor will not detect the following objects e Stationary and slow moving vehicles e Pedestrians or objects in the roadway distance control function never rely solely on the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system This system does not correct careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visi bility in rain fog or other bad weather Decelerate the vehicle speed by depres sing the brake pedal depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the
147. timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts Ay WARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seriously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection e Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury e Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord rated for at least 10A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury Starting and driving 5 119 MEMO 5 120 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Hazard warning flasher switch sddescutavasessvedeasecwescys 6 2 Jump starting Roadside assistance program Push starting 66 Emergency engine shut off If your vehicle overheats Flt ING E cectedeedesincds sfseisessasecoe Weasucmaavesses Towing your vehicle ceeceeeeeseeeeeeee Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 3 Towing recommended by INFINITI Changing a flat tire ee ceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 6 4 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 18 HAZARD WARNING
148. to OFF all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once Intelligent Key Lock Unlock When this item is turned to ON door lock unlock function by pushing the door handle request switch will be activated Lift Steering Wheel on Exit When this item is turned to ON the steering wheel moves upward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the LOCK position and the driver s door is opened After getting into the vehicle and pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position the steering wheel moves to the previous position Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit When this item is turned to ON the driver s seat moves backward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the OFF position and the driver s door is opened After getting into the vehicle and pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position the driver s seat moves to the previous position Return All Settings to Default Select this item and then select YES to return all settings to the default Sallinge Clogs i On sereen G ock G ock Forrat 24h Offset Chou Ca Offset min ta j Day ight Savings Time Tine one Easten SAA2487 Clock settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Others key and then selecting the Clock key The clock settings display cannot be operated while driving S
149. to correct the vehicle s direction with your steering operation to avoid acci dents 5 26 Starting and driving When the LDP system is operating avoid excessive or sudden steering maneu vers Otherwise you could lose control of the vehicle The LDP system will not operate at speeds below approximately 45 MPH 70 km h or if it cannot detect lane markers The LDP system may not function properly under the following conditions and do not use the LDP system During bad weather rain fog snow wind etc When driving on slippery roads such as on ice or snow etc When driving off road such as on sand or rock etc When driving on winding or uneven roads When there is a lane closure due to road repairs When driving in a makeshift lane When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow When driving without normal tire conditions for example tire wear low tire pressure installation of spare tire tire chains non standard wheels When the vehicle is equipped with non original brake parts or suspen sion parts When towing a trailer or other vehicle If the LDP system malfunctions it will cancel automatically The lane departure warning light orange on the instrument panel will illuminate If the lane departure warning light orange illuminates pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle Turn the engine off and restart t
150. traffic conditions a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking You may need to control the distance from other vehicles using the accelerator pedal Always stay alert and avoid using the ICC system when it is not recommended in this section VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE OPERATION Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to manually control the proper following distance The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode of the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system may not be able to maintain the selected distance between vehicles following dis tance or selected vehicle speed under some circumstances The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode uses a sensor A located on the front of the vehicle to detect vehicles Starting and driving 5 59 traveling ahead The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead Therefore if the sensor cannot detect the reflector on the vehicle ahead the ICC system may not maintain the selected distance The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the signals e When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is positioned high on the vehicle trailer etc e When the reflector on the vehicle ahead is missing damaged or covered e When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is covered with dirt snow and road spray e When the snow or road s
151. two six two zero zero Improving Recognition of Phone numbers You can improve the recognition of phone numbers by saying the phone number in three groups of numbers For example when you try to call 800 662 6200 say eight zero zero first and the system will then ask you for the next three digits Then say six six two After recognition the system will then ask for the last four digits Say six two zero zero Using this method of phone digit entry can improve recogni tion performance When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero If the letter o Oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number O zero even if you speak oh instead of zero Please speak zero for the number O zero oh for the letter o oh Send digits using dial tone e Press the TALK phone call e The menu will be launched and you will be provided with the following gui dance Please say the digits to dial e After guidance say the digits of the number you want to send After this the digits that have been recognized will be read out e If you press the ENTER button on the steering wheel or on the INFINITI con troller the selected digits will be sent wt switch during a 4 114 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Command List Category Command Phone Operates the Phone function D Navigation Op
152. under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer 4 Intelligent Key warning light After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position this light comes on for about 2 seconds and then turns off This light warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Key system If the light comes on while the engine is stopped it may be impossible to start the engine If the light comes on while the engine is running you can drive the vehicle However in these cases contact an INFINITI retailer for repair as soon as possible Lane departure warning light orange if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the light will come on in orange turn green and then turn off This indicates that the Lane Departure Warning LDW and Lane Departure Prevention LDP systems are operational r While the LDW and or LDP system is on the light will blink in orange and a warning chime will sound if the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane with detectable lane mar kers If the light comes on in orange and remains on it may indicate that the LDW and LDP systems are not functioning properly Although the vehicle is still driveable have the systems checked by an INFINITI retailer See Lane Departure Warning LDW Pre vention LDP system in the 5 Starting and driving section Low tire p
153. using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Whenever a menu selection is made or menu item is highlighted different areas on the screen provide you with important information See the following for details 1 Header Shows the path used to get to the current screen Menu Selections Shows the options to choose within that menu screen UP DOWN Movement indicator Shows that the INFINITI controller may be used to move UP DOWN on the screen and select more options Menu Items Counter Shows the total number of items listed across all pages for the current menu Footer Information Line Provides more information if available about the menu selection currently highlighted VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON You can check information related to the audio climate control system fuel con sumption and navigation system by push ing the STATUS button repeatedly HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON TROL AND DISPLAY ON OFF BUTTON Push the 43 OFF button to switch the display brightness to the daytime mode or the nighttime mode and to adjust the display brightness using the INFINITI con troller while the indicator is displayed at the bottom of the screen Push and hold the amp 4 OFF button for more than 2 seconds to turn the display off Push the button again to turn the display on HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON The display screen shows vehicle and navigation in
154. vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake The maximum holding time is 2 seconds After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and the hill start assist system will stop operating completely The hill start assist system will not operate when the transmission is shifted to the N Neutral or P Park position or on a flat and level road When the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light illuminates in the meter the hill start assist system will not operate See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section Starting and driving 5 107 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS fie ale ee ee eal x AX WARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire e Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Unat tended children could become involved in serious accidents 5 108 Starting and driving ER SON PN ON a SD1006MA e Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the transmission be placed in the P Park position Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident e Make sure the automatic transmissio
155. voice command status on the right side of the command turns from None to Stored 4 138 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Setlings Speaker Adaptation Q i O Edit User Mame Delme Voice Data Conlinucas Learning Identity vaime data by adding a name SAA2553 Speaker Adaptation function settings Edit User Name Edit the user name using the keypad displayed on the screen Delete Voice Data Resets the user s voice that the voice recognition system has learned Continuous Learning When this item is turned to ON you can have the system learn the voice commands in succession without selecting com mands one by one Minimize voice feedback for Alter nate Command Mode To minimize the voice feedback from the system perform the following steps 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel 2 Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key Select the Minimize Voice Feedback key 5 The setting is turned to ON and the voice guidance will now be reduced when using the Voice Recognition system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 1 39 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by
156. when the remote controller only functions at extremely close distances to the Dual Head Restraint DVD System or when it does not function at all FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Opera tion is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device BEFORE OPERATING DUAL HEAD RESTRAINT DVD SYSTEM Precautions Start the engine when using the Dual Head Restraint DVD System AX WARNING The driver must not attempt to operate the Dual Head Restraint DVD System or wear the headphones while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation Ay CAUTION e Only operate the Dual Head Restraint DVD System while the vehicle engine is running Operating the Dual Head Re straint DVD System for extended periods of time with the engine OFF can dis charge the vehicle battery e Do not allow the system to get wet Excessive moisture such as spilled liquids may cause the system to mal function e While playing VIDEO CD media this DVD player does not guarantee complete functionality of all VIDEO CD formats Parental level
157. window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the procedure above have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer MOONROOF A WARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child re straints Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing Ay CAUTION Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening Do not place any heavy object on the moonroof or surrounding area Instruments and controls 2 63 AUTOMATIC MOONROOF The moonroof only operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position The automatic moonroof is operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the driver s door or the passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the moonroof is can celed 2 64 Instruments and controls Sunshade The sunshade will open automatically when the moonroof is opened However it must be closed manually Tilting the moonroof To tilt up first close the moonroof then push the UP side of the moonroof switch and release it it need not be held To tilt down the moonroof push the DOWN side Sliding the moonroof To fully open or close the moonroof push the OPEN or CLOSE side of the m
158. 0 EQUIPPE sc cccscscescessatassenserssesseccvcsconssedeseeense 5 90 Precautions on FCW system ccsceseseeeeee 5 91 Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system if SO equipped ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 94 Precautions on IBA system 5 95 Break in schedule 5 98 Fuel efficient driving tips cc ceeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 5 98 Increasing fuel CCONOMY cesseesceeeeseeeeeeees 5 100 INFINITI all mode 4WD if so equipped 5 100 INFINITI all mode 4WD system cs0000 5 101 AWD Shift SWItCh ce eeeeeeseeeceeeeeeseeeeeeee 5 104 AWD shift indicator ceeeeceeseeeeeeeeeeee 5 105 AWD warning light eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 105 Hill Start Assist system ceeccceeseseeeeeeeee eee 5 107 Parking parking on HillS ccccesssseceeeeeeeee 5 108 TOW MOG cc 52 cfacecectevsceiveiesadesesecedeeascetestasvese 5 109 SNOW MOO cesccccssiscecsceacsssecceeseecsssscaevcedsnvenss 5 109 Power steering ssesssssossoscsscssossosessessosesseese 5 110 Brake SYStOM ss orisiirisii signis 5 110 Braking precautionS seeessseeessseessssseesese 5 110 Parking brake break in sssesssesesesssessses 5 110 Brak dSsiStsscccsssccssscicsscacssccedeadesececcescsouesesteaes 5 111 Brake aSSIStvccccecssscccreececadevervetacetecnsessensee 5 111 Preview function Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models ssceseeeee 5 111 Anti lock Braking System
159. 2 68 Hood release 3 20 Hook Coat POOK e eset 2 59 2 59 Luggage hook 4 2 45 Horn 10 3 Ignition switch Push button Immobilizer system In cabin microfilter cee seeseesnceesteeeeeeeeeeee Indicator Dot matrix display fogs 2 22 LTA ee ANETA SEERE aeons INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System INFINITI voice recognition system INFO button k Inside mirror 3 30 Inspection maintenance I M test 9 32 Instrument brightness control 2 43 Instrument panel cecssescsseteeeeeeeeees 2 5 Intelligent Brake Assist IBA off indicator light 2 19 Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system 5 94 Intelligent cruise control ICC system 5 56 Main switch indicator 2 26 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light Intelligent Key 3 2 Intelligent Key system Battery replacement 8 25 Key operating range 3 9 Key operation 3 10 Warning light 2 15 Warning signals 3 12 Intelligent Key warning light 2 15 Interior light control switch 2 66 Interior light replacement 8 29 10 4 Interior lights iPod player operation ves ISOFIX child restraint cccscsscsscssesseseeereeees JUMP starting eee eanas neo N 6 11 Keyless entry See remote keyless entry system Keys For Intelligent Key system L Labels Air bag warning labels wee 1 69 Air conditio
160. 3 3 4 format In Number Number this case please say the area code first Ta exil ha d ihe TALK switch Ta ayii ha d dha TALK switch and then follow the prompts e Do not add a 1 in front of the area code when speaking phone numbers e If the system does not recognize your 8 The system announces Please say the 10 The system announces Dial or Change command please try repeating the last four digits or say change number Number command using a natural voice Speak 9 Speak 6 2 0 0 11 Speak Dial ing too slow or too loudly may further 12 The system makes a call to 800 662 decrease recognition performance 6200 Note e You can also speak 800 662 6200 10 continuous digits or 662 6200 7 continuous digits if the area code is not necessary However the 3 3 4 digit grouping is recommended for improved recognition See How to speak num bers earlier in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 123 Example 2 Placing an international call to the phone number 011 81 111 222 3333 1 Push the TALK switch located on the steering wheel Voice Recognition Voice Recegnil on Phone Full L4l_ L Piwne Y Navigation CH Information Audio LY Hep Ga Dial Numoer F Oark Dial at Pranebook oF Cal Mishary L Intemational Gall
161. AIN switch again to turn the system back on and select the desired cruise control mode Always confirm the setting in the ICC system display For the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode see the following description For the conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode see Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode later in this section SELECTING VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE To choose the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode quickly push and release the MAIN switch VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE In the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system automatically maintains a selected distance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicle s speed up to the set speed or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear With ICC the driver can maintain the same speed as other vehicles without the con stant need to adjust the set speed as you would with a normal cruise control system Starting and driving 5 57 sary e Oncoming vehicles in the same lane The detection range of the sensor is Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel approximately 390 ft 120 m ahead lane AX WARNING AX WARNING e This system is only an aid to assist the e As there is a performance limit to the JVS0227X PRECAUTIONS ON VEHICLE TO VE HICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE The system is intended to enhance the operation of
162. ATION NUMBER chassis number The number is stamped as shown VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is attached as shown This number is the identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration Technical and consumer information 9 11 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown 9 12 Technical and consumer information F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICA TION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards F M V S S C MV S S certifica tion label is affixed as shown This label contains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identifi cation Number VIN etc Review it care fully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is attached as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE To install the front license plate bracket to your vehicle contact an INFINITI retailer TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire The air conditioner specification label is and Loading Information label affixed to attached as shown the pillar as illustrated Technical and consumer information 9 13 VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AA WARNING e It is extremely dangerous to
163. AUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground as illustrated not to the battery Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that clamps do not contact any other metal 6 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the engine of the vehicle being jump started Ay CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before trying again the positive cable gt gt gt Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid 10 Put the battery cover on PUSH STARTING Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing Ay CAUTION Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started Attempt ing to do so may cause transmission damage Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing since the three way catalyst may be damaged Never try to start the vehicle by towing it when the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle 8 After starting your engine carefully disconnect the negative cable and
164. Before starting To get the best recognition performance from INFINITI Voice Recognition observe the following e The interior of the vehicle should be as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traf fic noise and vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from correctly recognizing the voice com mands e Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command e Speak in a natural conversational voice without pausing between words 4 112 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems If the air conditioner is set to Auto the fan speed is automatically lowered so that your commands can be recog nized more easily Giving voice commands 1 Push the TALK switch located on the steering wheel Voice Recognition 4 L Pane Y Navigation CH Information 4 Audio LY Hep Ta eyii ha d ihe TALK switch A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Would you like to access Phone Navigation Information Audio or Help After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from G to speak a command Selecting the Practice key will start the practice mode See Let s Practice earlier in this section Continue to follow the voice menu prompts and speak after the tone sounds until your desired operation is completed Selecting the Help key c
165. D function will also be turned off To prevent the sonar system from activat ing altogether use the Camera Settings menu For more information see Around View Monitor settings later in this section MOVING OBJECT DETECTION MOD The Moving Object Detection MOD system can inform the driver of the moving objects surrounding the vehicle when driving out of garages maneuvering into parking lots and in other such instances The MOD system detects moving objects by using image processing technology on the image shown on the display The MOD system operates in the following conditions when the camera view is displayed e When the shift lever is in the P Park or N Neutral position and the vehicle is 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems stopped the MOD system detects the moving objects in the bird eye view The MOD system will not operate if the outside mirror is moving in or out or if either door is opened e When the shift lever is in the D Drive position and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 MPH 8 km h the MOD system detects moving objects in the front view e When the shift lever is in the R Reverse position and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 MPH 8 km h the MOD system detects moving objects in the rear view or rear wide view The MOD system will not operate if the lift gate is open The MOD system does not detect moving objects in
166. DP f system earlier in this section and Blind Audio Rear Display TM Spot Warning Blind Spot Intervention Plun Drivor Assistance Back up Collision Intervention systems era aed earlier in this section Adjist navigat on sattiags SSD1102 5 84 Starting and driving Under the following conditions the Dis tance Control Assist system will not oper ate and the Distance Control Assist DCA system switch indicator will blink e When the SNOW mode is pushed SNOW mode switch To use the DCA system turn off the SNOW mode switch then turn on the dynamic driver assistance switch For details about the SNOW mode switch see SNOW mode later in this section e When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4H or 4L position for 4WD models To use the DCA system place the 4WD shift switch in the AUTO position then turn on the dynamic driver assistance switch For details about the 4WD shift switch see INFINITI all mode 4WD earlier in this section e When the VDC system is off To use the DCA system turn on the VDC then push the dynamic driver assistance switch For details about the VDC system see Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC sys tem later in this section e When ABS or VDC including the trac tion control system is operating e When driving into a strong light for example sunlight When the Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode is operating the DCA sys
167. DVD Turn on a pair of headphones and listen to the DVD on the rear displays using the headphones Connect an auxiliary device to the AUX jack set the rear display select switch to the L or R side and push the SOURCE button to select Rear AUX The selected side of the rear display will switch to the AUX mode The other rear display will continue to display the DVD 7 Turn on the other pair of headphones If the sound from the headphones is not from the AUX jacks switch the channel with the channel select switch on the headphones CARE AND MAINTENANCE Use a lightly dampened lint free cloth to clean the surfaces of your Dual Head Restraint DVD System DVD player face screen remote controller etc AX CAUTION e Do not use any solvents or cleaning solutions when cleaning the video sys tem e Do not use excessive force on the monitor screen e Avoid touching or scratching the monitor screen as it may become dirty or damaged e Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C e Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme humidity conditions less than 10 or more than 75 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your vehicle be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the elec
168. Devices Registered devices are shown on the list Select a Bluetooth device from the list the following options will be available e Select Select Select to connect the selected device to the vehicle If there is a different device currently connected the selected device will replace the current device e Edit Rename the selected Bluetooth device using the keypad displayed on the screen See How to use touch screen earlier in this section e Delete Delete the selected Bluetooth device Edit Bluetooth Info Change the name broadcasted by this system over Bluetooth Change the PIN code that is entered when connecting a hands free device to this system Replace Connected Phone Replace the Bluetooth connection with a connected Bluetooth cellular phone For details about Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem later in this section 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA3261 iPod PLAYER OPERATION Connecting iPod Open the tray lid and connect the iPod cable to the USB connector If the iPod supports charging via USB the battery of the iPod will be charged while connected to the vehicle Depending on the version of the iPod the display on the iPod shows an INFINITI or Accessory Attached screen when the con nection is completed When the iPod is connected to the vehicle the iPod music library can only be opera
169. Do not put anything on the cameras e When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the cameras Otherwise water Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens a malfunction fire or an electric shock e Do not strike the cameras They are precision instruments Doing so could cause a malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock Ay CAUTION Do not scratch the lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera JVHO358X 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems O00000 J yy Shift the shift lever Select the Change View key on the screen Push the CAMERA button Original screen before the Around View Monitor is operated Rear view bird eye view screen Rear view front side view screen Rear wide view screen Front view bird eye view screen Front view front side view screen HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY The Around View Monitor display consists of the left and the right screens You can see a combination of different views on the screens as illustrated With the ignition switch in the ON position push the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the R Reverse position to operate the Around View Monitor When the shift lever is in
170. For your safety read carefully and keep in this vehicle 2014 Infiniti QX80 Owners Manual GFP Foreword Your INFINITI represents a new way of thinking about vehicle design It integrates advanced engineering and superior crafts manship with a simple refined aesthetic sensitivity associated with traditional Ja panese culture The result is a different notion of luxury and beauty The car itself is important but so is the sense of harmony that the vehicle evokes in its driver and the sense of satisfaction you feel with the INFINITI from the way it looks and drives to the high level of retailer service To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI to the fullest we encourage you to read this Owner s Manual immediately It explains all of the features controls and perfor mance characteristics of your INFINITI it also provides important instructions and safety information A separate Warranty Information Booklet is included in your Owner s literature portfolio The INFINITI Service and Main tenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your vehicle Always carry it with you when you take your vehicle to an INFINITI retailer The Warranty Information Booklet contents provide complete information about all warranties covering this vehicle the re quirements to keep the warranties in effect as well as the INFINITI Roadside Assis tance program Additionally a separate Customer Care and Lemon Law In
171. INEMA or WIDE Picture Mode Select the Picture Mode from NORMAL DYNAMIC CINEMA GAME To adjust the display brightness automati cally select the Brightness key and then select from DARKER NORMAL or BRIGHTER When adjusting manually select OFF and push ENTER button on FULL Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems the remote controller To adjust tint color or contrast select a key using the select button lt 4 or B push ENTER on the remote controller Push the BACK button on the remote controller to apply the settings and return to the previous display To return the adjustment levels to the default value select Execute next to Initialization push the select button a on the remote controller and push the ENTER button The Execute key is deactivated when the picture mode settings are already in the default value Color System To choose the color system select from NTSC PAL PAL 60 PAL M PAL N or AUTO 3D Y C filter Set to ON OFF push the select button or gt and push ENTER button on the remote controller When turned on small characters and an outline of the shapes will be displayed more clearly than when turned off AUX Volume Setting This is only active when in the Rear AUX mode To set the AUX volume select from HIGH LOW
172. If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted by snow etc the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor If this occurs turn the wiper switch to OFF and remove the snow etc on and around the wiper arms After about 1 minute turn the switch ON again to operate the wiper The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper Intermittent INT intermittent op eration not adjustable Low ON continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH Ay CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster neal D REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIR ROR DEFROSTER To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors start the engine and push the switch on The indicator light will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approxi mately 15 minutes Instruments and controls 2 37 HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS AX WARNING AY HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at an INFINI
173. LD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply deicer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the Intelligent Key system ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the outside temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check antifreeze to assure proper winter protection For additional informa tion see Engine cooling system in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information see Battery in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze drain the cooling system in cluding the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Engine cooling system in the 8 Main tenance and do it yourself section TIRE EQUIPMENT SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads INFINITI recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels
174. MPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO or DVD Video logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD DVD to direct sunlight CD DVDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pinholes may not work properly The following CD DVDs are not guaran teed to play Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Recordable DVDs DVD R DVD R DL Rewritable DVDs DVD RW DVD RW DL Do not use the following CD DVDs as they may cause the CD DVD player to malfunction 3 1 in 8 cm discs CD DVDs that are not round CD DVDs with a paper label CD DVDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play prerecorded CD DVDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CD DVDs If the CD DVD cannot be played one of the following messages will be dis played Disc Read Error Confirm that the CD DVD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD DVD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches Please Eject Disc This may be an error due to the temperature inside the player being too high Remove the CD DVD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD DVD The CD DVD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal If the error persists consult your local retailersh
175. Maintenance and do it yourself ated by the battery is explosive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Keep the battery out of the reach of children DI0137MA Check the fluid level in each cell Remove the battery cover if it is necessary It should be between the UPPER LEVEL and LOWER LEVEL lines If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening Do not overfill SDI1480C 1 Remove the cell plugs 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL line If the side of the battery is not clear check the distilled water level by looking directly above the cell the condition indicates OK and the conditions needs more to be added 3 Tighten c
176. Man ual iG SSS1092 FRONT SEAT MOUNTED SIDE IM PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOF MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE IM PACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMEN TAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain and rollover air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the side where the vehicle is impacted Curtain and rollover air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near rollovers As a result certain vehicle movements for example during severe off roading may cause the curtain and rollover air bags to inflate Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag operation When side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke
177. N indicator light green icE Malfunction Indicator Light MIL TOW mode indicator light Security indicator light SNOW mode indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights 2 19 2 20 2 20 2 21 2 21 2 21 2 21 21 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC 2 off indicator light if so equipped Illustrated table of contents 0 13 MEMO 0 14 Illustrated table of contents Child safety eeeeeeeee 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front SCALES scccscevevdeccessectacesasaesareanes cass casewcaleveedes 2nd TOW Seats sca sess eked 5505 airett sisa 3rd row Seats Head restraints Headrest cccesccssceseceeceeees Armrest if so equipped Flexible Seating sses seise ceccceecceeecceeseceeeeceeees Seat DEltSssissercsscscssecceceeodacadesssesecnasencadeceseeetees Precautions on seat belt usage 006 1 21 Pregnant women Injured personS cceeesseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 1 24 Pre crash seat belts with comfort function if so equipped for front seats 006 1 24 Three point type seat belt Seat belt extenders Seat belt maintenance IM FANES sos a n eee EE ies Smallechildreniice oscdessce sede Sevesectescateshevsdotins Larger Children eee eeeccceeecceeecceeeeceeeeceeees Child restraints oosa leccteccccessccteacccdgexceeeseesaes 1 34 Pr
178. Note try using the Speaker Adaptation Function Any digit input format is available in the available in that mode See Speaker International Number input process adaptation function for Alternate Com mand Mode later in this section Other wise it is recommended that Alternate Command Mode be turned OFF and Stan dard Mode be used for the best recognition performance Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 125 Settings Others Confat Language amp Uris Vage Reragn tinn Image V ewer Adjsst voce recognition settings Activating Alternate Command Mode When the Standard Mode is active perform the following steps to switch to the Alternate Command Mode 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel 2 Highlight the Others key 3 Highlight the Voice Recognition key Settings Veing Recegnition Information e Voice Recogn tien User Guige Altemate Command Mode Command List User Guide Charge the rode of voice recognition 4 Highlight the Alternate Command Mode key 5 The confirmation message is displayed on the screen Push the OK key to activate the Alternate Command Mode Displaying command list If you are controlling the system by voice commands for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command perform the following procedure for displaying th
179. ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the 4WD system malfunctions or the diameter of the front and the rear wheels are different the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink See INFINITI all mode 4WD in the 5 Starting and driving section Ay CAUTION e lf the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the 4WD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible e If the 4WD warning light turns on when driving on dry or hard surfaced roads in the 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to AUTO in the 4L O position stop the vehicle and shift the transmission shift lever to the N Neutral posi tion and shift the 4WD shift switch to AUTO e If the warning light is still on after the above operations have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible cruise Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light orange if so equipped This light comes on if there is a malfunc tion in the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable
180. OOR BACK DOQR OPEN WARNING amp LOOSE FUEL CAP BCI NOT AVAILABLE CHECK TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SHIPPING MODE ON PUSH STORAGE FUSE SET CRUISE 20 DCA et SYSTEM DE ON Instruments and controls 2 23 OPERATIONAL INDICATORS 1 Engine start operation indicator This indicator appears when the shift lever is in the P Park position This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed 2 NO KEY warning This warning appears in either of the following conditions No key inside the vehicle The warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Unregistered Intelligent Key The warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed from the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key cannot be recog nized by the system You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key Use the registered Intelligent Key See Intelligent Key system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section for more details 2 24 Instruments and controls 3 SHIFT P warning This warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine with the shift lever in any position except the P Park position If this warning appears move the shift
181. Pod USB Linking Intelligent Key The audio settings can be memorized for each Intelligent Key For more details see Setting memory function in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section FM AM SAT radio operation When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the channel last played The last channel played will also come on when the ON OFF button is pushed to ON If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is turned to ON the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio channel played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception FMAM radio FM AM band select Pushing the FM AM radio band select button will change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM XM radio SiriusXM Satellite Radio band select Pushing the XM radio band select button will change the band as follows XM1 XM2 XM3 gt XM1 The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam TUNE Tuning e For AM and FM radio Turn the radio TUNE knob for manual tuning e For SiriusXM Satellite Radio Turn the radio TUNE knob to seek channels from all of the categories when any category is not selected Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 zr
182. R are located on the F MNV S S or CV M S S certification label located on the driver s door pillar For more information regarding GVWR and GAWR see Vehicle loading information in the 9 Technical and consumer information section Ay WARNING e Drive extra carefully when the vehicle is loaded at or near the cargo carrying Capacity especially if the significant portion of that load is carried on the roof rack e Heavy loading of the roof rack has the potential to affect the vehicle stability and handling during sudden or unusual handling maneuvers e Roof rack load should be evenly dis tributed e Do not exceed maximum roof rack load weight capacity e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Ay CAUTION Use care when placing or removing items from the roof rack If you cannot comfortably lift the items onto the roof rack from the ground use a ladder or stool WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS AA WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the win dows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and be come trapped in the window Unat tended children could
183. Reset Distance e Deactivate the Reminder e Increase the Interval distance to be more than the current distance being tracked Information Others Map Update Navigator Version GPS Posilion VYorwe Recognrior Shows nav gatier soflware version JVHO272M Others information The Others information display will appear when pushing the INFO button and select ing the Others key Map Update For the details of this item see the separate Navigation System Owner s Man ual Navigation Version For the details of this item see the separate Navigation System Owner s Man ual When the ignition switch is in the ignition Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 position the Navigation Version key is displayed after pushing the INFO button GPS Position For the details of this item see the separate Navigation System Owner s Man ual Voice Recognition For the details of this item see INFINITI Voice Recognition system later in this section Settings Settings Auda Navigation Yolume amp Beeps Audio Rear Display Plionu Driver Awsiz lance l Biuetoain i hem Aass Treble Balance Fade Spred Sensil ve Vol HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON The display as illustrated will appear when the SETTING button is pushed
184. S Tag information Song title and Artist name 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be played 3 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 When VBR files are played the playback time may not be displayed correctly 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Troubleshooting guide Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player and if there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and compressed audio files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be Cannot play played Files with extensions other than MP3 mp3 WMA wma AAC aac M4A m4a or AA3 aa3 cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of compressed audio writing applications or other text editing appl
185. S wo system may result in accident fire or pomen electric shock e In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and 1 CAMERA Around View Monitor dis contact your nearest INFINITI retailer play button P 4 21 Ignoring such conditions may lead to 2 6 7 accidents fire or electric shock For navigation system control buttons e Park the vehicle in a safe location and Refer to the separate Navigation apply the parking brake to view the System Owner s Manual images on the front center display a INFINITI controller P 4 4 SHIGE 4 INFO vehicle and navigation infor mation button P 4 7 5 SETTING button P 4 12 STATUS status display button P 4 7 9 3 OFF brightness control and display ON OFF button P 4 7 Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C Operating this system under these condi tions may result in system malfunctions 90 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 3 SAA3025 HOW TO USE INFINITI CONTROLLER Choose an item on the display by rotating or pushing the center dial upward downward and push the ENTER button for operation If you push the BACK button G before the setup is completed the setup will be canceled and or the dis
186. S1052 Seat lifter Lumbar support re z z SIE passengers may be injured in an acci 1 Pull up or push down the adjusting The lumbar support feature provides lower dent or sudden stop switch to adjust the seat height until back support to the occupants i i X oral i Sea roperly secure all cargo to help preven the desired position is achieved Push the front or back end of the switch to PSR 5 PP it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury 2 Tilt up or down the adjusting switch to adjust the seatback lumbar area adjust the front angle of the seat until the desired position is achieved for driver s seat Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 Bench seat S SS1081 SSS1065 Reclining Pull the reclining lever and position the seatback at the desired angle Release the reclining lever after positioning the seat at the desired angle To return the seatback pull the lever The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked AX WARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be danger ous The shoulder belt will not
187. Service Manuals contact 1 800 450 9491 www infiniti techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Owner s Manuals con tact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITI Service Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior please contact an INFINITI retailer For the phone number and location of an INFINITI retailer in your area call the INFINITI Satisfaction Center at 1 800 361 4792 and a bilingual INFINITI representative will assist you 9 34 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System 5 113 Adaptive front lighting system AFS 00 2 41 Advanced air bag system sssscsseseeeeseeeeee 1 61 Aiming control Adaptive front lighting system AFS Headlights Air bag system Advanced air bag system cscsessseseeeeee 1 61 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 63 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental Air DAY SYSTEM sssscsecesececcseseescseestesonees 1 67 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system 1 67 Air bag warning labels wee 1 69 Air bag warning light 1 70 2 17 Air cleaner housing filter 8 19 Air conditioner Advanced Climate Control System 0 4 42 Air conditioner service wees 4 47 Air conditioner specification label 9 13 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendati
188. Stop Select the m key and push the ENTER button to stop playing the DVD USB movie file To stop playing the DVD USB movie file it is also possible to push the m button on the keypad of the remote controller all Skip FORWARD Select the i key and push the ENTER button to skip the chapter s of the disc forward The chapters will advance the number of times the ENTER button is pushed To skip the chapter s forward it is also possible to push the button on the keypad of the remote controller 44 Skip REWIND Select the ma key and push the ENTER button to skip the chapter s of the disc backward The chapters will go back the number of times the ENTER button is pushed To skip the chapter s backward it is also possible to push the m4 button on the keypad of the remote controller gt 4 Commercial Skip This function is only for DVD VIDEO and DVD VR Select the or f key to skip forward or backwards by the set amount as defined in the DVD settings menu To skip forward or backward it is also possible to push the or J button on the keypad of the remote controller Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 DVD Seting Front screen DYD Q 01 002 00 12 28 g Meru Tale gt Left FULL JVHO361X Rear display
189. T SET switch and release it Vehicle ahead detection indicator set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator come on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed When the COAST SET switch is pushed under the following conditions the system cannot be set and the set vehicle speed indicator will blink for approximately 2 seconds e When traveling below 20 MPH 32 km h and a vehicle ahead is not detected e When the shift lever is not in the D or Manual mode e When the windshield wipers are operat ing at high speed The system may cancel when the wipers are set to the AUTO position e When the brakes are operated by the driver e When the parking brake is applied Starting and driving 5 65 When the COAST SET switch is pushed under the following conditions the system cannot be set A warning chime will sound and the set vehicle speed indicator will blink e When the SNOW mode is pushed SNOW mode switch To use the ICC system turn off the SNOW mode switch push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC and reset the ICC switch by pushing the MAIN switch again For details about the SNOW mode switch see SNOW mode later in this section 5 66 Starting and driving When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4H or 4L position To use the ICC system place the 4WD shift switch in the AUTO position push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC system and reset the ICC swit
190. TI retai ler Xenon headlights provide considerably more light than conventional headlights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your vehicle to an INFINITI retailer and have the headlights adjusted cor rectly When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize e The life of xenon headlights will be 2 38 shortened by frequent on off operation Instruments and controls It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon head lights is not reduced If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will dras tically decrease the light will start blinking or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact an INFINITI retailer SIC3267 HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting Turn the switch to the a position The front parking side marker tail license plate and instrument lights will come on Turn the switch to the position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain o
191. TRY SYSTEM When you lock or unlock the doors or the lift gate the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section OOC OS Locking doors and fuel filler door 1 Move the shift lever to the P Park position push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 2 Close all the doors and the lift gate Push the LOCK amp button on the Intelligent Key 4 All the doors the lift gate and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the UNLOCK gq button on the Intelligent Key once 2 The hazard indicator flashes once The driver s door and fuel filler door will unlock The puddle light and the passenger cabin illumination will illuminate and stay on for a short period of time 3 Push the UNLOCK gq button on the Intelligent Key again within 60 sec onds 4 The hazard indicator flashes once again All the doors will unlock All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key while the
192. The panic alarm stops when e It has run for 25 seconds or e Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key are pushed Note Panic button or power lift gate button should be pushed for more than 1 second Remote engine start if so equipped The remote engine start button is on the Intelligent Key if the vehicle has remote engine start function This function allows the engine to start from outside the vehicle Some systems such as the air conditioner system will turn on during a remote start if the system was on the last time the ignition switch was turned off Laws in some local communities may restrict the use of remote starters For example some laws require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view Check local regulations for any require ments Other conditions may affect the remote engine start function See Conditions the remote engine start will not work later in this section Other conditions can affect the perfor mance of the Intelligent Key transmitter See Intelligent Key system earlier in this section Remote engine start operating range The remote engine start function can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the vehicle When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key operating range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not func
193. The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly How ever the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC system helps to perform the following functions e Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle e Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control func tion e Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following conditions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steering input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving condi tions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of
194. W DL USB 2 0 Memory e DivX DivX refers to the DivX codec CD 1509660 LEVEL1 1509660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet UDF Bridge UDF1 02 owned by DivX Inc used for a lossy CD R 1S09660 UDF1 5 UDF2 0 ae compression of video based on MPEG CD RW 1509660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported 4 DVD Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista DVDR based computer are not supported e AVI AVI stands for Audio Video DVD RW VDF1 5 VDF2 0 packet writing is not supported Interleave It is a standard file format DVD RW DL originated by Microsoft Corporation A USB Memory FAT16 FAT32 divx encoded file can be saved into di Video Codecs DivX3 DivX4 DivX5 DivX6 e ay Fi ivx avi the avi file format for playback on Sia a Audio Codecs MP3 MPEG2 5 Audio Layer3 AC3 LPCM ile Type this system if it meets the requirements Video Codec SO MPEG4 SoeS OE ae iG ne Audio Code However not all the avi files are F 4Mbps Bit Rates divx avi File Systems l asf playable on this system since different ivx 8Mbps 32 x 32 divx avi 720 x 480 Resolution P 32 x 32 7 720 x 576 Bluetooth streaming audio e It is necessary to set up the wireless connection between a compatible Blue tooth audio device and the in vehicle Bluetooth module before using the Bluetooth streaming audio encodings can be used than the Divx codec e ASF ASF stands for A
195. X divx MPEG4 ASF afs avi e File size 2 gigabytes or less USE This USB device contains multisession conteals Plaase select ter to play L Pay Movie Cortents Play Audio Contents TURE Fe der Ar si HERA AAMAS Album MARK R AMAR Trark MERRKE AMAR Fader lata Track 1o61 Meru File selection When there are both audio and movie files in the USB memory the mode select screen is displayed Select the preferred contents to play When there is only one type of file the audio or movie operation screen is dis played and starts to play If a video file restricts the number of playbacks a pop up screen will appear to confirm it is ok to play Answer yes or no as requested by the display 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA2501 Audio file operation IDRSC ALLX PLAY When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the cen ter display changes to the USB memory mode corel Het Naxt Previous File and Fast Forward Rewind When the or button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a USB memory is being played the USB memory will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the USB memory wi
196. a SCE0917 Ay CAUTION When storing the wheel be sure to mount the wheel horizontally Securing the wheel that is in a tilted position as illustrated may cause looseness and dropping of the wheel In case of emergency 6 7 while driving Lower the wheel on the e Do not start or run the engine while ground again and make sure that the vehicle is on the jack as it may cause hanging plate is properly set Hang the the vehicle to move This is especially wheel again and make sure that the wheel is true for vehicles with limited slip differ held horizontally then store the wheel entials e Do not allow passengers to stay in the Jacking up the vehicle and remov vehicle while it is on the jack ing the damaged tire S 8 Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc Ay WARNING tionis e Never get under the vehicle while it is SCE0875 supported only by the jack If it is Jack up point necessary to work under the vehicle 1 Place the jack directly under the jack up support it with safety stands points as illustrated e Use only the jack provided with your The jack should be used on level firm vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the ground jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack suppo
197. a beep will sound and the BSW Blind Spot Intervention system warning light orange will illuminate Action to take Stop the vehicle in a safe location turn the engine off and restart the engine If the warning light orange continues to illuminate have the BSW Blind Spot Inter vention systems checked by an INFINITI retailer BACK UP COLLISION INTERVENTION BCI SYSTEM if so equipped The Back up Collision Intervention BCI system can help alert the driver of approaching vehicles or rear objects when the driver is backing out of a parking space When the shift lever is in the R Reverse position and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 MPH 8 km h the BCI system operates Starting and driving 5 45 JVS0169X The BCI system uses radar sensors 4 installed on both sides near the rear bumper to detect an approaching vehicles and sonar sensors 2 to detect objects in the rear The radar sensors 4 detect the approach ing vehicle from up to approximately 49 ft 15 m away The sonar sensors 2 detect a rear obstacle at up to approximately 4 9 ft 1 5 m from the bumper Refer to the illustration for approximate zone coverage areas If the radar detects a vehicle approaching from the side or the sonar detects close objects in the rear the system gives visual 5 46 Starting and driving and audible warnings and applies the brake for a moment when the vehicle
198. a low range warning feature If the fuel level is low the warning is displayed on the screen When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display will change to e Ifthe amount of fuel added is small the display just before the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position may continue to be displayed e When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display 5 Outside air temperature ICY F or C The outside air temperature is displayed in F or C in the range of 22 to 131 F 30 to 55 C The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature If the outside air temperature is below 37 F 3 C the warning is displayed on the screen Instruments and controls 2 29 The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind directions and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards 6 Setting Setting cannot be made while driving A message Setting can only be operated when stopped is also displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display The J switch and switch are used in the setting mode to select and decide a menu SKIP Push the J switch to move to the warning check mode Push the switch to select other menus
199. a phone us ng Blueteclh When a PIN code appears on the screen operate the compatible Blue tooth cellular phone to enter the PIN code The connecting procedure of the cellu lar phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for the details You can also visit www InfinitiUSA com bluetooth or call INFINITI Consumer Affairs Department for instructions on pairing INFINITI recommended cellular phones When the connection process is com pleted the screen will return to the Phone menu display PHONE SELECTION Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered to the system To switch to connect another cellular phone push PHONE button and select the Connected Phones key The registered cellular phones are shown on the list If you select a cellular phone that is different from the one currently con nected the newly selected phone will be connected to the system QUICK DIAL This vehicle has two phonebooks available for hands free use Depending on the phone the system may automatically download the entire cell phone s phone book into the Phonebook For the details about downloading a phonebook see Phone setting later in this section If a phonebook does not automatically down load the Quick Dial may be set for up to 40 entries This phonebook allows the record ing of a name to speak while using voice recognition Monitor climate audio phone and voice re
200. ach wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By pre venting each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles 5 114 Starting and driving AX WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors elec tric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a_ built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsa tion in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunction it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h
201. ack to the center of the driving lane Starting and driving 5 43 NOTE e The Blind Spot Intervention system will not operate if your vehicle is on a lane marker when another vehicle enters the detection zone In this case only the BSW system operates e Blind Spot Intervention braking will not operate or will stop operating and only a warning chime will sound under the following conditions When the brake pedal is depressed When the accelerator pedal is de pressed while brake control assist is provided 5 44 Starting and driving When steering quickly When the ICC DCA FCW or IBA warnings sound When the hazard warning flashers are operated When driving on a curve at a high speed BSW Blind Spot Intervention temporarily not available e Under the following conditions the Blind Spot Intervention system will be turned off automatically a beep will sound and the Blind Spot Interven tion ON indicator light green will blink The BSW system is still available but the Blind Spot Intervention sys tem will not be available until the conditions no longer exist When the VDC system except TCS function or ABS operates When the VDC system is turned off When the drive mode select switch is turned to the SNOW mode Action to take Turn off the Blind Spot Intervention system and turn it on again when the above conditions no longer exist
202. acsadsacecsececneecoss Power WINCOWS csccesccssceeccsccsscesccesceesces MOONIOOf eetere tristetea a a eE EEE EENE Automatic MOoonroof ssessessssessessossosessessese Welcome lighten ciicccecscsccccccdscccseccauecesenseceseccses 2 65 Battery saver system sessesesseseessesesseseesees 2 65 Interior lights srusesuinonrin annin etia iian 2 66 Map UghtS enesenn a EES 2 66 Rear personal lightS eesseeeseeeesseeeesssseersseee 2 66 Interior light control switch sessssesssesseeesee 2 66 Vanity mirror lights eeessseeseeseessesscereseceseesseessss 2 67 Cargo lieht 3 svcesccescaseestetascee wevescseseesseaussesavecuaeste 2 68 HomeLink Universal Transceiver s c0ss0008 2 68 Programming HomeLink cccccssccessseseees 2 69 Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate OPeNnelS ssseceeeeee 2 70 Operating the HomeLink Universal Transceiver cececceeseceeeeeeeees 2 71 Programming troubleshooting 06 2 71 Clearing the programmed information 2 71 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button If your vehicle is stolen COCKPIT Power lift gate switch Instrument brightness control switch TRIP RESET switch for twin trip od ometer Headlight fog light and turn signal switch 5 Headlight Turn signal Fog light Steering wheel mounted controls left side Audio control steering switch
203. adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly When strong light enters the lane camera unit For example the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset When a sudden change in brightness occurs For example when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge SSD0672 Lane departure warning light orange LDW system operation The LDW system provides a lane departure warning function when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 45 MPH 70 km h and above When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane a warning chime will sound and the lane departure warning light orange on the instrument panel will blink to alert the driver The warning function will stop when the vehicle returns inside of the lane markers The LDW system is not designed to warn under the following conditions Starting and driving 5 23 e When you operate the lane change signal and change traveling lanes in the direction of the signal The LDW system will become operable again approximately 2 seconds after the lane change signal is turned off e When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 45 MPH 70 km h e When the Blind Spot Intervention system activates an audible warning or brake control After the above conditions have
204. afety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0290 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The three point type seat belts have two modes of operation e Emergency Locking Retractor ELR e Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts For additional information see Child restraints later in this section The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension AX WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not
205. ag warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light Adaptive Front lighting System AFS indi cator light Automatic transmission position indicator light Blind Spot Intervention BSI ON indicator light green Check suspension indicator light CRUISE indicator light ERVICE TIGNE DOM lt SNOW TOW TF Se OFF Exterior light indicator Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light Intelligent Brake Assist IBA off indicator light Lane Departure Prevention LDP ON indica tor light green Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Security indicator light SNOW mode indicator light TOW mode indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light if so equipped Instruments and controls 2 11 CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on if so equipped Fy Beare OF ris THANE 4 PWD CAUSE IBA The following lights come on briefly and then go off if so equipped Ai ABS OF oft H nv 4 sir If any light does not come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer i amp Some i
206. ailer For addi tional information see Headlight and turn signal switch in the 2 Instruments and controls section EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Bulb No Headlight High Low beams Xenon Front turn signal light Fog light Front parking light Front side marker light Rear combination light tail back up stop tail side marker turn signal License plate light Puddle light Front and rear armrest light Map light Rear personal light Cargo light Vanity mirror light Step light High mounted stop light See an INFINITI retailer for replacement NOTE Always check with the Parts Department at an INFINITI retailer for the latest information about parts Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C D E or F When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover q INSTALL 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself Map light rd Rear personal light SDI2030 SDI2031 Cargo light SDI2032 Vanity mirror light WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears
207. aint pull it up to the 1 Align the head restraint stalks with the lock position holes in the seat Make sure that the head restraint is facing the correct direction The stalk with the adjustment notches must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position 1 14 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system seating position SSS1124 SSS1125 To lower push and hold the lock knob and Removal 3rd row seats push the head restraint down Use the following procedure to remove the head restraints 1 Pull the head restraint up to the highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob Remove the head restraint from the seat 4 Store the head restraint properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle 5 Install and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 certain rear end collisions After the colli sion the head restraints return to their original position Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as described earlier in this section HEADREST N SSS1126 Install 3rd row seats 1 Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure that the head restraint is facing the correct direction The stalk with the adj
208. aint DVD system P 4 83 19 Console box P 2 57 Power outlet P 2 52 Auxiliary input jacks P 4 78 P 4 84 Rear automatic air conditioning system P 4 44 20 Power outlet P 2 52 Front cup holders P 2 54 if so equipped Illustrated table of contents 0 7 COCKPIT 0 8 Power lift gate switch P 3 20 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 43 TRIP RESET switch for twin trip od ometer P 2 7 Headlight fog light and turn signal Illustrated table of contents switch Headlight P 2 38 Turn signal P 2 43 Fog light P 2 44 Steering wheel mounted controls left side 10 11 12 13 Audio control steering switch P 4 81 Hands Free Phone System switch P 4 98 Trip computer switch P 2 28 Wiper and washer switch P 2 34 Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control system P 5 54 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sys tem P 5 56 Dynamic driver assistance switch Lane Departure Prevention LDP system P 5 21 Distance Control Assist DCA sys tem P 5 78 Blind Spot Intervention system P 5 31 Shift lever P 5 16 Four Wheel Drive 4WD shift switch P 5 100 SNOW mode switch P 2 49 TOW MODE switch P 2 49 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 5 115 Headlight aiming control P 2 41 Power lift gate main switch P 3 20 14 Warning systems switch P 2 48
209. ake sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes im mediately have the exhaust system in spected by an INFINITI retailer See Precautions when starting and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas carbon monoxide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances otherwise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate For additional information see
210. aking System ABS warning light illumi nate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake sys tem checked and if necessary repaired by an INFINITI retailer promptly See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light earlier in this section A WARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel Instruments and controls 2 13 e lf the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at an INFINITI retailer Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see an INFINITI retailer immediately AX CAUTION Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose broken or missing cruise Distance Control Assist DCA system warning light orange if so equipped This light comes on
211. al or install an accessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunction ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AX WARNING e The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is responsible for safety e Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Tire Starting and driving 5 113 and loading information label in the 9 Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires in the 8 Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS con trols the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at e
212. al restraint system 1 67 impact and rollover situations the curtain air bags will remain inflated for a short period of time The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational AX WARNING e Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if side air bag inflates e Right after inflation several side air bags and curtain and rollover air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of side air bag and curtain and rollover air bags This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspen sion system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems Tampering with the air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placi
213. an display the detailed information of the each command Operating tips Say a command after the tone Commands that are available are al ways shown on the display and spoken through voice menu prompts Com mands other than those that are dis played are not accepted Please follow the prompts given by the system If the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen To exit the voice recognition system push and hold the TALK 4 switch The message Voice canceled will be announced To skip the voice guidance function and give the command immediately push the TALK amp switch to interrupt the system Remember to speak after the tone If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 113 steering switch or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer tain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits O zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Examples e 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero six six
214. an help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and INFINITI retailer other parties such as law enforce ment that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law Technical and consumer information 9 33 OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine INFINITI Service Manual for this model year and prior can be purchased A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at INFINITI retailerships Genuine INFINITI Owner s Manual can also be purchased For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI
215. ances The DCA system uses a sensor A located on the front of the vehicle to detect vehicles traveling ahead The sensor gen erally detects the signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead Therefore if the sensor cannot detect the reflector on 5 80 Starting and driving the vehicle ahead the DCA system may not operate The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the signals e When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is positioned high on the vehicle trailer etc e When the reflector on the vehicle ahead is missing damaged or covered e When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is covered with dirt snow and road spray e When the snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility e When dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility e When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the luggage room of your vehicle The DCA system is designed to automati cally check the sensor s operation When the sensor is covered with dirt or is obstructed the system will automatically be canceled If the sensor is covered with ice a transparent or translucent vinyl bag etc the DCA system may not detect them In these instances the Distance Control Assist DCA system may not be able to decelerate the vehicle properly Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly The DCA system is designed to help
216. and other stationary objects on the road or near the traveling lane and Starting and driving 5 91 provide unnecessary warning e The system may not function in offset conditions e The system may not function when the distance to the vehicle ahead is extre mely close e The system is designed to automatically check the sensor s functionality If the sensor is covered with ice a transparent or translucent plastic bag etc the system may not detect them In these instances the system may not be able to warn the driver properly Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly e Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound and the chime may not be heard e A sudden appearance of a vehicle in front for example it abruptly cuts in may not be detected and the system may not warn the driver soon enough e The system will be cancelled automati cally with a beep sound and the IBA OFF indicator light will illuminate under the following conditions When the sensor window is dirty 5 92 Starting and driving When the system malfunctions If the IBA OFF indicator light illuminates with a beep sound pull off the road to a safe location stop the vehicle and turn the engine off Check to see if the sensor window is dirty If the sensor window is dirty clean it with a soft cloth and restart the engine If the sensor window is not dirty restart the engine If the IBA OFF indicator ligh
217. and rear wheels will make the 4WD warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Change the 4WD shift switch to AUTO and do not drive fast CAUTION e If the 4WD warning light comes on or blinks slowly during operation or rapidly after stopping the vehicle for a while have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible e Shifting between 4HI and 4LO is not recommended when the 4WD warning 5 106 Starting and driving light turns on When the 4WD warning light comes on the 2WD mode may be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is in AUTO or 4H Be especially careful when driving If corresponding parts are malfunctioning the 4WD mode will not be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is shifted Do not drive the vehicle in the 4HI or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads Driving on dry hard surfaces in 4HI or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and increased fuel consumption If the 4WD warning light turns on when driving on dry hard surface roads in the AUTO or 4HI position shift the 4WD shift switch to AUTO in the 4LO position stop the vehicle and shift the transmission shift lever to the N Neutral position and shift the 4WD shift switch to AUTO If the 4WD warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible The transfer case may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light bl
218. and voice recognition systems 4 53 encoded with AAC are generally smaller of America and or other countries in size and deliver a higher quality of sound than MP3 e Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is deter mined by the bit rate used when encoding the file e Sampling frequency Sampling fre quency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second e Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession e 1D3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag in formation is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States 4 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems ROO FOLDER 1 Audic ile SAA2494 Playback order e The folder names of folders not contain ing compressed audio files are not shown in the display e If there is a file in the top level of a disc USB Root Folder
219. ands by accessing a simplified User Guide which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel 2 Select the Others key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 3 Highlight the Voice Recognition key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 4 Highlight the User Guide key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 5 Highlight an item using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Available items e Getting Started Describe the basics of how to operate the INFINITI Voice Recognition system e Let s Practice Mode that allows practicing by follow ing the instructions of the system voice e Using the Address Book Refer to Navigation System Owner s Manual e Finding a Street Address if so equipped Refer to Navigation System Owner s Manual e Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips for how to correctly speak commands in order for them to be properly recognized by the system 4 134 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e Voice Recognition Settings Describes the available voice recogni tion settings e Adapting the System to Your Voice Tutorial adapting the system to your voice USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON positio
220. antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause inter ference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device IC Regulatory information e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause inter ference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference including interference that may cause undesired operation of 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems the device e This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interfer ence Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Clarion Co Ltd Sottings Saltings Blueteais Settings s Bluetooth Navigation Yolume amp Beeps Bluctoeth Gentect Bluetoois Arr you copnacing a Slietnoth dev oe ta Audio Rear Display z use with the handatres phone system Connected Devices For audio dev ces please select Ne Pleng Driver Assielanuu Edit Bluetooth Ino Ig a t Blvetoain Others j Replace Cannerted Prone Yes J ho Carcel SAA3159 SAA2506 SAA2507 2 Select the Connect Bluetooth key 3 A co
221. arning indicator light on the side the approaching vehicle flashes and a yellow rectangular frame appears on the center display Starting and driving 5 47 JVS0172X 5 48 Starting and driving JVS0173X NOTE e In the case of several vehicles ap proaching in a row or from the opposite direction a chime may not be output to the BCI system after the first vehicle passes the sensors e When the parking sensor of the Around View Monitor sounds a tone the BCI system does not chime a sound single beep If the detected vehicle approaches closer and your vehicle is backing up toward the detected vehicle the system chimes a sound three times and a red rectangular frame appears on the center display The system applies the brake for a moment After the automatic brake appli cation the driver must depress the brake pedal to maintain brake pressure If the driver s foot is on the accelerator pedal the system pushes the accelerator pedal upward before applying the brake If you continue to press the accelerator pedal the system will not engage the brake A close object behind the vehicle If the sonar detects a close object behind the vehicle when your vehicle is backing up the system chimes a sound three times and a red rectangular frame A appears on the center display The system applies the brake for a moment After the automatic brake application the driver must depress the brake pedal to
222. arts are not INFINITI recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC warning light may illuminate e When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the VDC warning light may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads 5 116 Starting and driving e When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the VDC warning light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the INFINITI recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illumi nate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road EN VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system ON for most driving conditions SIC4455 When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The VDC off indicator light amp will illuminate Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn ON the system CO
223. ary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohi bit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When instal ling tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain man ufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommo date the use
224. as required by federal safety standards These standards became effective for opener models manufac tured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close if the transmitter is within range Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause unconsciousness or death PROGRAMMING HomeLink If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 NOTE It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker programming and accurate transmission of the radio fre quency 1 Position the end of your hand held transmitter 1 3 in 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface keeping the HomeLink indicator light in view
225. assification sensors Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccu pied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illumi nated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the passenger air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the passenger air bag status light is still not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that
226. assist the driver to keep a following distance from the vehicle ahead traveling in the same lane and direction If the distance sensor A detects a slower moving vehicle ahead the system will reduce the vehicle speed to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes up to 25 of vehicle braking power if neces sary The detection range of the sensor is approximately 390 ft 120 m ahead AA WARNING e This system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times e This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves or on icy roads in heavy rain or in fog The distance sensor will not detect the following objects Stationary and slow moving vehicles Pedestrians or objects in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane AX WARNING As there is a performance limit to the distance control function never rely solely on the Distance Control Assist system This system does not correct careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain fog or other bad weather Decele rate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal depending on the distance to
227. at the 4WD shift switch is engaged in the AUTO 4HI or 4LO position and the Automatic Transmis sion AT park warning light is turned 7 off Turn off the engine To drive away vB wNe oO Apply and hold the brake pedal Start the engine Shift the transmission into gear Release the parking brake Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are clear from the blocks Apply and hold the brake pedal Have someone retrieve and store the blocks While going downhill the weight of the trailer pushing on the tow vehicle may decrease overall stability Therefore to maintain adequate control reduce your speed and shift to a lower gear Avoid long or repeated use of the brakes when descending a hill as this reduces their effectiveness and could cause overheating Shifting to a lower gear instead provides engine braking and reduces the need to brake as fre quently If the engine coolant temperature rises to a high temperature see If your vehicle overheats in the 6 In case of Technical and consumer information 9 27 emergency section Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle s first 500 miles 800 km Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended maintenance schedule in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the ins
228. ations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance e Avoid driving for long periods at con stant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm e Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear e Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possi ble e Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 805 km FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS Follow these easy to use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle 1 Use smooth accelerator and brake pedal application e Avoid rapid starts and stops e Use smooth gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possi ble e Maintain constant speed while com muting and coast whenever possi ble 2 Maintain constant speed e Look ahead to try and anticipate and minimize stops e Synchronizing your speed with traf fic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops e Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and im prove fuel efficiency 3 Use air conditioning A C at higher vehicle speeds e Below 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load e Above 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to use A C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerody namic d
229. ators for the driving systems Intelligent Key operation and various warnings and information For detailed information about each sys tem see the following sections e Automatic Transmission AT Warning indicator lights and audi ble reminders earlier in this sec tion Driving the vehicle in the 5 Starting and driving section Four Wheel Drive 4WD system INFINITI all mode 4WD in the 5 Starting and driving section Back up Collision Intervention BCI system Blind Spot Warning Blind Spot Intervention Back up Collision In tervention systems in the 5 Start ing and driving section Cruise control system Cruise control in the 5 Starting and driving section Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sys tem in the 5 Starting and driving section Distance Control Assist DCA system Distance Control Assist DCA sys tem in the 5 Starting and driving section Intelligent Key system Intelligent Key system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjust ments section Push button ignition switch in the 5 Starting and driving section PUSH BRAKE AND START BUTTON TO DRIVE WARNING RELEASE PARKING BRAKE MEXIT WARNING RANGE 000mnes EXIT WARNING HER LOW Sine WASHER WARNING WARNING D
230. bag and status light later in this section The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with occupant classification sensors weight sensors that turn the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel
231. be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and 1 6 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system adjust the seat belt properly See Pre cautions on seat belt usage later in this section e After adjustment check to be sure the seat is securely locked Entry to 3rd row seat Ay CAUTION e Do not drive with the 2nd row seat tipped up e Be careful not to allow the 2nd row seat to pinch hit any part of your body or other people when operating the 2nd row seat Make sure the seat path is clear of all objects before moving the seat The 2nd row seat can be tipped forward for easy entry to or exit from the 3rd row seat SSS1066 For manual type To enter the 3rd row seat pull the lever or located on the 2nd row seat and fold the seatback forward at an angle over the seat base Then lift up the seat base and tip the 2nd row seat forward This will release the back of the seat so it may be tipped forward To exit the 3rd row seat pull the lever or and fold the seatback forward onto the seat base Then lift up on the seat base and tip it forward SSS1094 For remote release
232. be played Select No VIDEO CD Select the Select No key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified scene will be played cs es Surround Information DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD CD DA Models equipped with BOSE Surround Sound System Select the Surround Information key and push the ENTER button The surround information screen will appear Push the BACK button to return to the previous screen Angle DVD VIDEO If the DVD contains different angles such as moving images the current image angle can be switched to another one Select the Angle key The angle will change each time the side or side is selected Angle Mark DVD VIDEO When this item is turned on an angle mark will be shown on the bottom of the screen if the scene can be seen from a different angle Menu Skip DVD VIDEO DVD menus are automatically configured and the contents will be played directly when the Menu Skip key is turned on Note that some discs may not be played directly even if this item is turned on 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CM Skip DVD VIDEO Select the CM Skip key Choose the setting time from 15 30 or 60 seconds by selecting the side or side DRC DVD VIDEO DVD VR DRC Dynamic Range Compression auto matically adjusts the soundtrack volu
233. become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the driver s or front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is can celed SIC4352 Driver side window Front passenger side window Rear left passenger side window Rear right passenger side window Window lock button VaR uN Main power window switch driver s side To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the windows Instruments and controls 2 61 Locking passengers windows When the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel 2 62 Instruments and controls Passenger side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it SIC4354 Automatic operation To fully open or close the window com pletely push down or pull up the switch and release it it need not be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until
234. ble for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Locking with mechanical key Opening and closing windows with the mechanical key Locking with inside lock knob Locking with power door lock switch Automatic door lOCKS ccceeecceeesceeseceeeeeee Child safety rear door lock ce eeeeseeeeeeeeeeee Intelligent Key system Intelligent Key operating range Door locks unlocks precaution Intelligent Key operation Battery saver system a Warning signals sessseeesesesseesssesseesssesseesss Troubleshooting guide essesesesesseesesesseesss Remote keyless entry SyStem eessssseesssseesseess How to use remote keyless entry system 3 16 HOO eects cbesivcies siete wencsauas E T 3 20 Liftgate siepe raare aai i eiiie Operating manual lift gate Operating power lift gate Auto closure ee eeeeeeeeeeeee Lift gate release lever eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Fuel filler COOT cccccscesssceecessseceeeeessceeeeeeeeee Opening the fuel filler door ceeeeeeeee F
235. bout 1 second if the AFS is operational If the AFS indicator light blinks it may indicate the AFS is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer See Adaptive Front lighting System AFS later in this section IFz Automatic transmission posi tion indicator light When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicator shows the shift lever position In the manual shift mode when the transmission does not shift to the selected gear due to a transmission protection mode the AT position indicator light will blink and a buzzer will sound See Automatic transmission in the Starting and driving section for further details Blind Spot Intervention BSI ON indicator light green if so equipped The light comes on in green when the Blind Spot Intervention BSI system is turned on The light turns off when the system is turned off NOTE This light is common with the blind spot warning light orange See Blind Spot Warning BSW Blind Spot Intervention BSI system warning light earlier in this section For more details see Blind Spot Warning Blind Spot Intervention Back up Colli sion Intervention systems in the 5 Starting and driving section suse Check suspension indicator light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on for 2 sec
236. bout your air bag system contact INFINITI or an INFINITI retailer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact INFINITI Contact information is contained in the front of this Owners Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with INFINITI advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position
237. braking efficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually INFINITI recommends that the cruise control not be used while towing a trailer While towing a trailer do not use the following systems if so equipped the Lane Departure Prevention LDP system the Blind Spot Warning BSW sys tem the Blind Spot Intervention system the Back up Collision Intervention BCI system if so equipped the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system the Distance Control Assist DCA system the Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system Some states or provinces have specific regulations and speed limits for vehi cles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits Check your hitch trailer wiring harness connections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When launching a boat do not allow the water level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper e Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may burn out When towing a trailer the transmission fluid should be changed more frequently For additional information see the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide TOW mode Using TOW mode is recommended when pulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load Push the TOW MODE switch to act
238. cates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint SS1128 3rd row seats Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 Components 1 Head restraint 2 Adjustment notch es 3 4 Stalks Lock knob Adjustment front seats and 2nd row outboard seats Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of your ears 1 12 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0993 To raise the head restraint pull it up restraint before an occupant uses the seating position SSS0994 SSS0995 To lower push and hold the lock knob and Removal front seats and 2nd row push the head restraint down outboard seats Use the following procedure to remove the adjustable head restraints 1 Pull the head restraint up to the highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob Remove the head restraint from the seat 4 Store the head restraint properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 Ay CAUTION Models with a head restraint display if so equipped are designed so that the head restraint cannot be removed The head restraint display may be damaged if the head restraint is forcibly pulled out SSS0996 SSS1123 Install front seats and 2nd row Adjustment 3rd row seats outboard seats To raise the head restr
239. cator This indicator appears when the customer set time comes for replacing the oil filter You can set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter See Trip compu ter later in this section 3 Tire replacement indicator This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for replacing tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires See Trip computer later in this section AX WARNING The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks including tire pressure checks See Changing wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Many factors including tire inflation alignment driving habits and road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be replaced Setting the tire replacement indicator for a certain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long Use the tire replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks Failure to perform regular tire checks including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision which could result in serious personal injury or death 4 OTHER indicator This indicator appears when the customer set time comes for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing the items See Trip computer later in this
240. cause the malfunction indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it Use only approved portable fuel containers for flammable liquid Ay CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Insert the cap straight into the fuel filler tube then tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the i mal function indicator light MIL to illumi nate If the 8 light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The 8 light should turn off after a few driving trips If the 8 light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will appear if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed Failure to tighten the
241. ce Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints earlier in this section or Headrest earlier in this section for head restraint or headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or a headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint SSS0360B Forward facing step 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installa tion only See Installing top tether strap 2nd row captain s seats or 2nd row bench seat later in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 S SS0651 Forward facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Lock ing Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency
242. ce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt Starting and driving 5 7 ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles They have higher ground clearance than passenger cars to make them capable of performing in a variety of on pavement and off road applications This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road con ditions If at all possible avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers particularly at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt Be sure to read Driving safety precau tions later in this section 5 8 Starting and driving OFF ROAD RECOVERY W
243. center of the clip in to lock the clip in place d Install the other bolts that hold the undercover in place Be careful not to strip the bolts or over tighten them Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground 3 Dispose of waste oil and filter properly WARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID Contact an INFINITI retailer if replacement is required Ay CAUTION Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF Do not mix with other fluids Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmis sion which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty POWER STEERING FLUID SDI1765A Check the fluid level in the reservoir The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range HOT MAX 2 HOT MIN at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C or using the COLD range COLD MAX COLD MIN at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent Re move the cap and fill through the
244. ch e Push and hold the ACCELERATE RE SUME switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch e Push then quickly release the ACCEL ERATE RESUME switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it e Push and hold the COAST SET switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed e Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH Starting and driving 5 55 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and release the ACCELERATE RESUME switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h 5 56 Starting and driving INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL ICC SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system automatically maintains a selected dis tance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicle s speed up to the set speed or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear The ICC function can be set to one of two cruise control modes e Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode For maintaining a selected distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up to the preset speed e Con
245. ch by pushing the MAIN switch again for 4WD models For details about the 4WD shift switch see INFINITI all mode 4WD earlier in this section When the VDC system is off To use the ICC system turn on the VDC system Push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC system and reset the ICC switch by pushing the MAIN switch again For details about the VDC system see Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC sys tem later in this section When ABS or VDC including the trac tion control system is operating When driving into a strong light for example sunlight When a wheel is slipping To use the ICC system make sure the wheels are no longer slipping Push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC and reset the ICC system by pushing the MAIN switch again CRUISE 60 MFH 1 System set display with vehicle ahead 2 System set display without vehicle ahead System operation AX WARNING Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle ahead this system automatically accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead Depress the accelerator to properly accel erate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change Depress the CRUISE brake pedal when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in Always stay alert when using the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sy
246. child restraint contacts the instrument panel If the child restraint does contact the instrument panel the system may determine the seat is occupied and the passenger air bag may deploy in a collision Also the front passenger air bag status light may not illuminate See Child restraints earlier in this section for information about installing and using child restraints e Confirm the operating condition with the front passenger air bag status light e If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating in accordance with the above description please take your vehicle to your INFINITI retailer to check the passenger seat advanced air bag system e Until you have confirmed with your retailer that your passenger seat ad vanced air bag is working properly position the occupants in the rear seating positions This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification require ments under U S regulations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the instru ment panel above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal
247. ck of transmission lubrication e DO NOT tow an Four Wheel Drive 4WD vehicle with any of the wheels on the ground Doing so may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain e For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by INFINITI in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual Automatic Transmission Four Wheel Drive 4WD models Do not tow a 4WD vehicle with any of the wheels on the ground Two Wheel Drive 2WD models To tow a vehicle equipped with an auto matic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product Technical and consumer information 9 29 UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Qual ity Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applic able on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A TREADWEAR The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon a
248. ckward faster push and hold the button more than 5 seconds For details about display clock adjustment if so equipped see How to use SETTING button in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section Instruments and controls 2 51 POWER OUTLET Ay CAUTION e Use power outlet with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery e Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on e Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF e When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any liquid to contact the outlet SIC4456 Instrument panel SIC4391 Center console Luggage room 2 52 Instruments and controls Type A The power outlet is used for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones Ay CAUTION e The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use e Do not use with accessories that exceed a combined power draw of 12 volts 120W 10A for all the power outlets Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory e This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit e Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may blow Main sw
249. cle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information la bel e Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the weight of total occupants weight subtracted from the load limit Example Load lirrut 1400 Ib 640 ka Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib B40 kg Occupants Luggage Trailer Tongue Remaining available cargo and luggage R z ele oes Weight L load capacily 15Glbx 300lb 30lbx7 60lb 300 lb 740 Ib 70 kg 135 kg l4kg 27 kg 135 kg 396 kg Occupants Luggage carga and luggage CT load capacity 150 Ib x 2 300 b 30 lb x2 60 lb 1 040 Ib Pokal 185 kg C1 kg 27kg 472 kg Remaining available Occupants Luggage Remaining available cargo and luggage 150 lbs 6 750b 30 Ibs 5 160 lb 500 Ib 70 kg 340 kg akg 70 kg 227 kg VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capa city on the Tire and Loading In formation label To get the combined weight of occupants and cargo add the weight
250. cognition systems 4 101 Sottings Edit Quick D al BC Ml Ful ace i Aad ew We E 2 XAXXXXAXAXAXX JVHO474X Push the button and select the Quick Dial key Select the Add New key at the top of the screen BO Ml Ful Serco Settings Quick Dial Settings Quick Dial BO Ml Ful Serco Copy from Call History H Copy from the Handset Erter Number by Keypad aig JVH0475X Choose the method for entering the phonebook entry For this example select Enter Number by Keypad Enter the digits and select the OK key See How to use touch screen earlier in this section 4 102 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems JVH0476X 5 Select the Voicetag key to record a name to speak when using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system 6 Select the Store key and prepare to speak the name after the tone 7 When the voicetag is successfully saved select the OK key to save the phonebook entry 8 After the phonebook entry is saved it will show a screen that is ready to call the number Push the BACK button to return to the Quick Dial There are different methods to input a phone number Select one of the following options instead of Enter Number by Key pad in step 3 Copy from Call History The system will show a list of inc
251. collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag opera tion The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System monitors information from the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sen sors and the occupant classification sen sors weight sensors Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front 1 62 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system passenger the occupant classification sensors are also monitored Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the information provided by the occupant classification sensors If the front passen ger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions a
252. com pletely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically retracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods e When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows e Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any question about seat belt operation see an INFINITI retailer Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 Center of 2nd row seat if so equipped Selecting correct set of seat belts The center seat belt buckle is identified by the CENTER mark A The center seat belt tongue can be fastened only into the center seat belt buckle SSS0391 3rd row center seat belt The 3rd row center seat belt has a connector tongue and a seat belt tongue 2 Both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt operation 1 28 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0241 AX WARNING e Always fasten the connector tongue and the seat belt in the order shown
253. could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects e Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident mirror defroster switch in the 2 Instru ments and controls section Adjusting outside mirrors Power foldable outside mirrors The outside mirror control switch is located on the driver s door armrest A CAUTION The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON e Do not touch the mirrors while they are position moving Your hand may be pinched and Move the switch right or left to select the the mirror may malfunction right or left side mirror then adjust e Do not drive with the mirrors stored You using the control switch 2 will be unable to see behind the vehicle Defrosting outside mirrors e Ifthe mirrors were folded or unfolded by hand there is a chance that the mirror will move forward or backward during driving If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by hand be sure to adjust The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is oper ated See Rear window and outside Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 them again electrically before driving The outside rearview mirror remote control operates when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position To fold the outside rearview mirrors pus
254. could mean that the front air bag side 2 18 Instruments and controls air bag curtain and rollover air bag systems and or pretensioner systems will not oper ate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a retailer as soon as possible Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light The light will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting the driver that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery When the vehicle dynamic control warning light illuminates when the vehicle dynamic control system is turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the vehicle dynamic control system s fail safe mode is operating for example the vehicle dynamic control or hill start assist system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer If a malfunction occurs in the system the vehicle dynamic control system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual INDICATOR LIGHTS AFS Adaptive Front lighting System AFS indicator light if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the Adaptive Front lighting System AFS indicator light will illuminate The light will turn off in a
255. ctual conditions of their use how ever and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate 9 30 Technical and consumer information TRACTION AA A B AND C The traction grades from highest to low est are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perfor mance AX WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics TEMPERATURE A B AND C The temperature grades A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under con trolled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law AX WARNING The te
256. curely locked e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be danger ous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly See Pre cautions on seat belt usage later in this section Power folding Push and hold the front side of the switch located on the passenger side of the cargo room The corresponding seatback R right side L left side will be folded down automatically Push and hold the rear side of the switch The seatback will be returned auto matically The seatback will rise up while holding the switch NOTE Operating the power folding seats can discharge the vehicle battery if the vehicle is not running Ay CAUTION When operating the rear power seatback return make sure that the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position AX WARNING e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an accident or sudden stop e When ret
257. d Ay WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury Ay CAUTION e The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running e Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated e Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater e Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth e When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar materi als e If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer Instruments and controls 2 45 3 To turn off the heater push the HI or LO side whichever is selected of the switch Make sure the indicator light turns off SIC2770 FRONT REAR The front seats can be warmed by built in The 2nd row outboard seats are warmed by heaters The switches located on the built in heaters The switches located on instrument panel can be
258. d be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effec tiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt
259. d if they are hot they may scald the passengers Front To open the cup holder push the lid To close lower the cup holder lid and push it down lightly Pull up the inside tray 2 and remove it for a larger container or cleaning 2 54 Instruments and controls Type A 2nd row seat Type A To open the cup holder push the lid The flap will be folded down when insert ing a large container To close lower the cup holder lid and push it down lightly To clean the front cup holder pull up the inside tray 2 and remove it The cup holder is not designed to store personal items Type B Type B To open the cup holder pull the lid SIC4419 3rd row seat Instruments and controls 2 55 SIC4501 Soft bottle holder Ad CAUTION e Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident e Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers 2 56 Instruments and controls SUNGLASSES HOLDER AX WARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident To open the sunglasses holder push Ay CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than glasses Do not leave glasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the glasses SIC4393 GLOVE BOX AA WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while dr
260. d kilometers per hour km h Odometer twin trip odometer Odometer twin trip odometer The odometer Q and twin trip odometer are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the ignition switch is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the dis tance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the TRIP RESET switch at the bottom left of the combination meter panel changes the display as follows TRIP A TRIP B gt TRIP A Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the TRIP RESET switch G for more than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero Average fuel economy and distance to empty information is also available See Dot matrix liquid crystal display later in this section Instruments and controls 2 7 Oi TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute RPM Do not rev the engine into the red zone Ad CAUTION S1C4371 When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce engine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage 2 8 Instruments and controls ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant
261. d operate the automatic climate control system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 1 AUTO automatic climate control ON button Temperature control dial dri ver side 2 Gp front defroster button 3 mo rear window defroster button See Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the 2 Instru ments and controls section 4 amp fan speed decrease button 5 OFF button for climate control sys tem 6 fan speed increase button 7 intake air control button 8 lt gt air recirculation button 9 DUAL zone control ON OFF button Temperature control dial passenger side 10 MODE manual air flow control but ton 11 REAR control button 12 A C air conditioner ON OFF button 13 upper vent button 14 gy auto recirculation button SAA3161 With Advanced Climate Control System 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL Automatic operation Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round The system works automatically to control the inside temperature air flow distribution and fan speed after the preferred tempera ture is set manually 1 Push the AUTO button on The indicator on the button will illuminate and AUTO will be displayed 2 Turn the temperature con
262. d potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electro nic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health REMOTE START if so equipped Vehicles started with the remote engine start function require the ignition switch to be placed in the ON position before the shift lever can be moved from the P Park position To place the ignition switch in the ON position perform the following steps 1 Make sure that the Intelligent Key is on you 2 Depress the brake pedal 3 Push the ignition switch once to the ON position For additional information about the re mote engine start function see Remote keyless entry system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Starting and driving 5 15 DRIVING THE VEHICLE ENGINE PROTECTION MODE The engine has an engine protection mode to reduce the chance of damage if the coolant temperature becomes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high temperature with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer When the engine temperature reaches a certain level e The engine coolant temperature gauge will move toward the H position e Engine power may be reduced e The air conditioning cooling function ma
263. d restraint man ufacturer s instructions 1 44 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0645 Forward facing web mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor at tachments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attach ment is properly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap 2nd row captain s seats or 2nd row bench seat later in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints earlier in this section for head restraint adjustment information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or a headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint SSS0647 Forward facing step 4 4 For child restraints that ar
264. d to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Ball mount The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and the ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver Choose a proper class ball mount based on the trailer weight Addi tionally the ball mount should be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the ground Weight carrying hitches A weight carrying or dead weight ball mount is one that is designed to carry the whole amount of tongue weight and gross weight directly on the ball mount and on the receiver Weight distribution hitch This type of hitch is also called a load leveling or equalizing hitch A set of bars attach to the ball mount and to the trailer to distribute the tongue weight hitch weight of your trailer Many vehicles cannot carry the full tongue weight of a given trailer and need some of the tongue Technical and consumer information 9 23 weight transferred through the frame and pushing down on the front wheels This gives stability to the tow vehicle A weight distributing hitch system Class IV is recommended if you plan to tow trailers with a maximum weight over 5 000 lbs 2 267 kg Check with the trailer and towing equipment manufacturers to deter mine if they recommend the use of a weight distributing hitch system NOTE A weight distributing hitch system may affect the operation of trailer surge brakes If you are co
265. de information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity for off road use As with other vehicles with features of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read On pavement and off road driving precautions Avoiding collision and rollover and Driving safety pre cautions in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems result ing from modification will not be covered under the INFINITI warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustra tions in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing INFINITI reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various s
266. de is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the lift gate closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the lift gate open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the lt gt air recirculation to off and the fan control to high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the lift gate or the body follow the manufacturer s recommenda tion to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic when ever The vehicle is raised for service You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compart ment You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants
267. door handle request switch or the mechanical key Even if the door is opened by releasing the door inside lock knob the alarm will activate e Opening the hood How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop when a door is unlocked by pushing the unlock button on the Intelligent Key the door handle request switch or using the mechanical key or when the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position If the system does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by an INFINITI retailer INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Intelligent Key Never leave these keys in the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired op
268. ds may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may detect objects or vehicles in other lanes Vehicle position in the lane may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may detect objects or vehicles in other lanes CRUISE SSD0471 Warning light and display When the Preview Function is not operating properly the chime sounds and the system warning light orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine and resume driving If the indicator stays on it may indicate that the Preview Function is malfunction ing the brake is operative Although the Vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer How to handle the sensor The sensor for the Preview Function is common with Intelligent Cruise Control and is located below the front bumper To keep the Preview Function operating properly be sure to observe the following e Always keep the sensor clean Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage the sensor e Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not touch or remove the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or malfunction If the sensor is da maged due to an accident contact an INFINITI retailer e Do not attach a sticker including transparent materi
269. dvanced Systems Format It is a file format owned by Microsoft Corporation Note Only asf files that meet the requirements stated in the table in this section can be played e Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital video file The size and quality of a Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Clarion Co Ltd Bluetooth e Some Bluetooth audio devices may compressed digital audio file is deter mined by the bit rate used when encoding the file not be recognized by the in vehicle audio system 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Operating procedure of the Bluetooth streaming audio will vary depending on the device Make sure it is understood how to operate an audio device before using it with this system The Bluetooth streaming audio may be stopped under the following condi tions Receiving a hands free call Checking the connection to the hands free phone Do not place a Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degra dation and wireless connection disrup tion While an audio device is connected through a Bluetooth wireless connec tion the battery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual This system supports the Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP Wireless LAN Wi Fi
270. e When the levers are in the lock position the rear doors can be opened only from the outside To disengage move the levers to the unlock position INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM Ay WARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and com munication systems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environ ment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system Ay CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle e Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicat ing with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intelligent Key system trans mits weak radio waves Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of
271. e of that Intelligent Key This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For informa tion regarding the erasing procedure please contact an INFINITI retailer SPA2033 Mechanical key To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors and the glove box See Doors later in this section Storage in the 2 Instruments and controls section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 Ay CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key VALET HAND OFF When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the mechanical key with you to protect your belongings To prevent the glove box from being opened during valet hand off follow the procedures below 1 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelligent Key 2 Lock the glove box with the mechanical key 3 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet keeping the mechanical key in your pocket or bag for insertion into the Intelligent Key when you retrieve your vehicle See Storage in the 2 Instruments and controls section 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments DOORS AX WARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along w
272. e turned from the LOCK position Some indicators and warnings for opera tion are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display between the speedometer and tachometer See Dot matrix liquid crystal display in the 2 Instruments and controls section PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key ACC Accessories This position activates electrical acces sories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories OFF The engine can be turned off in the position The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be switched to the LOCK position until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position Ay CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the push button ignition switch in ACC or ON posi tions when the engine is not running for an extended period This can discharge the battery EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the follow ing procedure e Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1 5 seconds or e Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds SSD0944
273. e voice command list available only in Alternate Command Mode 4 126 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems D splay the commands of voice recognit on Push the INFO button on the instrument panel Select the Others key Select the Voice Recognition key Select the Command List key Information Command List Ga Information Command Lat Phore Gonmands B Navigaton Gommands Inform atian an mands Quick Dial Phone poi Dial Number Prevous 4 Acia Gommands Irnernational a Help Commands j Incoming Calls m Push the TALK switch to slat vaise ecogn tion Pusa Ihe TALK swiloh fo stan voice recognition SAA2545 JVHO483X 5 Select a category from the list 6 Select an item 7 If necessary scroll the screen using the INFINITI controller to view the entire list 8 Push the BACK button to return to the previous screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 127 Command list Phone Commands Command Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number Quick Dial Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Quick Dial Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone Call history Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number In
274. e HAZARD ione Remote keyless entry system Using or _ button HAZARD twice HAZARD none Switching procedure Push the LOCK and UNLOCK A HAZARD INDICATOR AND buttons on the Intelligent Key simulta 1 neously for more than 2 seconds to switch Push 4 for mare than 2 ser HAZARD once the mode from one to the other a HORN once When pushing the buttons to set the 7 a t hazard indicator mode the hazard indica HAZARD 3 imes Push 4 for more than 2 sec tor flashes 3 times When pushing the buttons to set the HAZARD INDICATOR MODE hazard indicator and horn mode the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 HOOD LIFT GATE A WARNING e Always be sure the lift gate has been closed securely to prevent it from open ing while driving e Do not drive with the lift gate open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Exhaust gas carbon monoxide in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly is Pulleh hosdeleek aalence hauler activate switches or controls Unat BEEE E Ine aMeNe BEAEE A tended children could become involved WARNING in serious accidents the hood will then spring up slightly 2 Pull the lever up at the front of the e Make sure the hood is c
275. e auxiliary jacks The images from the connected device can be viewed on the rear displays The rear auxiliary jacks are color coded for identification purposes e Yellow video input e White left channel audio input e Red right channel audio input Before connecting a device to a jack turn off the power of the portable device To display the AUX screen select the left or right rear display using the rear display select switch on the remote controller and select the AUX mode after pushing the SOURCE button on the remote controller The AUX screen cannot be displayed on the front screen The remote controller cannot be used for the portable device Headphones Headphones are a wireless type and no cables are necessary The headphones can only be used in the rear seat Power ON OFF Push the power ON OFF button to turn the headphones on or off Volume control Turn the volume control knob to adjust the volume The headphones will automatically turn off in about 4 minutes if there is no sound during that period The headphones will also turn off after approximately 4 hours of continuous use To prevent the battery from being discharged keep the power turned off when not in use If the sound from the headphones is not clear it may be due to interference from an infrared communication device or a cellular phone If this happens turn down the headphone volume or stop using the Monitor climate audio p
276. e consid persian ccanostinne satan ered COLD after the vehicle has POE OF RAN XXX SL KAES been parked for 3 or more hours FRERIK RAN MXK Pa OC PS or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 EAE aE REE i PT TAEXIRKREK XAK Pi XX PS l km at moderate speeds The eee eee n recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveabil TE ig G6 cca ity tire noise etc up to the Tee fel lt vehicle s GVWR Tire size see Tire labeling e dustin later in this section OPa PA Spare tire size or compact spare sea Hh ae tire size if so equipped EX kPa Ek PRI Tire and Loading Information label Technical and consumer informa Seating capacity The maximum tion section number of occupants that can be Original size The size of the tires seated in the vehicle originally installed on the vehicle Vehicle load limit See Vehicle at the factory loading information in the 9 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 3 Remove the gauge COLD TIRE 4 Read the tire pressure on the INFLATION gauge stem and compare it to PRESSURE the specification shown on the FRONT ae 240 kPa Tire and Loading Information la ORIGINAL eee 35 PSI 5 Add air to the tire as needed If 14h 33 PSI too much air is added press the P275 50R22 240 kPa REAR ORI 111H 35 PSI core of the valv
277. e conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode of the ICC system For more details see Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system in the 5 Starting and driving section 21 Distance Control Assist DCA system switch indicator if so equipped The indicator is displayed when the Dis tance Control Assist DCA system switch is pushed on When the switch is pushed again the indicator disappears While the indicator is displayed the DCA system is operational See Distance Control Assist DCA system in the 5 Starting and driving section 22 Back up Collision Intervention BCI system indicator if so equipped The BCI ON indicator SYSTEM ON appears when the shift lever is in the R Reverse position with the Back up Collision Inter vention BCI system turned on If the BCI system is turned off using the BCI switch the BCI OFF indicator SYSTEM OFF appears For more details see Blind Spot Warning Blind Spot Intervention Back up Colli sion Intervention systems in the 5 Starting and driving section MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE TIRE MAINTENANCE pA OTHER SIC4325 MAINTENANCE INDICATORS 1 Engine oil replacement indicator This indicator appears when the customer set time comes for changing the engine oil You can set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil See Trip compu ter later in this section 2 Oil filter replacement indi
278. e correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants earlier in this section INFINITI recommends the use of an energy conser ving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certifi cation or International Lubricant Standar dization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE viscosity standard These oils have the API certification mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important that the engine oil viscosity be selected based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the
279. e dges asrorin ree eae RE san 2 57 Controller Center multi function control panel 4 4 10 2 Controls Control panel button ee ceessetseseeteeeeeeee 4 3 INFINITI Controller cssescssscseessscseseeseeseeee 4 4 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants csseeeeee 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 8 9 Corrosion protection 7 7 Cruise control 5 54 Fixed speed cruise control on ICC system 5 74 Intelligent cruise control ICC system 5 56 CUp holders araa e ae a EE 2 54 Daytime running light system Dimensions Distance Control Assist DCA system Distance Control Assist DCA system warning light Dot matrix liquid crystal display Drive belts Drive positioner cs eeseseetsceeeteeteceseseeseseseees 3 33 Driving Cold weather driving 5 117 Driving with automatic transmission On pavement and off road driving Precautions when starting and driving Safety precautions Dual head restraint DVD system DVD Digital Versatile Disc player operation 4 64 Economy Fuel inserere nianna 5 100 Elapsed time Emission control information label Emission control system warranty ceeee Engine Before starting the engine Break in schedule Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Changing engine coolant Changing engine oil and filter Checking engine coolant level Checking engine oil leve
280. e driving versus idling 10 Keeping your vehicle cool e Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade when ever possible When entering a hot vehicle open ing the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster result ing in reduced demand on your A C system Starting and driving 5 99 INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended scheduled maintenance Keep the tires inflated to the correct pressure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Use the recommended viscosity engine INFINITI ALL MODE 4WD if so equipped Ay WARNING Do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury 4LO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and increased fuel consumption If the Four Wheel Drive 4WD warning light turns on when driving on dry hard surface roads in the 4HI position shift the 4WD shift switch to AUTO in the 4LO position stop the vehicle and shift the transmission lever to the N Neutral position with the brake pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to AUTO If the 4WD warning light is stil
281. e equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to com press the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments 5 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to re move any slack Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 Forward facing step 6 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attach ment path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attach ment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 6 FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AX WARNING e The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will
282. e following methods e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it e Push and hold the COAST SET switch The set vehicle speed will decrease by approximately 5 MPH or 5 km h e Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by approxi mately 1 MPH or 1 km h To resume the preset speed push and release the ACCELERATE RESUME switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 20 MPH 32 km h How to change set distance to vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected at any time depending on the traffic conditions Each time the DISTANCE switch is pushed the set distance will change to long middle short and back to long again in that sequence Starting and driving 5 69 Distance Display CRUISE Approximate dislance at 60 MPH 100 km h ft m 200 60 e The distance to the vehicle ahead will change according to the vehicle speed The higher the vehicle speed the longer the distance e If the engine is stopped the set distance becomes long Each time the engine is started the initial setting 5 70 Starting and driving 150 45 100 30 becomes long Approach warning If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if ano
283. e following procedure Attach the tow strap to the towing hook 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system A CAUTION 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions e Tow chains or cables must be attached 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to only to the main structural members of clear an area around the front tires the vehicle or the towing hooks Other wise the vehicle body will be damaged 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward SCE0922 Rear vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc e Use the towing hook only to free a 6 18 In case of emergency e Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive e Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion e Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D e Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 19 MEMO 6 20 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning Exterior vc cccseccccccesssssessessscssscccsescvesesceusss 7 2 Cleaning interior ce eeccessecceecceescceeseeeeeeees 7 4 Washing oi cccdes cscteccdsccccescendasdecsesaeelachencecsesdastas 7 2 Ail resheni S ice cccccececsceseccsesdbescesassteceetscaeecanes 7 5 WAXINS f2ek cd cccercades Neatesceateaesetecdedesadeasectecsdeaw vows 7 3 FIOOF MALS si
284. e may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may momentarily black out but will soon recover If an iPod automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momen tarily black out but will soon recover Compressed Audio Files MP3 WMA AAC Explanation of terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track can reduce the file size by approxi mately a 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no perceptible loss in quality The compression reduces certain parts of sound that seem inaudible to most people WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Microsoft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compres sion than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality AAC M4A Advanced Audio Coding AAC is a lossy audio compression format Audio files that have been Monitor climate audio phone
285. e parking brake is securely applied and the automatic transmission is in the P Park position CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instruc tions below MCE0001A Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and back of the wheel diagonally opposite 3 Park on a level surface and apply the the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from parking brake Move the shift lever to moving when it is jacked up the P Park position 4 Turn off the engine A WARNING 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assis Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle tance personnel that you need assis may move and result in personal injury tance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle 6 4 In case of emergency If rubber sound suppressor remains on jack when vehicle is being jacked up the vehicle will be unstable and may fall off jack stand causing serious injury of death 3 Remove the cargo floor cover 4 Remove the jacking tools Getting the spare tire and tools 1 Open the lift gate 2 Raise the cargo floor board using the handle AX WARNING When removing jacking tools be sure the rubber sound suppressor used to control jack
286. e played Angle DVD VIDEO If the DVD contains different angles such as moving images the current image angle can be switched to another one Select the Angle key and push the ENTER button When the side or side is selected the angle will change Angle Mark DVD VIDEO When this item is turned on an angle mark will be shown on the bottom of the screen if the scene can be seen from a different angle Menu Skip DVD VIDEO DVD menus are automatically configured and the contents will be played directly when the Menu Skip key is turned on Note that some discs may not be played directly even if this item is turned on CM Skip DVD VIDEO The amount of seconds for CM Skip can be set to 15 30 or 60 seconds DRC DVD VIDEO DRC Dynamic Range Compression allows tuning of the dynamic range of sound recorded in the Dolby Digital format DOWN MIX DVD VIDEO if so equipped Convert a multi channel recording to a traditional two channel stereo recording DVD Language DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD Select the DVD Language key and push the ENTER button to open the number entry screen Input the number corresponding to the preferred language and select the OK key with the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER button The DVD top menu language will be changed to the one selected Display Adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items a
287. e sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or driving position in the lane or traffic or vehicle condition for example if a vehicle is being driven with some damage Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following con ditions and the control is automatically canceled e When the vehicle speed falls below approximately 15 MPH 24 km h e When the system judges the vehicle is at a standstill e When the shift lever is shifted to the N Neutral position e When the windshield wipers are operat ing at high speed The system may cancel when the wipers are set to the AUTO position When the VDC is turned off When the ABS or VDC operates When the parking brake is applied When the SNOW mode switch is pushed on e When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4H or 4L position for 4WD models When driving into a strong light for example sunlight When distance measurement becomes impaired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction to the sensor When a wheel slips Starting and driving 5 71 Warning light and display Condition A The chime sounds and the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system is canceled automatically in the conditions described below Part of the system display will come on or blink making it impossible to set e When the VDC is turned off e When the ABS or VDC operates e When a tire slips e When driving into a strong light for example sunlight e
288. e stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to GINAL TIRE release pressure Recheck the tran 35 PSI pressure and add or release air Checking the tire pressure as needed 115M 35 PSI 1 Remove the valve stem cap from 6 amp 6 Install the valve stem cap Beale 7 Check the pressure of all other 2 Press the pressure gauge tires including the spare squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure re position the gauge to eliminate this leakage P275 60R20 240 kPa 114H 35 PSI 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufac turers to place standardized informa tion on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall P215 60R16 94H Example Tire size example P215 60R16 94H 1 P The P indicates the tire is designed for passenger vehicles Not all tires have this informa tion Three digit number 215 This number gives the width in milli meters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge Two digit number 60 This num ber known as t
289. e system Disc selection The following disc formats can be played with the DVD drive DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD CD DA Conventional Compact Disc DTS CD Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 USB Universal Serial Bus AX WARNING Do not connect or disconnect the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury Ay CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the USB device and the port Make sure that the USB device is connected cor rectly into the USB port e Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may break the wire USB device or the port e To avoid damage and loss of function when using a USB device note the following precautions Do not bend the cable excessively 1 6 in 40 mm radius minimum Do not twist the cable excessively more than 180 degrees Do not pull or drop the cable Do not hit or press the USB port or USB device with hands feet or objects Do not store objects with sharp edges in the storage area where the cable is stored Do not leave the USB device
290. e system checked by an INFINITI retailer SYSTEM MAINTENANCE e The two radar sensor units for the BSW Blind Spot Intervention and BCI if so equipped systems are located near the rear bumper Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean Do not attach stickers including transparent material install acces sories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors Consult an INFINITI retailer if the area around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision e The Blind Spot Intervention system uses the same camera 2 that is used by the LDW LDP system located in front of the inside mirror For maintenance of the camera see Lane Departure Warning LDW Prevention LDP system earlier in this section Radio frequency statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 310 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Frequency of operation 24 05GHz 24 25GHz Field Strength Not greater than 2 5V m peak 0 25V m average at a distance of 3 m The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio or TV interference caused by Starting and driving 5 53 unauthorized modifications to this equip
291. e system judges that your vehicle is getting close to the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane the vehicle ahead detection indicator on the instrument panel blinks and a warning chime sounds The IBA system will be turned on off by pushing the IBA OFF switch The IBA OFF indicator light will illuminate when the system is turned off PRECAUTIONS ON IBA SYSTEM A WARNING e The IBA system is not a collision avoidance system It is the drivers responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times e As there is a performance limit the system may not provide a warning or braking in certain conditions e The system will not detect the following objects Pedestrians animals or obstacles in the roadway Motorcycles traveling offset in the traveling lane Oncoming vehicles in the same lane The system will not detect another vehicle under the following conditions When the sensor gets dirty and it is impossible to detect the distance from the vehicle ahead When driving into a strong light for example sunlight The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead Therefore the system may not function properly under the following conditions When the reflectors of the vehicle ahead are positioned high or close to each other including a small vehicle such as motorcycles When the sensor gets dirty and it is impo
292. ecautions on child restraints 1 34 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH cccccssscsscssscssssesesseseseeseeees 1 36 Top tether strap child restraint 1 39 Rear facing child restraint installation using LATCH ipenn eetere ranee oneness iseti 1 39 Rear facing child restraint installation using the se t pells entenita naenin 1 41 Forward facing child restraint installation using LATCH ehr Soo oras T epean aae aE ie 1 44 Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat beltS enesesssesssesssessssssees 1 46 Installing top tether strap 2nd row captain s seats or 2nd row bench seat 1 50 Installing top tether strap 3rd row enchiseat zenaren r arra S 1 51 Booster seats ssesesssesssesesscsssssosssssescsessseses 1 51 Supplemental restraint system eeeseeseeseeeseeese 1 55 Precautions on supplemental restraint SyStemM sessesessessessssessssssssssesssssse 1 55 INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System front seats irrien rsrsr a aTr 1 61 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems Seat belts with pretensioners front seats 1 68 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 69 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 70 Repair and replacement procedure 1 70 SEATS Yo St upright and well back AX WARNING e Do not
293. eceiver type frame mounted hitch This hitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity of this vehicle when the proper towing equipment is used Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ball that is rated for the trailer to be towed Genuine INFINITI ball mounts and hitch balls are available from an INFINITI retailer To access the trailer hitch A remove the trailer hitch cover located on the lower part of the rear bumper To remove the trailer hitch cover 1 Remove the 2 clips 2 Pull the bottom of the cover straight backward to remove the inner side and upper clips AA WARNING Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings Your vehicle may be capable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch components Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components Doing so can cause serious personal injury or property damage Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer e The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on top of the ball e Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight e The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount e The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secure
294. ecked by an INFINITI retailer METER RING ILLUMINATION AND NEEDLE SWEEP The ring illumination surrounding meters and gauges illuminates when the driver s door is closed after getting into the vehicle with the Intelligent Key carried in When the engine is started the indicator needles will sweep in the speedometer and tachometer and the ring illumination will be brightened gradually This function can be turned off See Trip computer later in this section WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Automatic transmission check warning light Automatic Transmission AT oil temperature warning light Automatic Transmission AT park warning light Blind Spot Warning BSW Blind Spot Inter vention BSI system warning light orange Brake warning light Charge warning light Distance Control Assist DCA system warn ing light orange Engine oil pressure warning light Four Wheel Drive 4WD warning light 4WD models Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light orange Intelligent Key warning light Lane departure warning light orange Low tire pressure warning light Master warning light Preview Function warning light orange Seat belt warning light Supplemental air b
295. ecommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the p front defroster button The indicator light on the button will illuminate Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows push the fan speed increase button and set it to the maximum position As soon as possible after the wind shield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode When the qj front defroster button is pushed the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculate mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging performance Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 Manual operation Fan speed control Push the fan speed increase or decrease buttons to manually con trol the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Temperature control Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F For Canada 18 to 32 C Air flow control Pushing the MODE manual air flow control button selects the air outlet to Air flows from center and side ventilators
296. ed release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources includ ing doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organiza tions Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems e Rear facing child restraint e Forward facing child restraint e Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lbs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints For ward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint AX WARNING Infants and children need special protection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian
297. ed battery can damage your vehicle In case of emergency 6 11 e Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting e Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury e Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it AA WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury 1 Remove the engine compartment cover if necessary See Engine compartment check locations in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section 2 If the booster battery is in another vehicle A position the two vehicles and to bring their batteries 6 12 In case of emergency ed SCE0920 into close proximity to each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch Apply parking brake Move the shift lever to the P Park position Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems light heater air conditioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion hazard Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated Q gt gt gt Ay C
298. ed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP 2nd row captain s seats or 2nd row bench seat First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors 2nd row captain s or bench outboard seating positions only or the seat belt as applicable 1 If necessary raise or remove the head restraint or headrest to position the top tether strap over the top of the seat back If the head restraint or headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints earlier in this section and Headrest earlier in this section for head restraint or head rest adjustment removal and installa tion information 2 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the back of each seatback behind the child restraint 3 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to re move an
299. edal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Starting and driving 5 17 SSD0945 Shift lever To move the shift lever gt Push the button while depressing the brake pedal HED Push the button gt Just move the shift lever Shifting The shift lever position indicator light next to the shift lever will be illuminated for approximately 30 minutes after the ignition switch is turned off The indicator light may also illuminate when the vehicle receives radio waves This is not a malfunction After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and shift the shift lever from P 5 18 Starting and driving Park to R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Push the button to shift into P Park or R Reverse All other positions can be selected without pushing the button AX WARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage Ay CAUTION Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position P Park position Use this position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and t
300. ee Phone System 4 98 Regulatory information ssseceeeeeeeeeeee 4 100 Voice COMMAMNAS cceeeeceeseeceececeeseeeeees 4 100 Control buttons 0 0 eee eeeeeceeeeeceeeeceeseeeeee 4 100 Connecting Procedure sseeceessesseeeeeees 4 101 Phone Selection cssccessccescceesecceeeeees 4 101 Quick Didltsscssstesceccsstscwsheckheveesaceseeeeveussvncdsees 4 101 Making a Call oo ee eeeccceescceeseceeeeceeeeeees 4 104 Receiving acalinar 4 105 Duringca Call sccccccccescciseccccesccesewscescsenescasece 4 106 Phone Setting eosi tronar aansien 4 106 Troubleshooting guide sesssesesssesssesseesse 4 108 INFINITI Voice Recognition system 06 4 109 INFINITI Voice Recognition Standard Mode ccccessccessecesseceeeeeees 4 109 Using the SYSteM eeeecceeeessseeeeeeeeseeeee 4 112 INFINITI Voice Recognition Alternate Command MOde cccesecceeeeceesecceeseees 4 125 Using the SYStem scecesceesessseeeeeeeeseeeee 4 134 Troubleshooting guide cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 140 SAFETY NOTE CENTER MULTI FUNCTION CONTROL PANEL AA WARNING e Do not disassemble or modify this system If you do it may result in accidents fire or electric shock cms INFO SHITTING e Do not use this system if you notice any 3h o abnormality such as a frozen screen or A OFF lack of sound Continued use of the STU
301. ee from traffic Steering stability and braking perfor mance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadvertently becoming unlatched Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops Avoid sharp turns or lane changes Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed Some states or provinces have specific speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so Ay caution If you move the shift lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur Apply and hold the brake pedal Have someone place blocks on the downhill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels After the wheel blocks are in place slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks absorb the vehicle load 4 Apply the parking brake Dyn Shift the transmission into P Park Four Wheel Drive 4WD models Make sure th
302. een Open the engine hood AX WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If cool ant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine A WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 7 After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at the nearest INFINITI retailer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Pro vincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from an INFINITI retailer Local service operators are familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle INFINITI recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following pre cautions AX WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has
303. eeseceeeeceeeceeeeeeeesees Identification number VIN Loading information Recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 4 6 18 Security System 0 ceeceeeseesccteseseteseeeseees 2 31 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 50 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 115 Vehicle dynamic control VDC Warning iSht sesar pienes 2 18 Vehicle information and settings display 4 7 Ventilators seniii e eiaa 4 38 Voice command INFINITI voice recognition system eseese 4 115 4 128 Voice recognition System essessesesesrsesesesrsessesee 4 109 Voice recognition Alternate command mode 4 125 10 7 WONT BURT vassisiccascartscatazesperscsascsnisaetivenasncaumeryates 2 10 Ww Warning Check tire pressure warning s 2 25 Dot matrix display 2 22 Hazard warning flasher switch seese 6 2 Lane departure warning LDW system 5 22 Lights La 2 12 Loose fuel cap warning 2 25 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS shernan ieia Warning indicator lights and audible reminders sessesseeseesseseresrserseserseseese Warning labels Air bag warning labels Warning light 4WD warning light Air bag warning light Anti lock braking system ABS warning light i Brake warning light 2 13 Intelligent Key warning light 2 15 Lane departure warning light 2 15 Low tire pressure warning light 2 15 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 17 Wa
304. ehicle The new keys must be registered by an INFINITI retailer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelli gent Key components when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the INFINITI retailer Ay CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a built in transmit ter To avoid damaging it please note the following The Intelligent Key is water resis tant however wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not bend drop or strike it against another object If the outside temperature is below 14 F 10 C the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not change or modify the In telligent Key Do not use a magnet key holder Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set or personal computer Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water and do not wash it in a washing machine This could affect the system function If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen INFINITI recommends erasing the ID cod
305. el while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident e Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts ELECTRIC OPERATION Tilt or telescopic operation Move the lever to adjust the steering wheel up or down forward or rearward to the desired position Entry Exit function operation The automatic drive positioner system will make the steering wheel move up auto matically when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position This lets the driver get into and out of the seat more easily For more information see Automatic drive positioner later in this section SUN VISORS SIC3451 Ay CAUTION Do not store the main sun visor before storing the extension sun visor Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward To block out glare from the front swing down the main sun visor To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mou
306. elete all of the char acters e OK Completes character inputs Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is neces sary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or detergent Dam pen the cloth first and then wipe the screen MENU OPTIONS The start menu can be displayed using the menu control switch on the steering wheel mounted controls 1 While the MAP or STATUS screen is displayed push and hold the menu control switch until the Menu Options screen appears 2 Highlight the preferred item by tilting the menu control switch up or down and then push the menu control switch to select it 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Menu Opt ons Inta j Settings Available items Destination Route These items are for the navigation system See the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for details Info Displays the information screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the INFO button Settings Displays the settings screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the SETTING button Light Sensitivity Light Gif Delay lt a HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE SCREEN Vehicle functions are viewed on the display screen in menus To select each key item highlight the preferred item
307. ell plugs Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact an INFINITI retailer VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM amp y CAUTION e Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery The variable voltage control system mea sures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 DRIVE BELTS bir aie eae datas SDI2533 Power steering fluid pump Water pump Alternator Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor AA WARNING Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belts The engine could rotate unexpectedly 1 Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or loosen 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself ess If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by an INFINITI retailer Have the belts checked regularly for condition and tensio
308. ells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax An INFINITI retailer can assist you in choosing the proper product e Wax your vehicle only after a thorough washing Follow the instructions sup plied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or clea ners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compound or aggressive polish ing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at an INFINITI retailer or any automotive accessory stores UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corro sion on the underbody and suspension Before the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is
309. em referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attach ments that can be connected to these anchors For details see Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH later in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dard 213 e Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is de signed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child restraints be secured to the designated anchor poin
310. en all doors will unlock automati cally and a chime will sound after the door is closed These functions help to prevent the In telligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS e All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h e All doors unlock automatically when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The automatic unlock function can be deactivated or activated To deactivate or activate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the q_ position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deactivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side SPA2745 CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety rear door locks help prevent doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicl
311. en fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF 2 Open the engine hood and remove the cover on the battery 3 Remove the fuse fusible link holder cover 4 or 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 8 Spare fuses are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by an INFINITI retailer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine INFINITI parts 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Ay CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF JVMO200X Open the fuse box lid Remove the fuse with the fuse puller If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by an INFINITI retailer Spare fuse
312. enger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Occupied passenger seat and the pas senger meets the conditions outlined in this section The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as de scribed below as permitted by U S regula tions If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF The occupant classification sensors weight sensors are on the seat cushion frame under the front passenger seat and are designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Ad vanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant classification sensors can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF 1 64 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and us
313. ension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade vehicle handling characteristics and or interfer ence with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased brak ing efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear See Wheels and tires in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have struc tural damage and could fail without warning e The use of retread tire is not recom mended e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Four wheel Drive 4WD models Ay CAUTION e Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on t
314. ensor con trols the autolight if it is covered the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate Instruments and controls 2 39 Headlight beam select To select the low beam put the lever in the neutral position as shown To select the high beam push the lever forward while the switch is in the 2 position Pull it back to select the low beam Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam even when the headlight switch is in the OFF position 2 40 Instruments and controls Battery saver system A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the q OF 20 gt position and the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position When the headlight switch is in the m or position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the lights will automati cally turn off after a period of time when the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF position When the headlight switch remains in the oa or position after the lights automatically turn off the lights will turn on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Ay caution e When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights automatically turn off the lights will not turn off auto matically Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time otherwise the battery will be discharged Neve
315. enter and OFF ON position When the switch is in the ON position the cargo light will illuminate Center position When the switch is in the center position the cargo light will illuminate when the lift gate is opened OFF position When the switch is in the OFF position the cargo light will not illuminate 2 68 Instruments and controls HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver pro vides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and security systems e Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehicle s battery is discharged or is disconnected HomeLink will retain all programming When the HomeLink Universal Transcei ver is programmed retain the original transmitter for future programming proce dures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Pro gramming HomeLink later in this sec tion Ay WARNING Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features
316. ents may damage the vehicle s electrical system See a reputable trailer retailer to obtain the proper equipment and to have it installed e Do not connect electrical devices that draw more than 40 amps to the vehicle The fusible link may melt Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact an INFINITI retailer or reputable trailer retailer Trailer brakes When towing a trailer load of 3 500 lbs 1 587 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used However most states require a separate braking system on trailers with a loaded weight above a specific amount Make sure the trailer meets the local regulations and the regula tions where you plan to tow Several types of braking systems are 9 26 Technical and consumer information available Surge Brakes The surge brake actuator is mounted on the trailer tongue with a hydraulic line running to each trailer wheel Surge brakes are activated by the trailer pushing against the hitch ball when the tow vehicle is braking Hydraulic surge brakes are common on rental trailers and some boat trailers In this type of system there is no hydraulic or electric connection for brake operation between the tow vehicle and the trailer Electric Trailer Brakes Electric braking systems are activated by an electronic signal sent from a trailer brake controller special brake sensing module Have a pr
317. er assistance switch Turn the DCA system back on to use the system CLEAN SENSOR CRUISE Condition B When the sensor window is dirty making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead the DCA system is automatically canceled The chime sounds and the system warning light orange will come on and the CLEAN SENSOR indicator will appear Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place turn the engine off Clean the sensor window with a soft cloth and then perform the settings again CRUISE Condition C When the DCA system is not operating properly the chime sounds and the system warning light CRUISE orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine and turn on the DCA system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal Starting and driving 5 89 conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer Sensor maintenance How to handle the sensor The sensor for the DCA system is common with Intelligent Cruise Control and is located below the front bumper To handle the sensor see Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system earlier in this section 5 90 Starting and driving FORWARD COLLISION WARNING FCW SYSTEM
318. er stationary objects on the road or near the traveling lane In extreme conditions detection of these objects may cause the system to func tion The system is designed to automatically check the sensor s functionality If the sensor is covered with ice a transparent or translucent plastic bag etc the system may not detect them In these instances the system may not be able to warn the driver properly Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly e Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound and the chime may not be heard e A sudden appearance of a vehicle in front for example it abruptly cuts in may not be detected and the system may not warn the driver soon enough e The system will be cancelled automati cally with a beep sound and the IBA warning light will illuminate under the following conditions When the sensor window is dirty When the system malfunctions If the IBA OFF indicator light illuminates with a beep sound pull off the road to a safe location stop the vehicle and turn the engine off Check to see if the sensor window is dirty If the sensor window is dirty clean it with a soft cloth and restart the engine If the sensor window is not dirty restart the engine If the IBA OFF indicator light continues to illuminate even if the IBA system is turned on have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer IBA system operation The IBA system will function w
319. er to keep trailer tongue weight between 10 15 of the trailer weight or within the trailer tongue load specification recommended by the trailer manufacturer If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange the cargo to obtain the proper tongue load Do not exceed the maximum tongue weight specification shown in the Towing load specification chart even if the calculated available tongue weight is greater than 15 If the calculated tongue weight is less than 10 reduce the total trailer weight to match the available tongue weight Always verify that available capacities are within the required ratings Technical and consumer information 9 21 TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART model 4WD model 4WD model MAXIMUM TOWING CAPACITY 1 2 8 500 3 856 8 500 3 856 MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 850 385 850 385 GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING 14 300 6 486 14 480 6 568 14 480 6 568 1 The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity 2 Use of a weight distributing hitch system is recommended when towing over 5 000 lb 2 267 kg 9 22 Technical and consumer information TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Your vehicle is equipped with a trailer tow package The trailer tow package includes a r
320. erates the Navigation function Information isplays the vehicle Information function Audio Operates the Audio function Help Displays User Guide Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 115 Phone Command C Call history Makes a call to the incoming call number Makes a call to the dialed number Makes a call to the Missed calls number 4 116 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Navigation Command command SOS ow SOSCSCSCSSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCNSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSC C d Destination Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book Address Searches for a location by the street address specified and sets a route to the location Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 117 Information Command command SSCS ion SOSCSCSOSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCNSNSCSCSCSCSCSCSC d Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information Displays maintenance information Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF Where am I Displays your current location Tire Pressure Displays tire pressure information 4 118 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A
321. eration of the device SIC2045 Security indicator light The security indicator light is located on the meter panel It indicates the status of the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System The light blinks after the ignition switch was in the ACC OFF and LOCK position This function indicates the security sys tems equipped on the vehicle are opera tional If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the engine will not start see an INFINITI retailer for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System service as soon as possible Please bring all Intelligent Keys that you have when visiting an INFINITI retailer for service Instruments and controls 2 33 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH AA WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the window with the defroster before you wash the window Ad CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates
322. erator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Push the ignition switch to the ON position to start cranking the engine After 5 or 6 seconds stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to OFF After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button igni tion switch to start the engine If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure Ay CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start push the ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start When racing the engine up to 4 000 rpm or more under the no load condi tion the engine will enter the fuel cut mode 5 To stop the engine shift the shift lever to the P Park position and push the ignition switch to the OFF position NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery dis charge an
323. eri als e If any malfunctions are found or the climate controlled seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer 2 48 Instruments and controls WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH if so equipped The warning systems switch is used to turn on and off the warning systems Forward Collision Warning FCW Lane Departure Warning LDW and Blind Spot Warning BSW systems that are activated using the settings menu on the center display When the warning systems switch is turned off the indicator on the switch is off The indicator will also be off if all of the warning systems are deactivated using the settings menu The FCW system will sound a warning chime and the vehicle ahead detection indicator light blinks to alert the driver if the vehicle is traveling close to the vehicle ahead See Forward Collision Warning FCW system in the 5 Starting and driving section The LDW system will sound a warning chime and blink the lane departure warn ing light orange to alert the driver if the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane with detectable lane markers See Lane De parture Warning LDW Prevention LDP system in the 5 Starting and driving section The BSW system will turn on the BSW indicator lights located next to the outside mirrors if the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detection zone If the
324. ervice should be done only by an experienced technician with the proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Radio Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and push the radio band select button to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition switch should be pushed to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio trans mitter buildings bridges mountains and other external influences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your INFINITI radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to en hance radio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the quality of that reception However there are some general character istics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your INFINITI radio system Reception conditions will constantly change because of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other veh
325. eseeess 2 13 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 4 98 Bluetooth streaming audio 4 72 Booster Sedis asusin is 1 51 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 113 Brake DOOStEr ssisicsiocrieerriociiosriieianrsis 8 22 Brake fluid 8 13 8 14 Brake System ccsccssscssesessscseesescsesseseees 5 110 Parking brake operation Warning light Break in schedule Brightness control Display ON OFF button Instrument panel Bulb check instrument panel Bulb replacement Cabin aif fillet ca eien R a 4 46 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Car phone or CB radio Cargo floor box Caren lighta en eses iaeei Eai Catalytic converter Three way catalyst 5 3 CD CF USB memory care and cleaning 4 80 Center multi function control panel 43 Child restraints 1 34 Booster seats 1 51 LATCH system ccseeeseeee 1 36 Precautions on child restraints 1 34 Top tether strap 1 39 Child safety 1 32 Child safety rear door lOCK csseseeeeseseeeeees 3 6 Chimes Audible reminders 4 2 21 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 17 Circuit breaker Fusible link wee 8 24 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 7 4 Climate control 4 39 4 41 wee 2 51 Coat hooks 2 59 Cockpit we 2 3 Cold weather driving 5 117 Compact Disc CD player See audio system 4 63 Console BOX isis
326. evices may be used to help control these affects If you choose to use one contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway control device will work with the vehicle hitch trailer and the trailer s brake system Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the sway control device Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 lb 907 kg Class II hitch Class II trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 3 500 lb 1 588 kg Class III hitch Class Ill trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 5 000 lb 2 267 kg Class IV hitch Class IV trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 10 000 lb 4 545 kg A weight distributing hitch should be used to tow trailers that weigh over 5 000 lb 2 267 kg Your vehicle may be equipped with Class IV trailer hitch equipment that has a 10 000 lb 4 545 kg maximum weight rating but your vehicle is only capable of towing the maximum trailer weights shown in the Towing Load Specification chart earlier in this section AX CAUTION e Do not use axle mounted hitches e Do not modify the vehicle exhaust system brake system
327. ew located on the camera unit If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident contact an INFINITI retailer BLIND SPOT WARNING BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION BACK UP COLLISION INTERVENTION SYSTEMS if so equipped This section contains the information about the following systems e Blind Spot Warning BSW system e Blind Spot Intervention system e Back up Collision Intervention BCI system if so equipped BLIND SPOT WARNING BSW AND BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION SYS TEMS The Blind Spot Warning BSW and Blind Spot Intervention systems can help alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes The BSW system uses radar sensors 4 installed near the rear bumper to detect other vehicles beside your vehicle in an adjacent lane In addition to the radar sensors the Blind Spot Intervention sys tem uses a camera 2 installed behind the windshield to monitor the lane markers of your traveling lane Starting and driving 5 31 Detection zone The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of your vehicle and extends approxi mately 10 ft 3 m behind the rear bumper and approximately 10 ft 3 m sideways The BSW system operates above approxi mately 20 MPH 32 km h If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detection zone the the Blind spot warning indicat
328. ewable Arca Reminder a ON SJ bel a ON Wa Mis plays the vah cle pain whan showirg 116 ear Gamera view Camera View Priority Burser Volume Moving Ob exl Detection MOD JVHO323M AROUND VIEW MONITOR SET TINGS To set up the Around View Monitor to your preferred settings push the SETTING but ton select the Other key and then select the Camera key Predictive Course Lines When this item is turned to ON the predictive course line is displayed in the front and the rear view and bird eye view Camera View Priority The view shown on the screen at the beginning of around view monitor opera tion can be selected in order of priority Non viewable Area Reminder With this item turned to ON the non viewable area is highlighted in yellow for several seconds after the bird eye view is displayed It will be shown only the first time after the ignition switch is in the ON position Buzzer Volume Adjust the volume of the buzzer Corner Sonar Sensitivity Adjust the sensitivity level of the corner sonar higher right or lower left Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 Ha O Pa ia Change View JVHO269X Moving Object Detection MOD Activate or deactivate the Moving Object Detection MOD system When this item is set to ON the MOD is activated When this item is turned to OFF indicator turns off the MOD
329. ey appear Use the mirrors or actually look to properly judge distances to other ob jects e The vehicle width and predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course Front view Rear view Front and rear view Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with re ference to the vehicle body line are displayed on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body e Red line approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m e Yellow line approx 3 ft 1 m e Green line approx 7 ft 2 m e Green line approx 10 ft 3 m Vehicle width guide lines Indicate the vehicle width when backing up Predictive course lines Indicate the predictive course when oper ating the vehicle The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the steering wheel is turned The predictive course lines will move depend ing on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the neutral position The front view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 6 MPH 10 km h AX WARNING e The distance between objects viewed in the rear view differs from actual distance because a wideangle lens is used Objects in the RearView will appear visually opposite than when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors e On a snow covered or slippery road there may be a difference between the predict
330. f e When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 45 MPH 70 km h e When the Blind Spot Intervention system activates an audible warning or brake control After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied the warning and assist functions will resume Condition B The assist function of the LDP system is not designed to work under the following conditions warning is still functional e When the brake pedal is depressed e When the steering wheel is turned as far as necessary for the vehicle to change lanes e When the accelerator pedal is de pressed while the brake control assist is provided Starting and driving 5 29 e When the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC approach warning occurs e When the hazard warning flashers are operated e When driving on a curve at high speed After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied the LDP brake control assist function will resume Condition C Under the following conditions a beep will sound and the LDP system will be canceled automatically The LDP ON indicator light will blink in green and the LDP system cannot be activated e When the VDC system except TCS function or ABS operates e When the VDC system is turned off e When the SNOW mode switch is turned on e When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4H or 4L position for 4WD models Action to
331. f road recovery 5 8 Rapid air pressure lOSS seeeeee 5 8 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 9 Driving safety precautions eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 9 Push button ignition Switch cceeeceeeeeeeee 5 11 Operating range for engine start function 5 12 Push button ignition switch positions 5 13 Emergency engine shut Off ceeeeeeeeees 5 13 Intelligent Key battery discharge 5 13 Before starting the engine ce ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 14 Starting the engine eee ceecceeeeceeeseeeeeeeees 5 14 Remote start if so equipped eee 5 15 Driving the vehicle c ee eeceeeseeeeceeeeeceeeeeees 5 16 Engine protection MOdEe cccceessseeeeeeees 5 16 Automatic tranSMiSSiOn ccescsesceeeeesees 5 17 Parking Drake sccccccdessccesscisescecessceteccocecceseseses 5 21 Lane Departure Warning LDW Prevention LDP system if so equipped eeeeeeeeeeeee we 5 21 Lane Departure Warning LDW system Lane Departure Prevention LDP system 5 26 Blind Spot Warning Blind Spot Intervention Back up Collision Intervention systems if SO equipped eeececececcceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene 5 31 Blind Spot Warning BSW and Blind Spot Intervention systems csccssceseeseeseeeees 5 31 BSW system operation ccceecesssseeeeeeeee 5 33 Blind Spot Intervention
332. ff This will discharge the battery See Automatic drive positioner in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion for the seat position memory function Ay CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damages Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also 1 4 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SS1051 the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position 2ND ROW SEATS AX WARNING e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an accident or sudden stop e When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured S S
333. finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied the LDW functions will resume 5 24 Starting and driving Warning systems switch Turning on or off the LDW system The warning systems switch is used to turn on and off the LDW system when it is activated using the settings menu on the center display See How to enable disable the LDW system using the settings menu later in this section When the warning systems switch is turned off the indicator on the switch is off The indicator will also be off if the LDW the Blind Spot Warning BSW and the Forward Collision Warning FCW systems are deac tivated For the BSW and FCW systems see Blind Spot Warning Blind Spot Intervention Back up Collision Intervention systems later in this section and Forward Collision Warning FCW system later in this sec tion e 4 ie Sottings Navigation Yolume and Beeps Audio Pleng Rear Display Driver Assiz lance l Biuetoaia her Adjist navigat on sattiags SD1102 How to enable disable the LDW system using the settings menu Perform the following steps to enable or disable the LDW system 1 Push the SETTING Q button and high light the Driver Assistance key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER button 2 Highlight the Driver Assistance Warn ings key and push the ENTER button Sal
334. formation Booklet will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law In addition to factory installed options your vehicle may also be equipped with additional accessories installed by INFINITI or by your INFINITI retailer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and or accessory See an INFINITI retailer for details concerning the particu lar accessories with which your vehicle is equipped READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle read your Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AX WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMIN DERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could dis tract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear Seat e ALWAYS provi
335. formation for your conveni ence The information shown on the screen should be a guide to determine the condition of the vehicle See the following for details Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 e Weather Info e Map Update Information e Navigation Version Infarmation Fus Ecoromy f e GPS Position Distance ta Empty Infiniti Connection Weather Info y wots r rione kk i When the ignition switch is in the ON mig Fuel Erarony Wha Am osition the Navigation Version key is A l d aft a Sa he Others Baas Fuel Econ Rese Fuel Eco Tint Pressure Maneras isplayed after selecting the Others key t ane 26 0 AE e MPG B pe l Trafic Info Others Accaes All Irformat or Feeds or Connect Io Yawe Men JVHO256M Vehicle information display 1 Push the INFO button on the control panel Infarmation Fuel Eca History 2 Select an item from the INFO menu 3 After viewing or adjusting the informa tion on the following screens push the BACK button to return to the INFO menu See the separate Navigation System Own Reset Interval ers Manual for the following items e Infiniti Connection if so equipped e Where am I e Traffic Info 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Fuel Economy information The approximate distance to empty aver age f
336. g curtain and rollover air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 sec onds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest INFINITI retailer 4 WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag and or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a retailer as soon as possible 1 70 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCE DURE The front air bags side air bags curtain and rollover air bags and pretensioners are designed to activate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these systems should be done only by an INFINITI retailer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the front air bags side air bags curtain and rollover air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out
337. g load specification Towing safety Flat towing ceeeeeeeeeeee eee Uniform tire quality grading TrEAAWEAL csccesccsecessceeees Traction AA A B and C ae es Temperature A B and Cu eeceeceeeseeeeeeee Emission control system warranty sssseeee 9 31 Reporting safety defects eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 9 31 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance CU MY NOSE ereere ia a S 9 32 Event Data Recorders EDR sccccsseccseeeees 9 33 Owners Manual Service Manual order information ssessesseseoseosesseseoseosesseseeseo 9 34 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate pac Pee Recommended specifications US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 26 gal 21 5 8 gal 98 4 See Fuel information later in this section Engine oil 1 Drain and refill With oil filter change 6 7 8 qt 5 3 4 qt 6 5 e Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent 2 Without oil filter ch 6 1 2 qt 5 1 2 qt 6 2 e Engine oil with API Certification Mark 3 Pep Se Hee eee eee e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 3 Cooling system With reservoir 15 3 4 qt 13 1 8 qt 14 9 Pre diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Automatic transmission fluid a
338. g on slippery roads and drive carefully Be sure to check the brakes immediately after driving in mud or water See Brake system later in this section for wet brakes Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward backward or sideways you could be injured Whenever you drive off road through sand mud or water as deep as the wheel hub more frequent maintenance may be required See the maintenance information in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide Spinning the rear wheels on slippery surfaces may cause the 4WD warning light to flash The 4WD system may also automatically switch from the 4WD mode to the 2WD mode This could reduce traction Be especially careful when towing a trailer AWD models PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH AX WARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and serious injury Before operating the push button ignition switch be sure to move the shift lever to the P Park position Starting and driving 5 11 OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE START FUNCTION The operating range for starting the engine inside the vehicle is shown in the illustration
339. ght turns off when the system is turned off NOTE This light is common with the lane departure warning light orange See Lane departure warning light earlier in 2 20 Instruments and controls this section For more details see Lane Departure Warning LDW Prevention LDP system in the 5 Starting and driving section see Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If the malfunction indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emis sion control malfunction The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons 14 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the S88 light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction ex ists If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection main tenance test See Readiness for Inspec tion Maintenance I M test in the 9 Technical and consumer information sec tion Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator light on steady
340. h the outside rearview mirror folding switch to the CLOSE position To unfold push to the OPEN position If mirrors are manually operated or bumped the mirror body can become loose at the pivot point To correct electro nic mirror operation cycle the mirrors by pushing CLOSE until completely closed then push OPEN until the mirrors are in the open position Reverse tilt down feature When backing up the vehicle the right and left outside mirrors will turn downward automatically to provide better rear visibi lity 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Move the shift lever to the R Reverse position 3 Choose the right or left outside mirror by operating the outside mirror control 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments switch 4 The outside mirror surfaces move downward When one of the following conditions has occurred the outside mirror surfaces will return to their original positions e The shift lever is moved to any position other than R Reverse e The outside mirror control switch is set to the center position e The ignition switch is placed in to the OFF position Automatic anti glare The outside rearview mirrors are designed so that its automatically change reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you The anti glare system will be automatically turned on when you push the ignition switch to the ON po
341. h Intelligent Key e Air conditioner system e Navigation system e Audio system To use the memory function lock the doors with the Intelligent Key that is linked to the settings To enable the memorized settings 1 Carry the Intelligent Key that is linked to the settings and unlock the doors by pushing the driver s door handle re quest switch or UNLOCK q_ button on the Intelligent Key 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON position Connection with the key has been done will be displayed on the screen and the memorized settings are available only when a new Intelligent Key is used SYSTEM OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions e When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h e When the adjusting switch for the driver s seat and steering column is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating e When the memory switch 1 or 2 is not pushed for at least 1 second e When the seat steering column and outside mirrors have already been moved to the memorized position e When no position is stored in the memory switch e When the engine is started while moving the automatic drive positioner e When the AT shift lever is moved from the P Park position to any other position However it will not be canceled if the switch is pushed while the seat and steering column are returning to the previous posit
342. h is pushed with an Intelligent Key in the vehicle but the brake pedal is not depressed e Two remote engine starts or a single remote start with an extension have already been used e The shift lever is not in the P Park position The remote engine start may display an indicator in the vehicle information dis play For an explanation of the indicator see Operational indicators in the 2 Instruments and controls section Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK amp button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK q_ button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once If horns are not necessary the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode In hazard indicator mode when the LOCK amp button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK g Hazard indicator and horn mode button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates lee S DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK Intelligent Key system HAZARD twice HAZARD once Using door handle request switch OUTSIDE CHIME twice OUTSIDE CHIME once Remote keyless Seon HAZARD twice HAZARD once Using amp amp or button HORN once HORN none Hazard indicator mode Intelligent Key system ee f Using door handle request switch HAZARD s twic
343. hat is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane If this occurs the system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime The driver may have to manually control the proper distance SSD0252 away from vehicle traveling ahead Starting and driving 5 81 When driving on some roads such as winding hilly curved narrow roads or roads which are under construction the sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead This may cause the system to work inappropriately The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane etc or vehicle condition If this occurs the system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly You will have to manually control the proper distance away from the 5 82 Starting and driving vehicle traveling ahead CRUISE 2 Distance Control Assist system display and indicators The display is located between the speed ometer and tachometer 1 Distance Control Assist DCA system switch indicator Indicates that the dynamic driver assis tance switch is ON 2 Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you 3 Distance Control Assist system warning light orange The light comes on if there ma
344. he 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 13 Check tire pressure warning This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illumi nates and low tire pressure is detected The warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated If this warning ap pears stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Low tire pressure warning light earlier in this section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section 14 Extended storage fuse warning if so equipped This warning may appear if the extended storage fuse switch is not pushed in switched on When this warning appears push in switch on the extended storage fuse switch to turn off the warning For more information see Extended storage fuse switch in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 15 Back up Collision Intervention BCI not available warning if so equipped This warning appears when the Back up Collision Intervention BCI system is tem porarily not available For more details see Blind Spot Warning Blind Spot Intervention Back up Colli sion Intervention systems in the 5 Starting and driving section 16 Back up Collision Intervention BCI malfuncti
345. he engine If the warning light orange continues to illuminate have the LDP system checked by an INFINITI retailer Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound and the chime may not be heard The functions of the LDP system warning and brake control assist may or may not operate properly under the following con ditions On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly yellow painted lane markers non stan dard lane markers or lane markers covered with water dirt snow etc On roads where discontinued lane markers are still detectable On roads where there are sharp curves On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects such as shadows snow water wheel ruts seams or lines remaining after road repairs The LDP system could detect these items as lane markers On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates When the vehicle s traveling direction does not align with the lane marker When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range When rain snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly e When strong light enters the lane camera unit For example the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset e When a
346. he shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from the N Neutral position or any drive position to the P Park position Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the shift lever to the P Park position Ay CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from the P Park position the N Neutral position or any drive position to the R Reverse position N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is en gaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to the N Neutral position and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving Manual shift mode When the shift lever is in the manual shift gate the transmission is ready for the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manually by moving the shift lever up or down When shifting up move the shift lever to the up side The transmission shifts to the higher range When shifting down move the shift lever to the down side The transmission shifts to the lower range When canceling the manual shift mode return the shift lever to the D Drive posit
347. he Around View Monitor screen switches to the previous screen when the shift is shifted out of the R Reverse position The view on the screen on the passen ger s side switches to the front side view when the CAMERA button is pushed G When the CAMERA button is pushed again the rear wide view is displayed When the CAMERA button is pushed again 7 the rear wide view screen switches to the screen with the bird eye view The passenger s side screen returns to another by operating the same proce dures again When selecting the Change View key on the screen the view on the screen will switch between the available views Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 e The view on the driver s side or the wide view can be changed to the front view by shifting the shift lever out of the R Reverse position e When the shift lever is moved to any other position than R Reverse position while the rear wide view is dis played or the view that is set to a higher priority will be displayed Starting with the CAMERA button operation e When the CAMERA button is pushed while another screen A is displayed Around View Monitor operates and the front view and bird eye view are displayed e The view on the passenger s side switches to the front side view F when the CAMERA button is pushed When the CAMERA button is pushed again 7
348. he aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width R The R stands for radial Two digit number 16 This num ber is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 94 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 BOT XX XX XXX AXXX DOT XX KX XXK XXX KXXX t t t 1 2 3 4 5 6 _ Example TIN Tire Identification Number 1 2 3 for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment of Transportation The sym bol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number Two digit code Manufacturer s identification mark Two digit code Tire size 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself Three digit code Tire type code Optional Three digit code Date of Manu facture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire Tire ply composition and materi al The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufact
349. he engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the follow ing procedure e Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1 5 seconds or e Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears in the dot matrix liquid crystal display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details see Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the 2 Instruments and controls section TIRE PRESSURE infor mation in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section AX WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates or LOW PRESSURE informa tion is displayed on the monitor screen while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe l
350. he front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differential gears e ONLY use spare tires specified for the 4WD model If excessive tire wear is found it is recommended that all four tires be re placed with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pattern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary Contact an INFINITI retailer Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance There fore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Information Book let Care of wheels See Cleaning exterior in the 7 Appear ance and care section for details about care of the wheels Spare tire When a Spare tire is mounted TEMPORARY USE ONLY or conventional the TPMS will not function Spare tire FULL SIZE TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Applies ONLY to vehicles equipped with P275 50R22 tires Observe the following precautions if the full size temporary use only spare tire must be used otherwise your vehicle c
351. he mal function indicator is illuminated the sys tem may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunc tions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning prop erly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears in the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning
352. he rain Instruments and controls 2 35 2 36 sensor even if it is raining When the windshield glass is coated with water repellent the speed of the rain sensing auto wipers may be high er even though the amount of the rainfall is small Be sure to turn off the rain sensing auto wiper system when you use a car wash Using genuine wiper blades is recom mended for proper operation of the rain sensing auto wiper system See Windshield wiper blades in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion for wiper blade replacement Instruments and controls REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH A WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the rear window glass and obscure your vision Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window Ay CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water
353. he transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test a AWD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury 4WD models When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface do not spin the wheel excessively Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control If at all possible avoid sharp turning maneuvers particularly at high speeds Your vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a conventional passenger car The vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as con ventional passenger cars Failure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of control and or a rollover accident e Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when drivin
354. he vehicle ahead as neither the pre Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally sence of the vehicle ahead nor the 2 COAST SET switch vehicle to vehicle distance is detected Sets the desired cruise speed reduces e Pay special attention to the distance speed incrementally between your vehicle and the vehicle 3 CANCEL switch ahead of you or a collision could occur Deactivates the system without erasing e Always confirm the setting in the In the set speed telligent Cruise Control ICC system 4 MAIN switch display Master switch to activate the system 5 74 Starting and driving CRUISE GRUISE 3 SD1013 Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode display and indica tors The display is on the dot matrix liquid crystal display in the vehicle information display located between the speedometer and tachometer 1 MAIN switch indicator Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON 2 Cruise set switch indicator Displays while the vehicle speed is controlled by the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode of the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system Cruise system warning light Comes on if there is a malfunction in the cruise control system CRUISE Operating conventional fixed speed cruise control mode To turn on the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode push and hold the MAIN switch for longer than about 1 5 seconds When pushing the MAIN sw
355. heel nuts must be kept tigh tened to the specification at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to the specifica tion at each tire rotation interval Ay WARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the full size tem porary use only spare tire if so equipped in the tire rotation e For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet 1 Wear indicator 2 Wear indicator location mark Tire wear and damage AX WARNING e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bul ging or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 e The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be obvious Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal injury If it i
356. hen your vehicle is driven at speeds of approxi mately 10 MPH 15 km h or above and when the vehicle s speed is approximately 10 MPH 15 km h faster than that of the vehicle ahead To turn the system off or on push and hold the IBA OFF switch located on the lower side of the instrument panel for more than 1 second after starting the engine When the IBA OFF indicator light on the instrument panel turns off and the IBA OFF switch is pushed the system will turn off and the IBA OFF indicator light Starting and driving 5 97 will illuminate When the IBA OFF switch is pushed again the system will turn on and the IBA OFF indicator light will turn off The IBA system will remain in the last ON or OFF state it was left in until it is manually changed by pressing the IBA OFF switch Illumination of the IBA OFF indicator light without a beep sound is an indication that the IBA system is temporarily unavailable It will occur under the following conditions e When driving into a strong light for example sunlight e When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4H or 4L position for 4WD models The IBA OFF indicator light will turn off when the system returns to its normal operating conditions For the sensor maintenance see Intelli gent Cruise Control ICC system earlier in this section 5 98 Starting and driving BREAK IN SCHEDULE Ay CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommend
357. hicle See Mea surement of weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pressures See the Tire and Loading Information label SECURING THE LOAD There are tie down hooks located in the cargo area as shown The tie down hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps Do not apply a total load of more than 22 lb 10 kg to a single hook A or 7 lb 3 kg to a single hook when securing cargo AX WARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury LOADING TIPS e The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C MV S S certification label e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AX WARNING e Properly secure all cargo to help p
358. hicle ahead Therefore the system may not function properly under the following conditions When the reflectors of the vehicle ahead are positioned high or close to each other including a small vehicle such as motorcycles When the sensor gets dirty or it is impossible to detect the distance from the vehicle ahead When the reflectors on the vehicle ahead are missing damaged or covered When the reflectors of the vehicle ahead are covered with dirt snow or road spray When visibility is low such as rain fog snow etc When snow or road spray from traveling vehicles is splashed When dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from vehicles reduces the visibility of the sensor When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the luggage room of your vehicle When abruptly accelerating or de celerating On a steep downhill slope or on roads with sharp curves When there is a highly reflective object near the vehicle ahead for example being very close to another vehicle signboard etc When you are towing a trailer Depending on certain road conditions curved or beginning of a curve vehicle conditions steering position or vehicle position or the preceding vehicle s conditions position in lane etc the system may not function properly The system may detect highly reflective objects such as reflectors signs white markers
359. hift lever to the P Park position to stop the engine position tinuously or for a few seconds When shifting the shift lever to The inside warning chime sounds continu The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Push the ignition switch to the OFF position the P Park position ously position When opening the driver s door to The inside warning chime sounds continu The ignition switch is in the ACC Push the ignition switch to the OFF position get out of the vehicle ously position The NO KEY warning appears on the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON inside warning chime sounds for a few position seconds Push the ignition switch to the OFF position When closing the door after get ting out of the vehicle he TT P mn The SHIFT P warning appears on the display The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF Move the shift lever to the P Park position and the outside chime sounds continuousl position and the shift lever is not in the and push the ignition switch to the OFF yY p Park position position When closing the door with the The outside chime sounds for a few seconds The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with vo inside lock knob turned to LOCK and all the doors unlock or cargo area ry 5 y you When pushing the request switch The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you or the LOCK g button on the The
360. hile driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface If this occurs maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the condi tions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the vehicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the appropriate driving lane e If you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehi cle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss
361. hile on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored for a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors fuel filler door activate the panic alarm and open the windows by pushing the buttons on the Intelligent Key from outside the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the Intelligent Key is not left in the vehicle The LOCK UNLOCK button on the Intelli gent Key can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with one vehicle For information concern ing the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact an INFINITI retai ler The lock and unlock buttons on the Intelligent Key will not operate when e the distance between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle is over 33 ft 10 m e the Intelligent Key battery runs down After locking with the remote keyless entry function pull the door handle to make sure the doors are securely locked The LOCK UNLOCK operating range varies depending on the environment To securely operate the lock and unlock buttons approach the vehicle to about 3 ft 1 m from the door Type A Type B Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 LOCK button UNLOCK button Power lift gate button ar PANIC button 3 Remote engine start button Cj HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS EN
362. hone and voice recognition systems 4 85 headphones It is also possible that the headphones may be too far from the transmitter which z DYD is in the rear display screen This is not a 01 002 00 12 28 TULL g Menu Tile gt malfunction The sound may also be interrupted tem porarily when there is an obstacle between the headphones and the transmitter Re move the obstacle such as opaque materi als hands hair etc JVHO387X JVHO360X Channel change The selected headphone channel Left or Right will appear on the menu When the rear displays are playing differ screen on the rear display ent sources slide the channel select switch to select the sound 4 86 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems JVHO238X Type A ognition systems 4 87 Monitor climate audio phone and voice rec la el PSs 5 Remote controller 5 1 gt POWER button 6 2 SOURCE button 7 3 Select button amp a 4 or gt 8 4 BACK button 9 1 0 JVHO406X Keypad Volume control button or Rear display select switch MENU button ENTER button SETUP button 4 88 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 11 Key illumination button See Remote controller operation later in this section for the function of each button
363. icated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is com bined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When t
364. ications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty It takes a relatively long time before g F A 3 the music starts playing If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device some time may be required before the music starts playing Music cuts off or skips The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not S 2 P match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data Move immediately to the next song If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like MP3 or when play is prohibited by copyright when playing protection the player will skip to the next song The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order desired order Random Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 Compressed Video Files Requirement for Supporting Video Playback Explanation of terms Media CD CD R CD RW DVD DVD R DVD RW DVD R
365. icle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire fail ure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section for changing Starting and driving 5 5 a flat tire e When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors Ay CAUTION e The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chai
366. icle will maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens manually main tain vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use one of the following methods 1 Push the CANCEL button The SET indicator will turn off 2 Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator will turn off 3 Turn the MAIN switch off Both the MAIN switch and SET indicator will turn off To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods 1 Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch 2 Push and hold the ACCELERATE RE SUME set switch When the vehicle attains the desired speed release the switch 3 Push then quickly release the ACCEL ERATE RESUME switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods 1 Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it 2 Push and hold the COAST SET switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed 3 Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by abo
367. icles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise MASIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES e FM 25 te 30 m les 49 to 48 kri AM 0 to 130 miles 97 to 209 km FM radio reception Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single station FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibit ing many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away 4 48 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interfer ence from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by lowering the treble setting to reduce the treble response Multipath reception
368. ide of the 3rd row seat window be careful not to scratch or damage the 3rd row seat window anten na Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth DUAL HEAD RESTRAINT DVD SYSTEM if so equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the Dual Head Restraint DVD System you can enjoy playing video files via a DVD CD or USB memory that provides images and sound both from the front and rear display screens You can also enjoy compatible auxiliary devices such as video games camcorders or portable video players through the auxiliary jacks The front and right left rear displays can show different sources individually The maximum of 3 sources such as an iPod DVD and auxiliary device can be enjoyed at the same time AX WARNING The driver must not attempt to operate the Dual Head Restraint DVD System while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake to view the images on the front center display screen using the DVD player Ay CAUTION e Do not attempt to use the system in extremely high or low temperature con dition below 4 F 20 C or above 158 F 70 C e To avoid draining the vehicle battery do not operate the system for more than 15 minutes without starting the engine The front display is designed not to show the images while driving as the driver s attention must be given to vehicle opera tion for safety
369. ide of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compen sate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will ad versely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly causing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in cross winds that could affect vehicle hand ling Do the following if the trailer begins to sway 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road condi tions allow This combination will help stabilize the vehicle 9 28 Technical and consumer information e Do not correct trailer sway by steer ing or applying the brakes When the trailer sway stops gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road in a safe area Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is balanced as described earlier in this section Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires considerably more distance than nor mal passing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes Use the Tow mode or downshift the transmission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced
370. if so equipped The Forward Collision Warning FCW sys tem will warn the driver by a warning light and chime when your vehicle is getting close to the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane The FCW system will function when your vehicle is driven at speeds of approxi mately 10 MPH 15 km h and above SSD0749 Vehicle ahead detection indicator The FCW system uses the distance sensor located below the front bumper to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead When the system judges that your vehicle is getting close to the vehicle ahead in the travel lane the vehicle ahead detection indicator blinks and a warning chime sounds PRECAUTIONS ON FCW SYSTEM AX WARNING e The FCW system is intended to warn you before a collision but will not avoid a collision It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times e As there is a performance limit the system may not provide a warning in certain conditions e The system will not detect the following objects Pedestrians animals or obstacles in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane e The system will not detect another vehicle under the following conditions When the sensor gets dirty and it is impossible to detect the distance from the vehicle ahead When driving into a strong light for example sunlight The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the reflectors on a ve
371. ifficulty locating the button refer ence the garage door opener s manual 5 Press and release the smart button NOTE Once the button is pressed you have approximately 30 seconds to initiate the next step learn or 6 Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for two seconds and release Repeat the press hold release se quence up to 3 times to complete the programming process HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device 7 If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE OPENERS Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are de signed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties programming a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Pro gramming HomeLink procedures re place Programming HomeLink Step 2 with the following NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc unplug the device during the cy cling process to prevent possible damage to the garage
372. ight jolt after the shift lever is shifted to N Neutral or P Park position This occurs because the transfer clutch is released and not because of a malfunc tion Ay CAUTION When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the AUTO or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears for engine braking Do not operate the 4WD shift switch with the rear wheels spinning Before placing the 4WD shift switch in the 4H position from AUTO ensure the vehicle speed is less than 62 MPH 100 km h Failure to do so can damage the 4WD system e Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4L and 4H while driving e Engine idling speed is high while warm ing up the engine Be especially careful when starting or driving on slippery surfaces with the 4WD shift switch in AUTO AWD shift indicator 4WD SHIFT INDICATOR The 4WD shift indicator is displayed in the vehicle information display The indicator should turn off within 1 second after placing the ignition switch in the ON position While the engine is running the 4WD shift indicator will illuminate the position se lected by the 4WD shift switch See the 4WD shift procedure list shown in the INFINITI all mode 4WD system earlier in this section e The 4WD shift indicator may b
373. ight remains illuminated 2 16 Instruments and controls For additional information see Dot matrix liquid crystal display later in this section Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute when the ignition switch is pushed ON The light will remain on after 1 minute Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illumi nates to indicate a TPMS malfunction For additional information see Tire Pres sure Monitoring System TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section AA WARNING e If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch pushed ON have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible e Ifthe light illuminates or LOW PRESSURE information is displayed on the monitor screen while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident a
374. igned so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch position is ON The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK OFF or ACC position 1 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push the shift lever button to shift into a driving gear 2 Release the parking brake and foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion AX WARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neutral to R Reverse D Drive or manual shift mode Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident e Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up e Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while vehicle is moving forward Never shift to P Park D Drive or manual shift mode while vehicle is moving rearward Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Ay CAUTION Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator p
375. ill also adjust the headlight to a proper axis automatically depending on the number of occupants in the vehicle the load the vehicle is carrying and the road conditions If the AFS OFF indicator light blinks after the ignition switch has been pushed to the ON position this may indicate that the AFS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer When the engine is started the headlights will vibrate to check the system condition This is not a malfunction 2 42 Instruments and controls HEADLIGHT WASHER if so equipped The headlight washer operates when the headlight is on and the ignition switch is in the ON position Pull the windshield washer switch toward you The headlight washer operates with the windshield washer operation This operation activates once each time either the ignition switch or the headlight switch is turned off and on After the first operation the headlight washer operates once at every fifth opera tion of the windshield washer Ay CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continuously for longer than 30 seconds e Do not operate the headlight washer if the window washer fluid reservoir is empty BRIGHTNESS MAX BRIGHTNESS BRIGHTNESS MIN SIC3270 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CON TROL The instrument brightness control switch can be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position When the switch is operated the dot matrix liquid crystal
376. ill come on for approximately 0 5 second When the memory has stored in position the indicator light will stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds e Ifthe battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the memory will be canceled In this case reset the desired position using the previous procedure e If optional Intelligent Keys are added to your vehicle the memory storage pro cedure to switch 1 or 2 and linking Intelligent Key procedure to a stored memory position should be performed again for each Intelligent Key For additional Intelligent Key information see Keys earlier in this section Selecting the memorized position 1 Move the shift lever to the P Park position 2 Use one of the following methods to move the driver s seat the outside mirrors and the steering wheel e Push the ignition switch to the ON position and push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second e Within 45 seconds of opening the driver s door push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors will move to the mem orized position or to the exit position when the entry exit function is set to active with the indicator light flashing and then the light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds SETTING MEMORY FUNCTION The status of the following settings can be linked to the Intelligent Key and the memorized settings can be available for eac
377. imes 3 Open the reservoir filler cap and add brake fluid up to the MAX line See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for the recommended types of brake fluid NOTE When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position after adding brake fluid up to the MAX line 2 in the reservoir the brake fluid decreases below the MAX line This is normal If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by an INFINITI retailer WINDOW WASHER FLUID SDI2517 AA WARNING Antifreeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning illuminates To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window washer fluid into the tank opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season adda windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of window washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent Ay CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution Th
378. in addition to notifying INFINITI If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign How ever NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your retailer or INFINITI To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http Technical and consumer information 9 31 www Safercar gov You may notify INFINITI by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 662 6200 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying INFINITI If Transport Canada receives com plaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that INFINITI conduct a recall campaign However Transport Cana da cannot become involved in indivi dual problems between you your retailer or INFINITI You may contact Transport Canada s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects
379. in the DVD Settings menu Top Menu When the Top Menu key is selected in the screen while a DVD is being played the top menu specific to each disc will be displayed For details see the instructions on the disc DYD Seting i Koy Title Menu Tithe Search 1OKey Search Angle Angle Mark Example DVD settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings Key DVD VIDEO Keys for the DVD menu operation are displayed pic Move the cursor to select a DVD menu Enter Enter the selected menu Move Change the display location by moving the operation key Back Return to the previous screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 43 gt Hide Hide the operation key Title Menu DVD VIDEO Some menus specific to each disc will be shown For details see the instructions on the disc Title Search DVD VIDEO DVD VR The scene with the specified title will be displayed each time the side or side is selected Group Search VIDEO CD A scene in the specified group will be displayed each time the side or side is selected 10 Key Search DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD CD DA DVD VR Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified Title Chapter or Group Track will
380. inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury The climate controlled seat warms up or cools down the front seats by blowing warm or cool air from the surface of the seat The switches located on the instru ment panel can be operated independently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Turn the control knob to the heat side or to the cool side 2 The 2 indicator light on the control knob Ay CAUTION The battery could run down if the climate controlled seat is operated while the will illuminate engine is not running 3 Adjust the temperature using the con e Do not use the climate controlled seat trol knob for extended periods or when no one is 4 When the vehicle s interior is warmed Jein ha set Instruments and controls 2 47 e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated e Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the climate controlled seat e Any liquid spilled on the seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth e The climate controlled seat has an air filter Do not operate climate controlled seat without an air filter This may result in damage to the system e When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar mat
381. indow and outside mirror defroster 2 37 Headlight and turn signal switch 00 2 38 Xenon headlights ceeseceeesccesseceeeeeees 2 38 Headlight SWitCh ccc ceeecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 2 38 Headlight washer if so equipped 2 42 Instrument brightness control 006 2 43 Turn Signal SWitCH ee eeeceeeecceeeeeeeeeeees 2 43 Fog light SWitCh eeccceesecceseceeeeeceeeeeees 2 44 Heated steering wheel cceeeeceesseceeseeees 2 44 HON 3 secvecsicsineys E a AOE SS 2 45 Heated seats if so equipped ssssssesssesesseeee00 2 45 FORT i eseese seee E aE E a iae 2 46 Realios eiie e rii 2 46 Climate controlled seats if so equipped 2 47 Warning systems switch if so equipped 2 48 SNOW mode SWitCh cecceeeecceeecceseeceeseeeeees 2 49 Tow mode switch eee eeeeeceesecceececeeseceeseeees 2 49 Intelligent Brake Assist IBA OFF switch if SO CQUIPPEM 0 s ccccsccecacssecessesressacdacscocensdeseseees Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch Adjusting the time cccecseseeseeeeeeeeesoeeee Power o tlet messeri ienesa anoei erioa SAOI Ee KeA EE T E R R Cup holders Sunglasses holder Glove DOX 00000 Console box Coat hooks Luggage hooks Cargo floor box Roof rack ere WINKOWS 25 eccbc5 eo iesbesiacsacestecdsensece
382. indow wiper and washer switch 2 36 Rear window wiper blades 8 22 Recorders Event data ccssscccssssreceeeee 9 33 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 11 Remote controller DVD 4 95 Remote engine start 3 17 Remote keyless entry system 3 15 Reporting safety defects 9 31 Roadside assistance program Rollover Roof Moonroof we 2 64 Roof rack 2 60 S Safety Child seat belts non in aa 1 32 Towing safety Satellite radio operation 10 6 Seat adjustment Front power seat adjustment eeeseseeseseeeeeee 1 4 Front seats inorse Seat belt s Child safety Infants Injured persons Larger children Precautions on seat belt usage Pregnant women Seat belt cleaning Seat belt extenders Seat belt maintenance Seat belt warning light and chime Seat belts Seat belts with pretensioners Small children Three point type Seat s Climate controlled Seats cesessseeseeteees 2 47 Driver side memory Heated seats Security system INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start Security system Vehicle security system Servicing climate control SETTING button Setting memory function Automatic drive positioner Shift lever Shift lock release Shift lock release TRANSMISSION yi cccccsevseseiestsvesetscersesecsscecsesses Shifting Automatic transmission SNOW mode Snow mode switch Spare tire Spark
383. ing section 7 Remote engine start indicator if so equipped This indicator appears when the engine has been started using the remote start function To start the vehicle depress the brake pedal and place the ignition switch in the ON position For more details see Remote keyless entry system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 8 Parking brake release warning This warning appears when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h and the parking brake is applied 9 Low fuel warning This warning appears when the fuel level in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the 0 Empty position There is a small reserve of fuel remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the 0 Empty position 10 Low washer fluid warning This warning appears when the washer tank fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 11 Door lift gate open warning ignition switch is in the ON posi tion This warning appears if any of the doors and or the lift gate are open or not closed securely The vehicle icon indicates which door or the lift gate is open on the display 12 Loose fuel cap warning This warning appears when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled See Fuel filler cap in t
384. ing the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be auto matically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supple mental air bag INFINITI recommends that pre teens and children be properly restrained in a rear seat INFINITI also recommends that appro priate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensors are designed to operate as de scribed above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints Failing to properly secure child restrains and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child re straints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object being detected by the occupant cl
385. inking HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM WARNING e Never rely solely on the hill start assist system to prevent the vehicle from moving backward on a hill Always drive carefully and attentively Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death e The hill start assist system is not designed to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may result in a collision or serious personal injury e The hill start assist system may not prevent the vehicle from rolling back wards on a hill under all load or road conditions Always be prepared to de press the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards Failure to do so may result in a collision or serious personal injury The hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill The hill start assist system will operate automatically under the following condi tions e The transmission is shifted to a forward or reverse gear e The
386. ion 3 Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle 4 Close all doors hood and lift gate Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key door handle request switch power door lock switch or mechanical key Instruments and controls 2 31 5 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3 seconds If during this 30 second pre arm time period the door is unlocked or the ignition switch is pushed to ACC or ON the system will not arm Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all doors hood and lift gate locked with the ignition switch in the LOCK position When pushing the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the system will be released Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 50 seconds However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is 2 32 Instruments and controls tampered with again The alarm is activated by e Unlocking the door or opening the lift gate without using the button on the Intelligent Key the
387. ion AT oil temperature warning light 2 12 2 12 Automatic Transmission AT 2 12 park warning light Blind Spot Warning BSW Blind Spot Intervention BSI 2 13 system warning light orange Brake warning light 2 13 Charge warning light 2 14 Distance Control Assist DCA 2 14 system warning light orange Engine oil pressure warning 2 light 14 Four Wheel Drive 4WD warn 2 14 ing light 4WD models Intelligent Cruise Control ICC 2 15 system warning light orange E Intelligent Key warning light Lane departure warning light p 2 15 orange Warning light Low tire pressure warning light 2 15 Master warning light 2 I cruise Preview Function warning light 2 17 orange Seat belt warning light 2 17 Supplemental air bag warning F Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC 2 18 warning light Indicator light AFS Adaptive Front lighting System FE AFS indicator light 2 18 z Automatic Transmission A Py position indicator light SP 2 19 a Blind Spot Intervention BSI ON 2 19 i indicator light green cK Check suspension indicator tad light a Cruise indicator light Exterior light indicator Front passenger air bag status light 2 19 High beam indicator light Indicator Page light 8 Intelligent Brake Assist IBA off indicator light Lane Departure Prevention LDP O
388. ion The transmission returns to the normal driving mode In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows gt gt gt gt M2 M3 My M5 Me M7 lt lt lt lt lt lt My M7 7th Use this position for all normal forward driving at highway speeds M6 6th and 5 5th Use this position when driving up long slopes or for engine braking when driving down long slopes M4 4th 3 3rd and 2 2nd Use these positions for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades M1 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades e Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 7th gear This reduces fuel econ omy e Moving the shift lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear or may automatically shift to the other gear This helps maintain driving per formance and reduces the chance of vehicle damage or loss of control e When the transmission does not shift to the selected gear the Automatic Transmission AT position indicator light in the vehicle information dis play will blink and the buzzer will sound e Inthe manual shift mode
389. ion iPod nano version 1 1 or later e Fourth generation iPod nano version 1 0 2 or later This unit may not control operate correctly when connected to some iPod versions firmware and iPhone Make sure that the iPod version is updated Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the iPod IDRSC ALLX PLAY When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is con nected push the DISC AUX button repeat edly until the center display changes to the iPod mode Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle center display is similar to the iPod interface Use the INFINITI controller and the ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod with your favorite settings The following items can be chosen from the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 Now Playing Playlists Artists Albums Songs Podcasts Genres Composers Audiobooks Shuffle Songs The following touch panel buttons shown on the screen are also available e au returns to the previous screen
390. ion is activated Note that the indicator lights may illuminate after 5 seconds while holding the SET switch This indicates readiness for linking the Intelligent Key to a stored memory position Keep the SET switch pressed for more than 10 seconds to turn on or off the entry exit function The entry exit function can also be acti vated or canceled if the Lift Steering Wheel on Exit key or Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit key is turned to ON or OFF in the Comfort settings See Vehicle information and settings in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section Initialize entry exit function If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the entry exit function will not work though this function was set on before In such a case after connecting the battery or replacing with a new fuse open and close the driver s door more than two times after the ignition switch is turned from the ON position to the LOCK position The entry exit function will be activated Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 33 MEMORY STORAGE Two positions for the driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory Follow these procedures to use the mem ory system 1 Move the shift lever to the P Park position 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Adjust the drivers seat steering col umn and outside
391. ions entry exit function When the driver s door remains open for more than 45 seconds and the ignition switch is not in the ON posi tion Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 35 MEMO 3 36 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recogni tion systems Safety NOt cise rrna SENS EEEN ETETA 4 3 Center multi function control panel 4 3 How to use INFINITI controller cceeeeeee 4 4 How to use touch SCIeeN ee eeeccceeseeeeeeeee 4 4 Men OptionS ssssessessessisiseisesdroorsossrsssrss isise ssedvi 4 6 How to select menus on the screen 4 7 Vehicle information and settingS cceeee 4 7 How to use STATUS Dbutton ccsccseecseceees 4 7 How to use brightness control and display ON OFF button lt 4 7 How to use INFO button w 4 7 How to use SETTING button wee 4 12 Around View Monitor 0 wee 4 21 How to switch the display 4 23 How to see each VIEW ccceeeecceeseceeeeeeees 4 24 Difference between predicted and actual distances sssissessiisssissiesieniesiesissssvessssses 4 28 Camera aiding corner sonar function 4 30 Moving Object Detection MOD cc0000 4 32 How to adjust the screen View sceceeee 4 34 Around View Monitor settings 000 4 35 Operating tipS eee isisisi riesi VONtILALOLSicic iscsscsecesve
392. ip Unplayable File The file may be copy protected The file is not MP3 WMA AAC M4A or DivX type Region Invalid The DVD is not for region 1 or all regions Use DVDs with a region code 1 ALL or 1 included for your DVD entertainment system The region code a is displayed as a small symbol printed on the top of the DVD This vehicle in stalled DVD player cannot play DVDs with a region code other than 1 or ALL Copyright and trademark The technology protected by the U S patent and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corpora tion and other right holders is adopted for this system This copyright protected technology cannot be used without a permit from Macrovision Corporation It is limited to be personal use etc as long as the permit from Macrovision Corporation is not issued Modifying or disassembling is prohib ited Dolby digital is manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Inc Dolby and the double D mark ras are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Inc DTS is a registered trademark of DTS Inc and DTS 2 0 48 are registered trademarks of DTS Inc DTS and DTS Digital Surround i are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems Inc Parental level parental control DVDs with the parental control setting can be played with this system Please use your own judgement to set the parental control with th
393. is may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 BATTERY e Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water e Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened e If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery dis charge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electro nic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Ay WARNING e Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas gener 8 16
394. is moving backwards After the automatic brake application the driver must depress the brake pedal to maintain brake pres sure If the driver s foot is on the accel erator pedal the system pushes the accelerator upward before applying the brake If you continue to press the accel erator the system will not engage the brake AX WARNING e The BCI system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and is not designed to prevent contact with vehi cles or objects When backing out of parking space always use the inside and outside rearview mirrors and turn and look in the direction you will move Never rely solely on the BCI system e There is a limitation to the detection capability of the radar or the sonar Using the BCI system under some road ground lane marker traffic or weather conditions could lead to improper sys tem operation Always rely on your own operation to avoid accidents ja SYSTEM ye ON JVS0197X BCI ON indicator BCI SYSTEM OPERATION if so equipped When the shift lever is placed in the R Reverse position the BCI ON indicator appears in the vehicle information display Vehicle center display The BCI system operates by detecting vehicles and or objects using either the radar or sonar sensors An approaching vehicle from the side If the radar detects an approaching vehicle from the side the system chimes a sound single beep the Blind spot w
395. ist Track List Displays the folder or track list The Movie Playback key is also displayed in this list screen and enables switch Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 ing to the movie playback mode e Play Mode Select the preferred play mode ooo Ye Lal Movie file operation Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the USB memory while watching the images Drac ALUX PLAY When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the cen ter display changes to the USB memory mode 4 70 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Operation keys To operate the USB memory select the desired key displayed on the operation screen using the INFINITI controller Il Pause Select the 1 P key to pause the movie file To resume playing the movie file select the P key p Play Select the key to start playing a movie file for example after pausing a movie file WE STOP Select the m P key to stop playing a movie file Fl Skip Next chapter Select the i key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward The chapters will
396. it the object if it projects over the actual moving course Moving closer to a projecting object The position is shown further than the position in the display However the position is actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle may hit the object when moving toward the position if the object projects over the 4 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems actual moving course CAMERA AIDING CORNER SONAR FUNCTION The parking sonar sounds a tone to inform the driver of obstacles near the bumper A WARNING e The sonar is a convenience feature It is not a substitute for proper parking e The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneu vers e Always look around and check that it is safe to move before parking e Read and understand the limitations of the sonar as contained in this section e The colors of the sonar indicators and the distance guide lines in the front rear and rear wide views indicate different distances to the object e Inclement weather or Ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash a truck s compressed air brakes or a pneumatic drill may affect the function of the system this may include reduced per formance or a false activation This function is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle The system is not designed to preven
397. itch Type B if so equipped The power outlet plug type is located on the back side of the front console It can operate when the ignition switch in the ON position and the main switch located in the console box is ON The specification of this power outlet is for use of a 120 volt 150W 1 25A power draw To turn on or off the power supply to the outlet push the ON or OFF side of the main switch When the switch is turned to the ON position the indicator light will illuminate S1C4451 Power outlet Pull up the cover and plug in After using the power outlet be sure to turn off the main switch Ay CAUTION e Do not use with accessories that exceed a 120 volt 150W 1 25A power draw e Use this power outlet with the engine running If the engine is stopped this could result in a discharged battery Instruments and controls 2 53 STORAGE CUP HOLDERS The cap of the bottle can be placed on A small beverage can be placed in the cup holder The cup holder is not designed to store personal items Ad CAUTION e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger e Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident e Do not recline the rear seatback when you use the cup holders on the rear armrest Doing so may cause the bev erages to spill over an
398. itch on the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system dis play and the main switch indicator are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display After you hold the MAIN switch on for longer than about 1 5 seconds the ICC system display turns off The main switch indicator stays lit You can now set your Starting and driving 5 75 desired cruising speed Pushing the MAIN switch again will turn the system comple tely off When the Distance Control Assist DCA system is on the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode cannot be turned on even though the MAIN switch is pushed and held To turn on the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode turn off the DCA system See Distance Control Assist DCA system later in this section When the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position the system is also automati cally turned off To use the ICC system again quickly push and release the MAIN switch vehicle to vehicle distance control mode or push and hold it conventional cruise control mode again to turn it on Ad CAUTION To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con trol make sure to turn the MAIN switch off when not using the ICC system 5 76 Starting and driving CRUISE To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator will come on in the display Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your veh
399. ith the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Unat tended children could become involved in serious accidents we a SPA2457B LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously using the mechanical key e Turning the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle will lock all doors e Turning the driver s door key cylinder once to the rear of the vehicle 2 will unlock the driver s door After returning the key to the neutral position turning it to the rear again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors e You can switch the lock system to the mode that allows you to open all the doors when the key is turned once See How to use SETTING button in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems sec tion OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS WITH THE MECHANICAL KEY The driver s door key operation also allows you to open and close all door windows To open the windows turn the driver s door key cylinder to the
400. ition Make sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and take the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the a Or ZL position and the ignition switch in the ACC OFF or LOCK position Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle The chime will also sound for 2 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position with the fog lights on while the headlight switch is in the AUTO position if so equipped Instruments and controls 2 21 Parking brake reminder chime The chime will sound if the vehicle is driven at more than 4 MPH 7 km h with the parking brake applied Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard 2 22 Instruments and controls DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY SIC4379 The dot matrix liquid crystal display appears in the vehicle information display located between the speedometer and odometer and shows the indic
401. itioning system using the control switches at the rear of the center console The rear control buttons do not function when the rear air conditioner screen is shown on the front display To activate the rear control buttons push the REAR button on the front air condi tioner control panel and switch the screen on the front display OFF button Rear automatic air con ditioning system off button Rear fan speed control up down AUTO button Rear automatic air conditioning system on AUTO mode on MODE button Rear air flow control change TEMP button Rear temperature con trol up down 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate However this is not a malfunction After the coolant temperature warms up the air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally The sensors A and located on the instrument panel help maintain a constant temperature Do not put anything on or around the sensors LINKING INTELLIGENT KEY The Climate control system settings can be memorized for each Intelligent Key For more details see Setting memory func tion in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section IN CABIN MICROFILTER Models without Advanced Climate Control System The climate control system is equipped with an
402. ivate tow mode The TOW MODE indi cator light in the meter illuminates when TOW mode is selected Push the TOW MODE switch again to turn TOW mode off TOW mode is automatically cancelled when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position TOW mode includes the following features e Grade logic Adjusts transmission shifts when pulling a trailer or hauling a load up a grade e Downhill Speed Control DSC auto matically downshifts when driving down a grade with a trailer or heavy load to help control vehicle speed Driving the vehicle in the TOW mode with no trailer load or light trailer light load will not cause any damage However fuel economy may be reduced and the trans mission engine driving characteristics may feel unusual When towing a trailer the transmission fluid should be changed more frequently For additional information see the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home Ay caution e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to la
403. ive course line and the actual course line e The displayed lines on the RearView will appear slightly off to the right because the RearView camera is not installed in the rear center of the vehicle NOTE When the monitor displays the front view and the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or less from the neutral position both the right and left predictive course lines are displayed When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or more a line is displayed only on the opposite side of the turn Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 Bird eye view AX WARNING e Objects in the bird eye view will appear further than the actual distance because the bird eye view is a pseudo view that is processed by combining the views from the cameras on the outside mirrors the front and the rear of the vehicle e Tall objects such as a curb or vehicle may be misaligned or not displayed at the seam of the views e Objects that are above the camera cannot be displayed e The view for the bird eye view may be misaligned when the camera position alters e Aline on the ground may be misaligned and is not seen as being straight at the seam of the views The misalignment will increase as the line proceeds away from the vehicle e Tire angle display does not indicate the actual tire angle JVHO265X The bird eye view shows the overhead view of the vehicle which helps confirm the vehicle positio
404. iving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop To open the glove box pull the handle To close push the lid in until the lock latches To lock unlock the glove box use the mechanical key For the mechanical key usage see Keys in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section SIC4470 Front CONSOLE BOX Front To open the console box push up the knob and pull up the lid To close push the lid down until latched Instruments and controls 2 57 SIC4422 Rear if so equipped To open the lid push the knob up and pull up the lid To close push the lid down until the lock latches 2 58 Instruments and controls Pocket To open the pocket pull the knob To close push the lid until the lock latches SIC4493 TRAY To open the tray push the lid To close push the lid down The USB and or iPod connector port is located inside the tray See Audio sys tem in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section or iPod player operation in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section a SIC3505 COAT HOOKS The coat hooks are equipped at the rear assist grips Ay CAUTION Do not place items which are more than 2 lb 1 kg on the hook LUGGAGE HOOKS AX WARNING Always make sure that the cargo is properly secured Use the s
405. king a turn or abrupt starts while shifting to the 4LO position Otherwise the gears may grind damaging the drive system 2 While changing in and out of the 4LO position the engine must be running Otherwise the shift will not take place and the 4LO indicator will not be on or flashing 3 Make sure that the 4LO indicator turns on when shifting the 4WD shift switch to the 4L position The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light will also turn on when 4L is selected See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system later in this section 5 102 Starting and driving The 4WD shift switch is used to select the 4WD mode depending on the driving conditions There are 3 types of drive modes available AUTO 4HI and 4LO The 4WD shift switch electronically con trols the transfer case operation Rotate the switch to move between each mode AUTO 4H and 4L You must depress the 4WD shift switch to select 4L and the vehicle MUST be stationary and the shift lever in the N Neutral position when changing into or out of 4L AA WARNING e When parking apply the parking brake before stopping the engine and make sure that the 4WD shift indicator is on and the ATP warning light turns off Otherwise the vehicle could unexpect edly move even if the automatic trans mission is in the P Park position e The 4LO and 4HI indicators must stop blinking and the 4LO or 4HI indicator must remain illuminated or turn off before shifting
406. l Coolant temperature gauge Emergency engine shut off Engine block heater Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine cooling system 8 8 Engine oil ass 8 10 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil replacement indicator 2 27 Engine oil viscosity 9 7 Engine serial number 9 12 Engine specifications 9 8 Engine start operation indicator 2 24 If your vehicle overheats 6 14 Oil pressure gauge oo ecesessceseseeseseseseeeeees 2 9 Protection mode Remote engine start operation indicator 2 24 Starting the engine cscesesscssesseseeeeees 5 14 Entry exit function Automatic drive positioner 3 33 Event Data Recorders EDR sssccssscesseeeseeee 9 33 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide Extended storage fuse warning Extended storage switch eeseeesseeseeeeeeees F MV S S C MV S S certification label 9 12 Filter Air cleaner housing filter Changing engine oil and filter Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch Flat tire Flat towing Flexible seating Floor mat cleaning Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 12 Brake fluid Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants ccseeeeeee 9 2 Engine coolant 8 8 Engine oil 8 10 Power steering fluid 8 13 Window washer fluid 8 15 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc
407. l 2 If the driver does not operate the accelerator or brake pedal within approximately 1 second 3 When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4H or 4L position for 4WD models Starting and driving 5 111 e The sensor will not detect 1 Pedestrians or objects in the road way 2 Oncoming vehicles in the same lane 3 Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane as illustrated AX WARNING e This system is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at 5 112 Starting and driving all times As there is a performance limit to the Preview Function never rely solely on this system This system does not correct careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visi bility in rain fog or other bad weather Reduce vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions The Preview Function may not operate properly under the following conditions The vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions and the Brake Assist will operate When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle Winding or hilly roa
408. l on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retai ler as soon as possible oil See Engine oil and oil filter e Do not attempt to test a 4WD equipped recommendation in the 9 Technical vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer or and consumer information section similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury e The transfer case may be damaged if you continue driving with the 4WD warning light blinking See On pavement and off road driving precautions earlier in this section for other precautions for offroad driving fy caution e Do not drive the vehicle in the 4HI or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads Driving on dry hard surfaces in 4HI or 5 100 Starting and driving INFINITI ALL MODE 4WD SYSTEM The all mode 4WD system provides 3 positions AUTO 4HI and 4LO so you can select the desired drive mode according to the driving conditions 4WD shift procedure AAND Shift S E Wheels Driven AAND Shit Indicator Conditions of Use 4WiD Shit Prozedure For driv ng on paved o Move the AYD shif switch between AUTO SETEN Rear wheels or ae ne aS aa hilt ind ligt Il iad H 7 e
409. layers can also be connected to the system through the auxiliary jacks The images from the connected device can be viewed on the front and rear displays The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identification purposes e Yellow video input e White left channel audio input e Red right channel audio input Before connecting a device to a jack turn off the power of the portable device With a compatible device connected to the jacks push the DISC AUX button repeat edly until the display switches to the AUX mode The output from the device will be played through the monitor and audio system g 00 BACK Wor How to use AUX button Images being played can be switched to the center display if a device is connected to the front auxiliary input jacks in the console box Push the f button on the instrument panel to perform switching The above display will appear when the Menu key is selected using the INFINITI controller AUX video will not be displayed on the front display unless the parking brake is set e Models with Dual head restraint DVD system To display the front AUX images on the rear displays push the SOURCE button on the remote controller for the Dual Head Restraint DVD System See Dual head restraint DVD system later in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 e Low e Medium e High Display Adjust the image quality
410. le tongue must be secured See 3rd row center seat belt earlier in this section Rear facing step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety earlier in this section and Child restraints earlier in this section before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint man ufacturer s instructions 1 42 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0654 Rear facing step 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for belt routing SSS0655 Rear facing step 3 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Lock ing Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Rear facing step 4 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt SSS0657 Rear facing step 5 Remove any additional slack fro
411. le with your child Always follow all recommended proce dures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Booster seat installation Ay CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child restraints and Booster seats sections earlier in this section before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat we SSS0640 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a forward facing direc tion Always follow the booster seat manufacturers instructions Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 Front passenger position The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint or headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint or headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinsta
412. ler Check surround ngs for saftey fa le Pe MOOE Shange View JVHO271X When the X icon is displayed on the screen the camera image may be receiving temporary electronic disturbances from surrounding devices This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected by an INFINITI retailer if it occurs frequently OPERATING TIPS e The screen displayed on the Around View Monitor will automatically return to the previous screen 3 minutes after the CAMERA button has been pushed while the shift lever is in a position other than the R Reverse position When the view is switched the display images on the screen may be displayed with some delay When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not display objects clearly This is not a malfunc tion When strong light is directly coming on the camera objects may not be dis played clearly This is not a malfunc tion The screen may flicker under fluores cent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the Around View Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects This is not a malfunction Objects on the monitor may not be clear and the color of the object may differ in a dark environment This is not a malfunction There may be differences in sharpness between each camera view of the bird eye view If dirt rain or snow accumulates on the camera the Around
413. lerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system e If the drivers foot is on the accelerator pedal the system moves the accelera tor pedal upward to assist the driver to release the accelerator pedal When brake operation by driver is re quired The system alerts the driver by a warning chime and blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator If the driver s foot is on the accelerator pedal after the warning the system moves the accelerator pedal upward to assist the driver to switch to the brake pedal The stoplights of the vehicle come on when braking is performed by the DCA system When the brake operates a noise may be heard and or vibration may be felt This is not a malfunction AX WARNING e When the vehicle ahead detection in dicator is not illuminated system will not control or warn the driver e Depending on the position of the accel erator pedal the system may not be able to assist the driver to release the accelerator pedal appropriately e If the vehicle ahead comes to a stand still the vehicle decelerates to a stand still within the limitations of the system The system will release brake control with a warning chime once it judges the vehicle is at a standstill To prevent the vehicle from moving the driver must depress the brake pedal The system will resume control automatically once the system reaches 3 MPH 5 km h Overriding the system The following driver s opera
414. lete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button Do not release the button Instruments and controls 2 71 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the HomeLink button proceed with Pro gramming HomeLink Step 1 For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 The HomeLink Universal Transceiver but ton has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just pro grammed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink but tons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or retailer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Uni versal Transceiver with your new transmit ter information 2 72 Instruments and controls FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsi
415. lever to the P Park position or push the ignition switch to the ON position An inside warning chime will also sound See Intelligent Key system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion 4 PUSH warning This warning appears when the shift lever is moved to the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT P warning appears To push the ignition switch to the OFF position perform the following procedure SHIFT P warning Move the shift lever to P PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to ON PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to OFF 5 Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power If this indicator appears replace the battery with a new one See Intelligent Key battery replacement in the 8 Main tenance and do it yourself section 6 Engine start operation for Intel ligent Key system indicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power and when the Intelligent Key System and vehicle are not communicating normally If this indicator appears touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal See Intelli gent Key battery discharge in the 5 Starting and driv
416. lfunction in the DCA system is a Operating Distance Control Assist DCA system The DCA system turns on when the dynamic driver assistance switch on the steering wheel is pushed when Distance Control Assist is enabled in the settings menu in the center display The DCA system switch indicator on the dot matrix liquid crystal display will illuminate The system will start to operate after the vehicle speed becomes above approxi mately 3 MPH 5 km h Ay WARNING When the DCA system is not necessary be sure to turn off the dynamic driver assis tance switch Using the system when it is not necessary may result in an accident Starting and driving 5 83 How to enable disable the DCA system using the settings menu Perform the following steps to enable or Seltings Dynamic Asgislance Seti ngs disable the DCA system 1 Push the SETTING button and high Y Distance Control Assist oon G D e A jeh on the Lane Departure Prevention oh isplay using the multi function con a newer a On troller Then push the ENTER button e 2 Highlight the Dynamic Assistance Set tings key and push the ENTER button SD1002 3 Highlight the Distance Control Assist key select ON or OFF and push the ENTER button Sottings For the LDP and BSI systems see Lane Navigation Yolume and Beeps Departure Warning LDW Prevention L
417. limate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 Bluetooth STREAMING AUDIO Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth Streaming Audio If you have a compatible Bluetooth device with streaming audio A2DP profile you can set up the wireless connection between your Bluetooth de vice and the in vehicle audio system This connection allows you to listen to the audio from the Bluetooth device using your vehicle speakers It also may allow basic control of the device for playing and skipping audio files using the AVRCP Bluetooth profile All Bluetooth Devices do not have the same level of controls for AVRCP Please consult the manual for your Bluetooth Device for more details Once your Bluetooth device is connected to the in vehicle audio system it will automatically reconnect whenever the de vice is present in the vehicle and you select Bluetooth Audio from your audio system You do not need to manually reconnect for each usage Wireless LAN Wi Fi and the Bluetooth functions share the same frequency band 2 4 GHz Using the Bluetooth and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or disconnect the commu nication and cause undesired noise It is recommended that you turn off the wire less LAN Wi Fi when using the Bluetooth functions Regulatory information FCC Regulatory information e CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied
418. link while shifting from one drive mode to the other When the shifting is completed the 4WD shift indicator will come on If the indicator does not come on im mediately make sure the area around the vehicle is safe and drive the vehicle straight accelerate or decele rate or move the vehicle in reverse then shift the 4WD shift switch e If the 4WD warning light comes on the AWD shift indicator turns off 4WD WARNING LIGHT Tor Comes on or blinks Warning light when Illuminates There is a mal function in the 4WD system The transfer case oil temperature is abnormally high The difference in wheel rotation is large Blinks rapidly Blinks slowly The 4WD warning light is located in the meter The 4WD warning light comes on when the ignition switch is placed in the ON posi tion It turns off soon after the engine is started Starting and driving 5 105 If any malfunction occurs in the 4WD system when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the 4WD warning light will either remain illuminated or blink If the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD shift indicator turns off High temperature transfer case oil makes the 4WD warning light blink rapidly about twice per second If the warning light blinks rapidly during operation stop the vehicle in a safe place immediately Then if the light turns off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front
419. listed below 1 Select the Answer key 2 Push the button on the steering wheel There are some options available when receiving a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen e Answer Accept an incoming call to talk Hold Call Put an incoming call on hold Reject Call Reject an incoming call To finish the call perform one of the following procedures listed below Select the Hang up key Push the button on the steering wheel Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 105 Pacae C M Ful Use Hardest Call in Progress 0o45 HANK RK OIL Mute Keypad Switch Call DURING A CALL There are some options available during a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen if necessary e Hang up Finish the call e Use Handset Transfer the call to the cellular phone e Mute Mute your voice to the person e Keypad Using the touch tone send digits to the connected party for using services such as voicemail e Cancel Mute This will appear after Mute is se lected Mute will be canceled e Switch Call Select Switch Call to answer another incoming call By selecting Hang up you can end a call and can speak to a caller who is on hold again This function may not be usable depending on the model of phone To adjust the person s voice to be louder or quieter push the volume control
420. lite Radio After receiving the activation signal an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio Push the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback ON OFF Volume control Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and then push the ON OFF button while the system is off to turn on the last audio source which was playing immedi ately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the ON OFF button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal ance To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the Audio control knob When the display shows the setting you want to change Bass Treble Balance and Fade rotate the Audio control knob to set the desired setting For the other setting methods see How to use SETTING button earlier in this section This vehicle has some sound effect func tions as follows e Speed Sensitive Vol if so equipped e Drivers Audio Stage if so equipped For more details see Vehicle information and settings earlier in this section Switching the display Pushing the DISC AUX button will switch the displays as follows iPod USB gt CD DVD gt Bluetooth streaming audio gt AUX gt i
421. lite radio signal If possible do not put cargo near the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio perfor mance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception COMPACT DIGITAL AUDIO Compact Disc CD player Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high De crease the temperature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 tion 3 1 in 8 cm disc
422. ll the head restraint or headrest when the booster seat is removed See Head restraints earlier in this section or Headrest earlier in this section for head restraint or headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or a headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manu facturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle por tion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instructions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Seat belts earlier in this section 1 54 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 7 SSS1099 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat push the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this sec
423. ll return to normal play speed When the or button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the USB memory is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the USB memory will be played When the rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track starts playing the pre vious track will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the USB memory is being played Folder selection To change to another folder in the USB memory turn the folder selector or choose a folder displayed on the screen using the INFINITI controller pm REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the button is pushed while the USB memory is played the play pattern can be change as follows To change the play mode push the e button repeatedly and the mode will change as follows Normal 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Random 1 Folder Random Normal USE Menu Movie Playbac ri Tracs List Play Mode Normal SAA2502 Menu There are some options available during playback Select one of the following options that are displayed on the screen if necessary Refer to the following infor mation for each item e Movie Playback Switch to the movie playback mode This item is displayed only when a USB memory contains movie files e Folder L
424. ls of warnings SECURITY SYSTEMS SIC2133 Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows e Vehicle security system e INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors hood or lift gate when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that acti vates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle compo nents in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent Key s in the vehicle and always lock it when unat tended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protec tion such as component locks identifica tion markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and speci alty shops Your INFINITI retailer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features SIC2045 How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Push the ignition switch to the OFF posit
425. ly possible until the light turns off AX CAUTION Continued vehicle operation when the AT oil temperature warning light is on may da mage the AT ATP Automatic Transmission AT park warning light 4WD models This light indicates that the Automatic Transmission AT parking function is not engaged If the transfer control is not secured in any driving position while the AT shift lever is in the P Park position the transmission will disengage and the wheels will not lock If the AT park warning light illuminates with the shift lever in the P Park position shift the Four Wheel Drive 4WD shift switch to the AUTO 4H or 4L position again with the shift lever in the N Neutral position See INFINITI all mode 4WD in the 5 Starting and driving section Blind Spot Warning BSW Blind Spot Intervention BSI sys tem warning light orange if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicator light will first illuminate in orange and turn green before turning off This indicates that the Blind Spot Warning BSW and Blind Spot Inter vention BSI systems are operational If the light comes on in orange and remains on it may indicate that the BSW and BSI systems are not functioning properly Although the vehicle is still driveable have the systems checked by an INFINITI retailer See Blind Spot Warning Blind Spot Inter vention
426. m and result in serious perso nal injury Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 65 Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classifica tion sensors This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspen sion system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tamper ing includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assem bly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Removing or modifying the front pas senger seat may affect the function of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front sea
427. m it it applies the brake pre pressure before the driver de presses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by reducing pedal free play For more details see Brake assist later in this section Starting and driving 5 77 DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST DCA SYSTEM if so equipped The Distance Control Assist DCA system brakes and moves the accelerator pedal upward according to the distance from and the relative speed of the vehicle ahead to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance Ay WARNING e Always drive carefully and attentively when using the Distance Control Assist system Read and understand the Own er s Manual thoroughly before using the DCA system To avoid serious injury or death do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle s speed in emergency situations Do not use the Distance Control Assist system except in appropriate road and traffic conditions e Ifthe vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system The system will cancel once it judges that the vehicle has come to a standstill with a warning chime To prevent the vehicle from moving the driver must depress the brake pedal 5 78 Starting and driving e The DCA system will not apply brake control while the driver s foot is on the accelerator pedal PRECAUTIONS ON DISTANCE CON TROL ASSIST SYSTEM The system is intended to
428. m the seat belt press downward and rear ward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 Rear facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sec tions before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the chil
429. manual High beam indicator light This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected oe Intelligent Brake Assist IBA off indicator light if so equipped The light illuminates when the Intelligent Brake Assist IBA off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates that the Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system is not operating When the IBA off indicator light illuminates while the system is turned on without the warning chime sound this light indicates that the system control is temporarily unavailable Instruments and controls 2 19 When the IBA off indicator light illuminates with the warning chime sound while the IBA system is turned on this light indicates that the system may not be functioning properly Park the vehicle in a safe place Check to see if the laser sensor is clean Turn the engine off then restart the engine If the IBA off indicator light illuminates after following the procedures above it may indicate that the system is malfunc tioning Although the vehicle is still drive able under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer See Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system in the 5 Starting and driving section Lane Departure Prevention LDP ON indicator light green if so equipped The light comes on in green when the Lane Departure Prevention LDP system is turned on The li
430. me level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers DOWN MIX DVD VIDEO Convert a multi channel recording to a traditional two channel stereo recording DVD Language DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD Select the DVD Language key to open the number entry screen Input the number corresponding to the preferred language and select the OK key The DVD top menu language will be changed to the one specified Display To adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items Audio Select the preferred language for audio Subtitle DVD VIDEO DVD VR Select the preferred language for subtitles Display Mode DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD DVD VR Select from the Full Wide Normal or Cinema modes Title List DVD VR Select the preferred title from the list Play Mode Select the preferred play mode PG PL Mode DVD VR Select the PG or PL mode Display settings To adjust the front display mode push the SETTING button while the DVD is being played select the Others key and then select the Display key To adjust the display ON OFF brightness tint color and contrast select the Display Adjustment key and then select each key Then you can adjust each item using the INFINITI controller After changes have been made push the BACK button to save the setting USB MEMORY OPERATION Audio main operation Open the tray lid and con
431. mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry e If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth e Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced CHILD SAFETY AX WARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child For the center of the 3rd row bench seat the connector tongue may also be released Release the connector 1 32 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system tongue by inserting a suitable tool such as a key into the connector buckle If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckl
432. ment Such modifications could void the user s authority to operate the equipment 5 54 Starting and driving CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL If the cruise control system malfunc tions it will cancel automatically The CRUISE indicator light on the meter panel will then blink to warn the driver If the engine coolant temperature be comes excessively high the cruise control system will be canceled auto matically If the CRUISE indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by your INFINITI retailer The CRUISE indicator light may some times blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCELERATE RESUME COAST SET or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system perform the steps below in the order indicated AX WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions e when it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed e in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed e on winding or hilly roads e on slippery roads rain snow ice etc e in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident JVS0090X ACCELERATE RESUME switch COAST SET switch CANCEL switch Cruise control MAIN switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 90 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keepi
433. ments and controls section AA WARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driving speed pull to the side of the road in a safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation See If your vehicle over heats in the 6 In case of emergency section Ay CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 7 speed automatic transmission The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled by a transmis sion control module to produce maximum efficiency and smooth operation Shown on the following pages are the recommended operating procedures for this transmission Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the shift lever button before shifting the shift lever to the R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the shift lever This automatic transmission model is des
434. met holes in them To install simply position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make certain that the mats are properly positioned 7 6 Appearance and care Bracket positions The illustration shows the location of the floor mat brackets SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely before using them See Seat belts in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section A WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemi cal solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative hu
435. midity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution ex ists or where road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also accelerate the disinte gration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumula tion e Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible Ay CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the
436. mission control system and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can 9 4 Technical and consumer information adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Gasoline specifications INFINITI recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifications where it is available Many of the automobile manufacturers devel oped this specification to improve emis sion system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gaso line meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformulated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions INFINITI supports efforts to wards cleaner air and suggests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates
437. mode is active an expanded list of commands can be spoken after pushing the TALK 4 switch and the voice command menu prompts are turned off Review the expanded command list which is available when this mode is active Note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and the ways of speaking each command are increased To switch one mode to another see each mode description later in this section To improve the recognition success rate when Alternate Command Mode is active try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode Otherwise it is recommended that Alternate Command Mode be turned off and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition perfor mance For the voice commands for the navigation system refer to the Navigation System Owner s Manual of your vehicle INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION STAN DARD MODE The following section is applicable when the Standard Mode is activated The Standard Mode enables you to com plete the desired operation by simply following the prompts that appear on the display and also are announced by the system Settings Others Contat Language amp Uris Vage Recagn tign Image V ewer Adjsst voite recognition settings Activating Standard Mode When the Alternate Command Mode is active perform the following steps to switch to the Standard Mode 1 Push the SETTING b
438. mperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your INFINITI is covered by the following emission warranties For USA e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performance Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet that comes with your INFINITI If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it has become lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to e INFINITI Division Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty and Roadside Assistance Infor mation that comes with your INFINITI If you did not receive a Warranty and Roadside Assistance Information or it has become lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the Na tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin istration NHTSA
439. mptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest The supplemental air bag warning light is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system See Supplemental air bag warning light later in this section for more details If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indi cates there is a malfunction have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the preten sioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Man ual SS1016 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration SRS air bag The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 69 Sk SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying in the instrument panel monitors the circuits for the air bag systems pretensioners and all related wiring When the ignition switch is in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air ba
440. n Autolight system The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically To set the autolight system 1 Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON position 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF za or position The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light For US models The headlights will also be turned on automatically at twilight or in rainy weather when the windshield wiper is operated continuously If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition is continued the head lights remain on for 5 minutes Automatic headlights off delay You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you push the ignition switch to OFF and open any door then close all the doors You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights off delay from O seconds OFF to 180 seconds The factory default setting is 45 seconds For automatic headlights off delay setting see Comfort settings in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recogni tion systems section Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor located on the top of the instrument panel The photo s
441. n INFINITI Voice Recognition is initialized which may take up to one minute When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK y switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message System not ready or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best performance from INFINITI Voice Recognition observe the following e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traf fic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly When the air conditioner is in the AUTO mode the fan speed decreases automatically for easy recognition Wait until a tone sounds before speak ing a command Speak in a natural voice without paus ing between words Giving voice command 1 Push and release the TALK 4 switch located on the steering wheel Voice Recognition Sy LY Paone a Navigation J C Practice 8 Information LF Audia a Hep Altemate Command Mode ON Ta eyii ha d ihe TALK switch 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Please say a command After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to 3w speak a command Operating tips Voice commands cannot be accepted when the icon is B The list displayed
442. n shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Firmly apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated e HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB G Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves Push the ignition switch to the OFF position TOW MODE SIC4474 The TOW MODE should be used when pulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load Driving the vehicle in the TOW MODE with no trailer load or light trailer light load will not cause any damage However fuel economy may be reduced and the transmission engine driving characteris tics may feel unusual Push the TOW MODE switch to activate TOW MODE The indicator light on the TOW MODE switch illuminates when the TOW MODE is selected Push the TOW MODE switch again to turn the TOW MODE OFF TOW MODE is automatically canceled when the ignition switch is placed in
443. n and the predicted course to a parking space The vehicle icon shows the position of the vehicle Note that the size of the vehicle icon on the bird eye view may differ somewhat from the actual vehicle The areas that the cameras cannot cover 2 are indicated in black The non viewable area is highlighted in yellow for several seconds after the bird eye view is displayed It will be shown only the first time after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems When the corner of the vehicle moves closer to an object the corner sonar indicators appears The driver can check the direction and angle of the tire on the display by tire icon when driving the vehicle forward or backward Predictive course lines and indicate the predictive course when oper ating the vehicle The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the steering wheel is turned The predictive course lines will move depend ing on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the neutral position When the monitor displays the front view and the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or less from the neutral position the two green predictive course lines are shown in front of the vehicle When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or more one green predictive course line is shown
444. n in accordance with the maintenance schedule in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide SPARK PLUGS Ay WARNING Be sure the engine and the ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely Ay CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required see an INFINITI retailer for servicing lridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the main tenance schedule in INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping Always replace spark plugs with recom mended or equivalent ones AIR CLEANER HHHH AA ues SDI2515 To remove the filter release the lock pins and pull the unit upward The filter element should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance intervals See INFINITI Ser vice and Maintenance Guide for mainte nance intervals When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth AX WARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 cleans the air it stops flame if the engine backfire
445. n the detection zone the Blind spot warning indicator light flashes and a chime will sound three times Then the Blind Spot Intervention system slightly applies the brakes on one side to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane 5 42 Starting and driving NOTE When overtaking several vehicles in a row the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together SSD1036 Entering from the side The Blind spot warning indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from either side NOTE The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle which is traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle when it enters the detec tion zone If the driver activates the turn signal then the Blind spot warning indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice NOTE If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone the Blind spot warning indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when another vehicle is detected If the Blind Spot Intervention system is on and your vehicle approaches the lane marker while another vehicle is in the detection zone the Blind spot warning indicator light flashes and a chime will sound three times Then the Blind Spot Intervention system slightly applies the brakes on one side to help return the vehicle b
446. n the recirculation mode and out side air circulation mode Rear Air conditioning JVHO357M Rear automatic air conditioning system To control the rear automatic air condition ing system with the front air conditioner control panel push the REAR button When the rear automatic air conditioning system control is on the indicator light on the REAR button will illuminate and the front display will switch to the rear air conditioner screen The rear automatic air conditioning system can be adjusted with the front air condi tioner control panel when the rear air conditioner screen is displayed 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems To adjust the front air conditioning system push the REAR button one more time Automatic operation 1 Push the AUTO button The AUTO indicator light will illuminate and AUTO will appear on the display 2 Turn the temperature control dial dri ver s side to set the desired tempera ture Manual operation e Temperature control Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e Fan speed control Push the fan speed control button or button to manually control the fan speed e Air flow control Push the MODE button to change the air flow mode si The air outlet is fixed at foot level WF The air outlet is fixed at both the head and foot level The air outlet is fixed a
447. nance and do it yourself 8 25 SDI2451 Replace the battery as follows 1 Release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key and remove the mechan ical key Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself a cloth to protect the casing Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent e Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction e Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the con tact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity e Make sure that the side faces the bottom of the case 4 SDI2452 Align the tips of the upper and lower parts 4 and then push them together until it is securely closed Push the buttons two or three times to check its operation See an INFINITI retailer if you need any assistance for replacement FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment
448. nce of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens AX WARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensors This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Ay CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any similar material For cleaning use a soft cloth dampened with water Never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or cause discoloration to the lens Do not spray any liquid such as water on the meter lens Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to the leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Only use fabric protectors approved by INFINITI Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener
449. nd push the ENTER button Audio Choose the preferred language using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Subtitle DVD VIDEO Choose the preferred language using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button To turn off the subtitles push and hold the ENTER button until a beep sounds Display Mode DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD Choose from the Full Wide Normal or Cinema mode using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button again Play Mode Choose the preferred play mode using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Surround Information if so equipped Display surround sound information Remote controller operation Use the remote controller to adjust the following items Rear display select switch To activate the left screen or right screen move the rear display select switch on the remote controller to the side correspond ing to the screen you want to activate L or R POWER button The rear displays can be activated or deactivated individually To activate or deactivate the rear displays push the button on the remote con troller SOURCE button The media available for playback will be displayed when the SOURCE button is pushed MENU button Push the MENU button to display the operation screen for the source that is being played WV lt q ip Select button Push the select button a gt to select the items displayed
450. nd are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward facing child restraint with a harness Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recom mendations INFINITI recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehi cle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instruc tions for installation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maximum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufac turer Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness equipped forward facing child restraint INFINITI recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit For a seat belt to fit properly the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly posi tioned across the chest and the top middle portion of the shoulder The Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoulder The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs not the abdo men A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The
451. nd could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Ad CAUTION e The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly e Ifthe vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly e Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly Master warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the master warning light illumi nates if any of the following are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display e No key warning Low fuel warning Low washer fluid warning Parking brake release warning D
452. ndicators and warnings are also displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display between the speedometer and tachometer See Dot matrix liquid crystal display later in this section 2 12 Instruments and controls WARNING LIGHTS ABS or amp Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is opera tional If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock function is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance See Brake system in the 5 Starting and driving section ctx Automatic transmission check warning light When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the light comes on for 2 seconds If the light comes on at any other time it may indicate the transmission is not functioning properly Have your INFINITI retailer check and repair the transmission we Automatic Transmission AT oil temperature warning light This light illuminates when the Automatic Transmission AT oil temperature is too high If the light illuminates while driving reduce the vehicle speed as soon as safe
453. nds intermittently When the vehicle moves closer to the object the color of the indicator turns yellow and the rate of the blinking and the rate of the tone increase When the vehicle is very close to the object the indicator stops blinking and turns red and the tone sounds continu ously The intermittent tone will stop after three seconds when an object is detected by only the corner sonar and the distance does not change The tone will stop when the object gets away from the vehicle Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 Check sureuncings ter satecly ae E ae JVHO266X When the m is selected the indicator 2 will turn off and the sonar will be turned off temporarily The Moving Object Detection MOD system will also be turned off at the same time See Moving Object Detection MOD later in this section When the is selected again the indicator will turn on and the sonar will turn back on In the below cases the sonar will be turned back on automatically e When the shift lever is in the R Reverse position e When the CAMERA button is pressed and a screen other than the camera view is shown on the display e When vehicle speed decreases below approximately 6 MPH 10 km h e When the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position and turned back to the ON position again e When the switch is selected the MO
454. nect a USB memory as illustrated Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the USB memory AA WARNING Do not connect or disconnect the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted your could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury Ay CAUTION e Depending on size and shape of USB device the tray lid may not fully close Do not force tray lid closed as this may damage USB device e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the USB device and the port Make sure that the USB device is connected cor rectly into the USB port Some USB devices come with a mark as a guide Make sure that the mark is facing the correct direction before inserting the device e Do not locate objects near the USB device to prevent the objects from Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 leaning on the USB device and the port Pressure from the objects may damage the USB device and the port Playable files Only files that meet the following condi tions are playable Music files e File format MP3 mp3 WMA wma AAC aac M4A m4a e File size 2 gigabytes or less Video files e File format Div
455. ner specification label woos 9 13 Emission control information label lt 9 12 Engine serial number wove 9 12 F MV S S C MV S S certification label 9 12 Tire and Loading information label 8 33 9 13 Vehicle identification number VIN 64 9 11 Lane Departure Prevention LDP ON indicator light Lane Departure Prevention LDP system Lane departure warning LDW system 5 22 Lane Departure Warning LDW Prevention LDP system Lane departure warning light LATCH SYSTEM vierassers a 1 36 License plate Installing front license plate 9 13 LiPL Sate iste scecdtiectvcacescecresuccosecsnvssgencesencdetevnseecs 3 20 Light Air bag warning light Bulb replacement Cargo light Fog light switch Headlight switch Headlights bulb replacement Indicator lights Interior light control switch Interior lights Map lights Replacement Vanity mirror lights Warning indicator lights and audible reMINderS scesescesseseeseceeseteeeees 2 12 Xenon headlights scescsscsesescseesesesees 2 38 Lights Exterior and interior light replacement 8 29 Linking Intelligent Key sescsssesesseeeseesees 4 46 Loading information See vehicle loading information sesesesceseeeseeseeeeeee 9 14 Lock Automatic door locks Door locks Lift gate lock Power door lock Locking with mechanical key Loose fuel cap warning
456. nfirmation screen will be dis Connecting procedure 8P played Select No 1 Push the SETTING button and select the Bluetooth key Note Selecting Yes will only connect the hands free phone portion of a Bluetooth device Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 OOK Delete Lex Settings Connect Bluetooth SAA3005 4 When a passkey appears on the screen operate the compatible Bluetooth audio device to enter the passkey The pairing procedure of the audio device varies according to each audio device See the Bluetooth audio Owner s Manual for details When pairing is completed the screen will return to the Bluetooth setup display Bluctesth A sgia Anst KRAK RAMAN Albun KRRK RR AMM Track KARR RRR Ahne GOT Repeat UHH 0 11 Menu P Play J Pause Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the Bluetooth audio mode If the system has been turned off while the Bluetooth audio device was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the Bluetooth audio device The ability to pause change tracks fast forward rewind randomize and repeat music may be different between devices Some or all of these functions may not be supported on each device 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recogni
457. ng material near the seatback or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bags Removing or modifying the front pas senger seat may affect the function of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Work around and on the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems should be done by an INFINITI retailer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by an INFINITI retailer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should 1 68 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system not be modified or disconnected Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side impact air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS front seats AX WARNING e The pretensioners cannot be reused after activation They must be replaced to gether with the retractor and buckle as a unit e lf the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not activated be sure to have the preten sioner system checked and if necessary replaced by an INFINITI retailer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any
458. ng your foot on the accel erator pedal PWNR To turn on the cruise control push the MAIN switch on The CRUISE indicator will come on To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this happens drive without the cruise con trol To cancel the preset speed follow any of these methods 1 Push the CANCEL switch 2 Tap the brake pedal 3 Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position 4 Turn the MAIN switch off The CRUISE indicator light will turn off e If you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCELERATE RESUME or COAST SET switch and reset at the cruising speed the cruise control will disengage Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again e The cruise control will automatically cancel if the vehicle slows more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed e If you move the shift lever to N Neutral position the cruise control will be canceled To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods e Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET swit
459. ngine start function is performed e The second 10 minutes will start immediately when the remote engine start function is performed For exam ple if the engine has been running for 5 minutes and 10 minutes are added the engine will run for a total of 15 minutes A maximum of two remote starts or a single start with an extension are allowed between ignition cycles The ignition switch must be cycled to the ON position and then back to the OFF position before the remote engine start procedure can be used again 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments Canceling a remote engine start To cancel a remote start perform one of the following e Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle and push and hold remote engine start Q button until the front parking lights turn off e Turn on the hazard indicator flashers Cycle the ignition switch ON and then OFF Conditions the remote engine start will not work The remote engine start will not operate if any of the following conditions are present e The ignition switch is placed in the ON position e The hood is not securely closed The hazard indicator flashers are on e The Intelligent Key warning light re mains on in the vehicle information display e An Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle e The theft alarm sounds due to illegal entry into the vehicle e The ignition switch is pushed without an Intelligent Key in the vehicle e The ignition switc
460. ning or brake control for vehicles that pass through the detection zone quickly Blind spot warning indicator light BSW SYSTEM OPERATION If the radar sensors detect vehicles in the detection zone the Blind spot warning indicator light located inside the outside mirrors illuminates If the turn signal is then activated the Blind spot warning indicator light flashes and a chime sounds twice The indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicles leave the detection zone The Blind spot warning indicator lights illuminate for a few seconds when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position The brightness of the Blind spot warning indicator lights is adjusted automatically depending on the brightness of the ambi ent light A chime sounds if the radar sensors have already detected vehicles when the driver activates the turn signal If a vehicle comes into the detection zone after the driver activates the turn signal then only the Blind spot warning indicator light flashes and no chime sounds See BSW Blind Spot Intervention driving situations later in this section SIC4335 Warning systems switch Turning on or off the BSW system The warning systems switch is used to turn on and off the BSW system when it is activated using the settings menu on the center display See How to enable disable the BSW system using the settings menu later in this section When the warning systems switch
461. no longer detected under approximately 15 MPH 24 km h the system will be cancelled 5 68 Starting and driving CRUISE i qe 602 APES When passing another vehicle the set vehicle speed indicator will flash when the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed The vehicle detect indicator will turn off when the area ahead of the vehicle is open When the pedal is released the vehicle will return to the previously set speed Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC system you can depress the accelerator pedal when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle rapidly How to change set vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use any of these methods e Push the CANCEL switch The set vehicle speed indicator will go out e Tap the brake pedal The set vehicle speed indicator will go out e Turn the MAIN switch off Both the MAIN switch indicator and set vehicle speed indicator will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods e Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch e Push and hold the ACCELERATE RE SUME switch The set vehicle speed will increase by approximately 5 MPH or 5 km h e Push then quickly release the ACCEL ERATE RESUME switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by approximately 1 MPH or 1 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of th
462. nob Guidance Volume To adjust the guidance voice volume select the Guidance Volume and adjust it with the INFINITI controller Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 You can also adjust the guidance voice volume by turning the VOLUME control knob while voice guidance is being an nounced Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call For the details of these items see Blue tooth Hands Free Phone System later in this section Switch Beeps When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button Guidance Voice When this item is turned to ON you will hear voice guidance in the navigation operation or in other operations NOTE When the voice guidance is being an nounced during audio playback turning the volume knob does not adjust the music level it adjusts the guidance volume level If voice guidance is not being heard please check the Guidance Volume level Sottings Rear Display Display ee Ces Display Contro w Suro L OF ALY Auto Display Rear Speaker 12 OF AUX OR AUX JVHO356M REAR DISPLAY settings if so equipped The Rear Display screen will appear when the SETTING button is pushed the Rear Display key is selected See Dual head restraint DVD system later in this section Display Control The rear seat display can be set from the front seat using the control panel Select the L
463. ns occasional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information see the maintenance log section of your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide for maintenance intervals BRAKE BOOSTER Check the brake booster function as follows 1 With the engine off depress and release the foot brake pedal more than 20 times When the foot brake pedal movement distance of travel remains the same from one pedal application to the next continue on to the next step 2 While depressing the foot brake pedal start the engine 3 With the foot brake pedal depressed stop the engine Keep the pedal de pressed for about 30 seconds 4 Run the engine for 1 minute without depressing the foot brake pedal then turn it off Depress the foot brake pedal FUSES several times The pedal travel distance ENGINE COMPARTMENT will decrease gradually with each de pression as the hydraulic pressure decreases Ay CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by an INFINITI retailer If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an op
464. ns or the wheels are buried in snow e Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors 5 6 Starting and driving and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may tem porarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate Some exam ples are e Facilities or electric devices using simi lar radio frequencies are near the vehicle e If a transmitter set to similar frequen cies is being used in or near the vehicle e lf a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of
465. nsidering use of a weight distributing hitch system with a surge brake equipped trailer check with the surge brake hitch or trailer manufacturer to determine if and how this can be done Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the weight distributing hitch system General set up instructions are as follows 1 Park unloaded vehicle on a level sur face With the ignition switch in the ON position and the doors closed allow the vehicle to stand for several minutes so that it can level 9 24 Technical and consumer information 2 Measure the height of a reference point on the front and rear bumpers at the center of the vehicle 3 Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper height is within O 5 inches O 13 mm of the reference height measured in step 2 The rear bumper should be no higher than the reference height measured in step 2 A WARNING Properly adjust the weight distributing hitch so the rear of the bumper is no higher than the measured reference height when the trailer is attached If the rear bumper is higher than the measured reference height when loaded the vehicle may handle unpredictably which could cause a loss of vehicle control and cause serious personal injury or property damage Sway control device Sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffet ing caused by other vehicles can affect trailer handling Sway control d
466. nstrument panel illuminates when the Blind Spot Intervention system is turned on The Blind Spot Intervention system provides an audible warning and flashes the indicator light when Blind Spot Inter vention is activated even if the BSW system is off Sottings Navigation Yolume and Beeps Audio Pleng Rear Display Driver Assiz lance l Biuetoaia her Adjist navigat on sattiags SSD1102 How to enable disable the Blind Spot Intervention system using the setting menu Perform the following steps to enable or disable the Blind Spot Intervention system 1 Push the SETTING button and high light the Driver Assistance key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER 2 button 2 Highlight the Dynamic Assistance Set tings key and push the ENTER button Saltings Dynamic Agsislance Set ngs Distance Control Assist oon G Lane Departure Prevention oO ON Blind Spot irtervertion 2 ON S SD1002 3 Highlight the Blind Spot Intervention key select ON enabled or OFF dis abled and push the ENTER button For the LDP and DCA systems see Lane Departure Prevention LDP system earlier in this section and Distance Control Assist DCA system later in this section Starting and driving 5 37 Precautions on BSW Blind Spot Intervention system
467. nt and swing it to the side Draw out the extension sun visor from the main sun visor to block from further glare Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 MIRRORS INSIDE MIRROR Adjust the height and the angle of the inside mirror to the desired position 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments oa SPA2450 A Automatic anti glare type The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle The anti glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position When the anti glare system is turned on the indicator light will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced Push the switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally The indicator light will turn off Push the I switch to turn the system on Do not allow any object to cover the sensors 0 or apply glass cleaner on them Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor resulting in improper operation For the HomeLink Universal Transceiver Operation see HomeLink Universal Transceiver in the 2 Instruments and controls section OUTSIDE MIRRORS AA WARNING e Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror
468. ntains vehi cle speed up to the set speed The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion The detection zone of the ICC sensor is limited A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the vehicle to vehicle distance detection mode to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the centerline of the lane A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator SSD0252 and sounding the chime The driver may have to manually control the proper distance away from vehicle traveling ahead Starting and driving 5 61 When driving on some roads such as winding hilly curved narrow roads or roads which are under construction the ICC sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The detection of vehicles may also be affected b
469. ntion to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so Ay CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a compatible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once a cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no phone con necting procedure is required anymore Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Blue tooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time The INFINITI Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For more details see INFINITI Voice Recognition system later in this section page 4 109 Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Wireless LAN Wi Fi and the Bluetooth functions share the same frequency band 2 4
470. ocation and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire fail ure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting In case of emergency 6 3 e Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the A WARNING proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors e Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous e Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance e Make sure th
471. of the screen select the preferred adjustment items AUX Mon AUX Menu When the Menu key on the display is selected while in the AUX mode the menu screen will be displayed Display Mode Choose the display mode from the follow ing items e Normal e Wide e Cinema Volume Settings Choose the volume setting from the following items 4 80 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA0451 CD DVD USB MEMORY CARE AND CLEANING CD DVD Handle a CD DVD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for indus trial use A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated USB memory Do not touch the terminal portion of the USB memory Do not place heavy objects on the USB memory Do not store the USB memory in highly humid locations Do not expose the USB memory to direct sunlight Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory Refer to the USB memory Owner s Manual for the details Audio source switch Menu control switch
472. ofessional supplier of towing equipment make sure the trailer brakes are properly installed and demonstrate proper brake function testing AX WARNING Never connect a trailer brake system directly to the vehicle brake system Pre towing tips Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Also make sure the load is balanced side to side Check your hitch trailer tire pressure vehicle tire pressure trailer light opera tion and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors con form to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is fr
473. oken after the tone The system fails to interpret the com 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle mand correctly 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately The system consistently selects the 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See Quick Dial earlier in this section wrong voicetag 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name 4 108 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM INFINITI Voice Recognition allows hands free operation of the Phone Navigation Information and Audio systems in one of two modes Standard Mode or Alternate Command Mode In Standard Mode commands that are available are always shown on the display and announced by the system You can complete your desired operation by simply following the prompts given by the system See INFINITI Voice Recognition Standard Mode later in this section for details For advanced operation you can use the Alternate Command Mode See INFINITI Voice Recognition Alternate Command Mode later in this section for details When this
474. ol blends are suitable for use in INFINITI vehicles If any undesirable driveability problems such as engine stalling or hard hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refueling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 15 fuel E 15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15 fuel ethanol and 85 unleaded gasoline E 15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E 15 fuel Do not use E 15 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified with small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives Example fuel injector cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit remo
475. olant brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appear ance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head re straints headrests Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passen gers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position See Warning indica tor lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever to the P Park or N Neutral position P is recommended The starter is designed not to operate unless the shift lever is in either of the above positions Push the ignition switch to the ON position Depress the brake pedal and push the ignition switch to start the engine To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position e If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little approximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts e If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accel
476. omatic transmission which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty 5 Using transfer fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Transfer Fluid will damage the transfer which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty 6 For hot climates Viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 32 F 0 C 7 See an INFINITI retailer for service for synthetic oil 8 DEXRON VI type ATF may also be used 9 2 Technical and consumer information 9 Available in mainland US through an INFINITI retailer 10 Using Hydraulic Suspension fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Hydraulic Suspension fluid will damage the Hydraulic Suspension which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty See an INFINITI retailer for recommended hydraulic suspension fluid 11 For additional information see Vehicle identification later in this section for air conditioner specification label Technical and consumer information 9 3 FUEL INFORMATION VK56VD engine INFINITI recommends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gasoline is not available you may use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 but you may notice a decrease in performance Ay CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the e
477. oming outgoing or missed calls that were downloaded from the connected cellu lar phone depending on the phone s compatibility Select one of these entries to save in the Quick Dial Copy from the Handset The system will show the connected cellular phone s phonebook that was downloaded depending on the phone s compatibility Select one of these entries to save in the Quick Dial Paone Quick Dial GO Ml Fler Settings Quick Dial BO Ml Ful Serco t Call E xxxx XXXXXXXXAXX Delete JVHO477X Editing the Quick Dial 1 Push the button and select the Quick Dial key Select the desired entry from the displayed list Select the Edit key Select the desired item to change JVHO478X The following editing items are available Entry Changes the displayed number of the selected entry Name Edit the name of the entry using the keypad displayed on the screen Number Edit the phone number using the key pad displayed on the screen Type Select an icon from the icon list Voicetag Confirm and store the voicetag Voice Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 103 tags allow easy dialing using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system See INFINITI Voice Recognition sys HOM Fil Ge Padane i Phonebook DOM yera tem later in this section To delete an entry select the Delete key etic
478. ompletely closed e Always be sure that hands and feet are hood with your fingertips and raise the and latched before driving Failure to do clear of the door frame to avoid injury hood so could cause the hood to fly open and while closing the lift gate 3 When closing the hood slowly close result in an accident the hood down and make sure it locks e If you see steam or smoke coming from into place the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments OPERATING MANUAL LIFT GATE To open the lift gate unlock it and push the lift gate opener switch Pull up the lift gate to open The lift gate can be unlocked by e pushing the unlock button on the Intelligent Key twice e pushing the lift gate request switch with the Intelligent Key carried on you e pushing the door handle request switch twice with the Intelligent Key carried on you e pushing the power door lock switch to the unlock position e inserting the mechanical key into the driver s door key cylinder and turning it to the rear of the vehicle twice To close the lift gate pull down until it securely locks OPERATING POWER LIFT GATE To operate the power lift gate the shift lever must be in the P Park position The power lift gate will not operate if the battery voltage is low SPA2547 Power lift gate main switch The power lift gate operation can be turned on or off by the powe
479. on The maintenance intervals can be dis played for the engine oil oil filter tire and other reminders To set a maintenance interval select a preferred item from the list You can also set to display a message to remind you that the maintenance needs to be performed The following example shows how to set the engine oil maintenance information Use the same steps to set the other maintenance information 1 Set the interval mileage of the main tenance schedule To determine the recommended maintenance interval refer to your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide 2 To display the reminder automatically when the desired distance is reached select the Reminder key 3 Reset the driving distance to the new maintenance schedule 4 To return to the previous screen push the BACK button The unit can be converted between US and Metric See How to use SETTING button later in this section Maivienance Enging il Mainlenance due or Push IMFO and select maintenance te change thes salting The Reminder will be automatically dis played when the specified distance has been driven and every time the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position The reminder will not appear while driving Select the OK key to hide the reminder for the rest of the current drive To stop the reminder from appearing perform one of the following actions e Select the
480. on If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see an INFINITI retailer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check the parking brake operation regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjusted see an INFINITI retailer Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles an chors adjuster and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt webbing for cuts Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 fraying wear or damage Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints headrests move up and down smoothly and that the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Steering wheel Check for changes in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater o
481. on switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger See Seat belts in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage AF Supplemental air bag warning light After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the front impact air bag and Instruments and controls 2 17 side air bag curtain and rollover air bag systems and or pretensioner seat belts are operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag and pretensioner systems needs servicing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest INFINITI retailer e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 sec onds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supple mental restraint system air bag system and or the pretensioners may not function properly For additional information see Supple mental restraint system in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section Ay WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it
482. on warning if so equipped This warning appears when the Back up Collision Intervention BCI system is not functioning properly For more details see Blind Spot Warning Blind Spot Intervention Back up Colli sion Intervention systems in the 5 Starting and driving section Instruments and controls 2 25 17 TIMER indicator This indicator appears when the set TIMER indicator activates You can set the time for up to 6 hours See Trip computer later in this section 18 Low outside temperature warn ing This warning appears if the outside tem perature is below 37 F 3 C The warning can be set not to be displayed See Trip computer later in this section 19 Four Wheel Drive 4WD shift indicator 4WD models This indicator shows the Four Wheel Drive 4WD driving mode AUTO 4HI or 4LO that is selected by the 4WD shift switch See INFINITI all mode 4WD in the 5 Start ing and driving section 20 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system MAIN switch indicator if so equipped The Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system main switch indicator CRUISE is displayed when the ICC main switch is pushed When the main switch is pushed again the indicator disappears While the CRUISE 2 26 Instruments and controls indicator is displayed the ICC system is operational The cruise control set indicator SET is displayed while the vehicle is controlled by th
483. onds Cruise indicator light if so equipped Cruise main switch indicator This light illuminates when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light turns off when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch in dicator light illuminates the cruise control system is operational See Cruise con trol in the 5 Starting and driving section Cruise malfunction If the cruise indicator light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer See Cruise control in the 5 Starting and driving section IDOE Exterior light indicator This indicator illuminates when the head light switch is turned to the AUTO ea or 20 position and the front parking lights instrument panel lights rear combination lights license plate lights or headlights are on The indicator turns off when these lights are turned off 4 Front passenger air bag status light The front passenger air bag status light located on the instrument panel will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation see INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System front seats in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental re straint system section of this
484. onds or No Auto Change e Slideshow Order Select the Slideshow Order key From the following display select Random or Order List For Order List the image order is the order of the files as stored on the USB memory Operating tips e Only files that meet the following conditions will be displayed Image type JPEG File Extensions jpg jpeg 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Maximum Resolution 2048 x 1536 pixels Maximum Size 2 MB Colors 32768 15 bit Maximum File Name lengths 253 Bytes Maximum Folders 500 Maximum Images per Folder 1024 If an electronic device such as a digital camera is directly connected to the vehicle using a USB cable no image will be displayed on the screen If the file name is too long some file names may not be entirely displayed When the total number of characters in the file name exceeds 100 or if 1 file name in a directory exceeds 100 characters all files will show a shor tened 8 character version The image will still be displayed when selected AROUND VIEW MONITOR When you push the CAMERA button or shift the shift lever into the R Reverse position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the Around View Monitor oper ates The monitor displays various views of the position of the vehicle Available views e Bird Eye View The surrounding view of the vehicle
485. ons 4 47 9 7 Automatic climate control 4 39 4 41 In cabin microfilter 4 46 Alarm How to stop alarm see vehicle security system Alcohol drugs and driving 5 9 Antenna ccccessrcessescreeeeees 4 82 Anti lock Braking System ABS seseeeeee 5 113 Anti lock braking system ABS warning light 2 12 Appearance care Exterior appearance care Interior appearance care Armrest Around View Monitor Audible reminders Audio operation precautions Audio system Steering wheel audio controls Auto closure Autolight system Automatic Automatic transmission fluid ATF 6 8 12 Climate control 4 41 Door HICKS geess dne at eode 3 6 Drive positioner Driving with automatic transmission Moonroof Seat positioner Average fuel consumption and speed Avoiding collision and rollover B Back door See lift gate ce eeeeeseseeteeeeeeee 3 20 Back up Collision Intervention BCI system 5 31 BAO EE T E TA 8 16 Battery saver system Intelligent Key Variable voltage control system BCI system operation Before starting the engine Belts See drive belts Blind Spot Intervention BSI ON indicator USE cars cencdsesrsvencdisianensdiecesvenederannenctaee Blind Spot Intervention BSI system iat Blind Spot Warning BSW system 5 31 Blind Spot Warning BSW Blind Spot Intervention BSI system warning light sseeeeseseeeeeseseses
486. ontrol to this direction will open the ventilators Adjust the air flow direction of the ventila tors by moving the center knob up down left right until the desired position is achieved 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA3055 Rear ventilators Open close the ventilators by moving the control to either direction Adjust the air flow direction of the ventila tors by moving the center knob up down left right until the desired position is achieved AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL A WARNING Salus amp Audin a e The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is run ning e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should a ol not be left alone either On hot sunny 75 es amp al 75 days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Do not use the recirculation mode for When the STATUS button is pushed the long periods as it may cause the interior automatic climate control status screen air to become stale and the windows to will appear See How to use STATUS fog up button earlier in this section e Do not adjust the heating and air conditioning controls while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation Start the engine an
487. oonroof switch and release it it need not be held The roof will automatically open or close all the way To stop the roof push the switch once more while it is opening or closing Auto reverse function AX WARNING There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof when it is closing the moonroof will be immediately opened The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the moonroof cannot be closed auto matically when the auto reverse function activates due to a malfunction push and hold the CLOSE side of the moonroof switch Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs If the moonroof does not operate If the moonroof does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initi alize the moonroof operation system 1 If the moonroof is open close it fully by repeatedly pushing the CLOSE side of the moonroof switch 2 Push and hold the CLOSE side of the moonroof switch to tilt the moon
488. oor lift gate open warning e Loose fuel cap warning e Check tire pressure warning Back up Collision Intervention BCI not available warning if so equipped e Back up Collision Intervention BCI malfunction warning if so equipped e Extended storage fuse warning if so equipped See Dot matrix liquid crystal display later in this section cruise Preview Function warning light orange if so equipped The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the Brake Assist with Preview Function system If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine then resume driving If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position and will remain illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light for the front passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For approximately 5 seconds after the igniti
489. or light illuminates If the driver then acti vates the turn signal a chime will sound twice and the Blind spot warning indicator light will flash 5 32 Starting and driving The Blind Spot Intervention system operates above approximately 37 MPH 60 km h If the system detects a vehicle in the detection zone and your vehicle is approaching the lane marker the Blind Spot Intervention system provides an audible warning three times flashes the Blind spot warning indicator light and slightly applies the brakes for a short period of time on one side to help return the vehicle back to the traveling lane The Blind Spot Intervention system provides an audible warning and turns on or flashes the Blind spot warning indicator light even if the BSW system is off AX WARNING e The BSW and Blind Spot Intervention systems are not a replacement for proper driving procedure and are not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects When changing lanes always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction you will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes Never rely solely on the BSW or Blind Spot Intervention system e Using the Blind Spot Intervention system under some road lane marker or weather conditions could lead to improper system operation Always rely on your own steering and braking operation to avoid accidents The BSW and Blind Spot Intervention systems may not provide a war
490. or cap To prevent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Ay CAUTION Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer Additives may clog the cooling system and cause damage to the engine transmission and or cooling system When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equiva lent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti freeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the direc tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacturer s in structions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system e The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue including Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant
491. or emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub e As soon as possible tighten the 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and wheel nuts to the specified torque tighten the wheel nuts finger tight with a torque wrench 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten Wheel nut tightening torque wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the 98 ft lb 133 N m Sequence as Aarne O The wheel nuts must be kept tigh until they are tight tened to specification at all times It 6 10 In case of emergency is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval e Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tire pressure the display of the tire pressure information may show higher pressure than the COLD tire pressure after the vehicle has been driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km This is because the tire pressurizes as the tire temperature rises Thi
492. ormation User Guide a 36086767200 Digis were rot recegnized corectly Please check the aralysis of your speech tor possible irpraven er ts Sr Geen Volume of voice Speed Star ot sneaking Let s Practice This mode helps learn how to use the INFINITI Voice Recognition system 1 Select the Let s Practice key 2 After the message screen appears push the TALK y amp switch on the steering wheel 3 Speak the displayed number after the tone The evaluation screen will be displayed and the result can be con firmed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 111 Information User Guide T or on Speaking Gere nande Say sam mands when there are minimal backgra und sounds Say vase commards clearly Avord talking slow or with long pauses Say cormands after the tow SAA2533 Useful tips for correct operation You can display useful speaking tips to help the system recognize your voice commands correctly Select Help on Speaking to start display USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position INFINITI Voice Recognition is initialized which may take up to one minute When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK ys switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message System not ready or a beep sounds
493. ors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstruc tions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower anchors are ob structed SS1122 SS1117 LATCH lower anchor location LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH anchors Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 SSS0643 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer LATCH rigid mounted attachment The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts See Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installa tion instructions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follo
494. osition 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock cover using a suitable tool 4 Push down the shift lock as illustrated 5 Push the shift lever button and move the shift lever to N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock The vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the lever cannot be moved out of P Park have an INFINITI retailer check the automatic transmission system as soon as possible LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW PARKING BRAKE PREVENTION LDP SYSTEM if so equipped The Lane Departure Warning LDW sys A WARNING tem Lane Departure Prevention LDP sys tem will operate when the vehicle is driven e Be sure the parking brake is fully at speeds of approximately 45 MPH 70 released before driving Failure to do so one h a a reali r ne can cause brake failure and lead to an een se xe the left or the right of a accident raveung sane e Do not release the parking brake from F ie bei a9 mente outside the vehicle paN e Lane Departure Warning system i eo eon e Do not use the gear shift in place of the aa D ee driver by a warning light parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged e Lane Departure Prevention LDP system warns the driver by a warning light SPA2331 e Do not leave children unattended in a and chime and helps assist the driver vehicle They could release the parking ae ant To apply Fully depress the parking
495. ould be damaged or involved in an accident AA WARNING e The full size temporary use only spare tire should be used for emergency use It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first opportunity to avoid possible tire or differential damage e Drive carefully while the spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving The vehicle driv ing performance may be affected when driving on wet or snow covered roads e When the spare tire is installed the following systems may not work cor rectly Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS A CAUTION Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC Sys ke Do not use tire chains on the spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause e Periodically check spare tire inflation damage to the vehicle pressure Always keep the spare tire inflated to the pressure specification shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label For Tire and Loading Informa tion label location see Tire and Loading Information label in the index of this manual e With the spare tire installed do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h e When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the spare tire should be used on the front wheels and original tire used on the rear wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the two rear original tires e Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles
496. outside chime sounds for a few seconds 7 Intelligent Key to lock the door A door is not closed securely Close the door securely The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you or cargo area When pushing the door handle The outside chime sounds for a few seconds A door is not closed securely Close the door securely request switch to lock the door The door handle request switch is Push the door handle request switch after pushed before the door is closed the door is closed Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 Page Replace the battery with a new one See a a Key battery indicator appears The battery charge is low Battery in the 8 Maintenance and do it When pushing the ignition switch yourself section to start the engine The NO KEY warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds for a few The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you seconds When pushing the ignition switch The Intelligent Key system warning light in the It warns of a malfunction with the Contact an INFINITI retailer meter illuminates in yellow Intelligent Key system 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM AA WARNING The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems Do not operate the Intelligent Key w
497. ovides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle for inflating the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure See TPMS with Tire Infla tion Indicator in the 5 Starting and driving section about the TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator Incorrect tire pressure including under inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AX WARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident e The Gross Vehicle Weight rating GVWR is located on the F MV S S C MN S S certification label The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your vehicle may re sult in reduced tire life unsafe 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself operating conditions due to pre mature tire failure or unfavorable handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified ca pacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the fj tires are cold Tires ar
498. panel e When the Intelligent Key is placed inside the glove box or a storage bin e When the Intelligent Key is placed inside the door pockets Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 e When the Intelligent Key is placed inside or near metallic materials Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the door handle request switch driver s or front passenger s or the lift gate request switch once while carrying the Intelligent Key with you When you approach the vehicle with the Intelligent Key the puddle light and the passenger cabin illumination will illuminate and stay on for a short period of time See Welcome light in the 2 Instruments and controls section 2 The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once The corre sponding door will unlock The fuel filler door will also unlock when the driver s door handle request switch is pushed 3 Push the door handle request switch again within 60 seconds 4 The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once again All the doors will unlock The lift gate can be unlocked and opened 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments by pushing the lift gate opener switch See Lift gate later in this section All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked If during this 1 minute time period
499. parental control Video data with the parental control setting can be played with this system Please use your own judgement to set the parental control with the system Disc selection You can play the following disc formats with the DVD player e DVD VIDEO e VIDEO CD e DTS CD Use DVDs with the region code ALL or the code applicable to your country The region code is displayed as a small symbol printed on the top of the DVD This vehicle installed DVD player can only play DVDs with an applicable region code Available sources The following sources are available to play on each display Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 Front display Radio CD DVD USB memory iPod Bluetooth audio AUX front Rear display e DVD e USB memory with video files e AUX front rear Setlings 1 cm aa Top Menu JVHO243X Front display DVD Oot 01 002 00 12 28 FULL g Menu Tile gt JVHO361X Rear display 4 92 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems PLAYING DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC DVD USB DISC AUX button Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake to operate the DVD player while watching the images Push the DISC AUX button on the instru ment panel and turn the display to the DVD or USB mode When a DVD or USB is loaded it will be replayed automatically If Auto Display is set to ON in the se
500. per arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arm may be da maged from wind pressure SDI2516 Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle This may cause improper windshield washer operation If the nozzle is clogged remove any objects with a needle or small pin Be careful not to damage the nozzle Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADES Contact an INFINITI retailer if checking or replacement is required 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by an INFINITI retailer SELF ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self adjust ing brakes The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AA WARNING See an INFINITI retailer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditio
501. per blades sessseeessseesseeeessseees Brakes coschisstessss db a e E e E a E EEES Self adjusting brakes Brake pad wear warning Brake booster cceeeeee Headlights Exterior and interior lights as a Wheels and tireS eee eeeecceesecceeeeceeseeceeeeees Tire PLOSSULE csccecceeccecectecscreeccoeceeceseeees Tire labeling ci ciccsictscciseseccdecdessccnsscdccetecdecvens TYPOS OF CIES issnin sais Tire ChAaiNS ceeeeceeeeeee eee Changing wheels and tires MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your vehicle s good mechanical condition as well as its emis sion and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance You are a vital link in the maintenance chain SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your vehicle at regular intervals GENERAL MAINTENANCE General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper vehicle operation
502. play will return to the previous screen This button can also be used to delete characters that have been input After the setup is completed push the BACK button and return to the previous screen For the VOICE button functions refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN Ay WARNING e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving e Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Ay CAUTION e The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass screen breaks do not touch it Doing so could result in an injury e To clean the display use a soft dry cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To ensure safe driving some functions cannot be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then operate
503. pray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility e When dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility e When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the luggage area of your vehicle e When your vehicle is towing a trailer etc The ICC system is designed to automati 5 60 Starting and driving cally check the sensor s operation within the limitation of the system When the sensor is covered with dirt or obstructs the system will automatically be canceled If the sensor is covered with ice a transpar ent or translucent vinyl bag etc the ICC system may not detect them In these instances the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode is designed to maintain a selected distance and reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle ahead the system will decelerate the vehicle as necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill How ever the ICC system can only apply up to 25 of the vehicles total braking power This system should only be used when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds change gradually If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle
504. ption since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average speed is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 mile 500 m after a reset the display shows Speed The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average fuel consumption is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds The first 30 seconds after a reset the display shows 3 Elapsed time and trip odometer MILES or km Elapsed time The elapsed time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The trip odometer is also reset at the same time Trip odometer The trip odometer mode shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The elapsed time is also reset at the same time 4 Distance to empty dte MILES or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes
505. quire the repla cement of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your INFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the re covery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioning system service Your INFINITI retailer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS Contact an INFINITI retailer when servicing ENGINE your air conditioning system Model VK56VD Type Gasoline 4 cycle Cylinder arrangement 8 cylinder V slanted at 90 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 858 x 3 622 98 x 92 Displacement cu in cm 338 78 5 552 Firing order 1 8 7 3 6 5 4 2 Idle speed rpm See the emission control information label on Ignition timing B T D C degree rpm the underside of the hood Spark plug Standard DILKAR7B11 Spark plug gap Normal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel Type Size Offset in mm 20 x 8 Conventional 22 x 8J 1 18 30 Spare 20 x 8J Tire Type Size Pressure PSI kPa Cold P275 60R20 114H P275 50R22 111H 275 60R20 115M P275 60R20 114H Conventional
506. r retracts the seat belt If the seat belt is not fully retracted the motor retracts the seat belt when the door is opened 1 24 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Always wear your Seat belt correctly and sit upright and well back If the motor cannot retract the seat belt when the seat belt is fastened or unfas tened it may indicate the pre crash seat belt system has a malfunction Have your INFINITI retailer check and repair the system When the seat belt is retracted repeatedly in a short period of time the motor may not be able to retract the seat belt After 8 minutes the motor reactivates and retracts the seat belt If the seat belt still cannot be retracted by the motor the pre crash seat belt system has a malfunction Have your INFINITI retailer check and repair the system THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT AX WARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be danger ous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you tongue by inserting a suitable tool such as a key into the connector buckle If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries
507. r air conditioner Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high tempera tures or under severe condition require frequent checks of the battery fluid level NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery dis charge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electro nic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Brake fluid level Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system M
508. r leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically SIC2275 Headlight aiming control if so equipped Depending on the number of occupants in the vehicle and the load it is carrying the headlight axis may be higher than desired If the vehicle is traveling on a hilly road the headlights may directly hit the rearview mirror of the vehicle ahead or the wind shield of the oncoming vehicle The light axis can be lowered with the operation of the switch The larger the number designated on the switch the lower the axis When traveling with no heavy load or ona flat road select position 0 AA WARNING Xenon headlights are extremely bright compared to conventional headlights If the xenon headlights hit the rearview mirror of the vehicle ahead or the windshield of oncoming vehicle the driver of these vehicles may have difficulty driving because of the brightness Use the headlight aiming control switch to lower the light axis See Xenon headlights earlier in this section for additional information Daytime running light system Ca nada only The daytime running lights automatically illuminate when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the ppa position Turn the headlight switch to the 20 position for full illumination when d
509. r lift gate main switch on the instrument panel When the power lift gate main switch is pushed to the OFF position the power operation is not available by the power lift gate switch on the lift gate and lift gate opener switch The lift gate can still be operated by the power lift gate switch on the instrument panel and the power lift gate button on the Intelligent Key Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 Lift gate opener switch Power lift gate switch Lift gate 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments Power open When the lift gate is fully closed the lift gate will fully open automatically by e pushing the power lift gate switch on the instrument panel pushing the lift gate opener switch pushing the power lift gate button on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second The hazard flashes 4 times and the outside chime sounds when the lift gate starts opening NOTE The lift gate can be opened by the power lift gate switch the lift gate opener switch or the lift gate button lt r even if the lift gate is locked The lift gate will individually unlock and open Power close When the lift gate is fully opened the lift gate will fully close automatically by e pushing the power lift gate switch on the instrument panel e pushing the lift gate release button on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second e pushing the power lift ga
510. rag e Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A C is on reduces cooling load Drive at economical speeds and dis tances e Observing the speed limit and not exceeding 60 MPH 97 km h where legally allowed can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerody namic drag e Maintaining a safe following dis tance behind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking e Safely monitoring traffic to antici pate changes in speed permits reduced braking and smooth accel eration changes e Select a gear range suitable to road conditions Use cruise control e Using cruise control during highway driving helps maintain a steady speed e Cruise control is particularly effec tive in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains Plan for the shortest route e Utilize a map or navigation system to determine the best route to save time Avoid idling e Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30 60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions Buy an automated pass for toll roads e Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruis ing speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting Winter warm up e Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy e Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start up to effectively circulate the engine oil before driving e Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly whil
511. raking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an accident Apply brakes lightly and use a low range to control your speed Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough terrain Prop erly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers To avoid raising the center of gravity excessively do not exceed the rated capacity of the roof rack if so equipped and evenly distribute the load Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual This could cause your vehicle to roll over Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off road The steering wheel could move suddenly and injure your hands Instead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim Before operating the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened Always drive with the floor mats in place as the floor may became hot Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds With a higher center of gravity your INFINITI is more affected by strong side winds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires even with 4WD engaged For 4WD equipped vehicles do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift t
512. rast between background and the moving objects When there is blinking source of light When strong light such as another vehicle s headlight or sunlight is present When camera orientation is not in its usual position such as when 4 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems mirror is folded When there is dirt water drops or snow on the camera lens When the position of the moving objects in the display is not changed e The MOD system might detect some thing like flowing water droplets on the camera lens white smoke from the muffler moving shadows etc e The MOD system may not function properly depending on the speed direc tion distance or shape of the moving objects e If your vehicle sustains damage to the parts where the camera is installed leaving it misaligned or bent the sen sing zone may be altered and the MOD system may not detect objects properly HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN VIEW To adjust the Display ON OFF Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black Level of the Around View Monitor push the SETTING button with the Around View Monitor on select the item key and adjust the level using the INFINITI controller Do not adjust the Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black Level of the Around View Monitor while the vehicle is moving Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied Settings Betirg Preaoctves Course Lines Non vi
513. re sharp curves On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects such as sha dows snow water wheel ruts seams or lines remaining after road repairs On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates When the vehicle s traveling direc tion does not align with the lane markers When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range When rain snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of a lane camera unit When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if aiming is not adjusted properly When strong light enters a lane camera unit For example light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset When a sudden change in bright ness occurs For example when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge SSD1026 BSW BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION DRIVING SITUATIONS Another vehicle approaching from behind The Blind spot warning indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from behind in an adjacent lane However if the overtaking vehicle is traveling much faster than your vehicle the indicator light may not illuminate before the detected vehicle is beside your vehicle Always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe Starting and driving 5 39 to change lanes
514. remove the radiator cap or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radia tor e Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 ENGINE OIL SDI2531 CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operat ing temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Reinsert it all the way Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be within the range 4 If the oil level is below remove the oil filler cap and pour 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill G 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions Ay CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Operating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER
515. removed the power close function will not operate Ay WARNING There is a small distance immediately before the closed position that cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers keep their hands etc clear from the lift gate opening before closing the lift gate Manual mode If power operation is not available the lift gate can be operated manually Power operation may not be available if multiple obstacles have been detected in a single power cycle or if the battery voltage is low When the power lift gate main switch is in the OFF position the lift gate can be opened manually by pushing the lift gate opener switch If the power lift gate opener switch is pushed during power open or close the power operation will be canceled and the lift gate can be operated manually Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 Safe Mode If the gas stays of the lift gate lose pressure the power lift gate safe mode is activated When the safe mode is activated the lift gate intermittently closes Then the lift gate will be pulled to the closed and latched position by a motor The power lift gate cannot be opened using the switches at any time in the safe mode Do not operate the lift gate again until it is checked by an INFINITI retailer 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments Ay CAUTION e If the power lift gate does not stay open or if the lift gate unexpectedly closes at any time do not operate
516. ressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is pushed ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Instruments and controls 2 15 Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate A CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also appears in the dot matrix liquid crystal display If you select the tire pressure information in the display the LOW PRES SURE information will be displayed The tire pressure for each tire will also be displayed When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The low tire pressure warning light does not automati cally turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning ap pears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning l
517. result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself could affect your warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing we recommend that it be done by an INFINITI retailer ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS V 1 2 3 4 5 K5 6VD ENGINE MODEL Window washer fluid reservoir Fuse fusible link holder Engine oil dipstick Power steering fluid reservoir Engine oil filler cap Psi NO O0 ION e O Brake fluid reservoir Fuse fusible link holder Battery Radiator filler cap Engine coolant reservoir Drive belts 12 Air cleaner Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Cool ant blue and 50 water to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The antifreeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional engine cooling system additives are not neces sary AX WARNING e Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual e The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiat
518. result in the child restraint not being properly se cured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision e When installing a child restraint system in the 3rd center position both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured See 3rd row center seat belt earlier in this section 1 46 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system wy SSS0640 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sec tions before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint man ufacturer s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint or headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint or headrest is removed store it in a secure pla
519. revent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can cause unsafe vehicle handling and long braking dis tance This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal in jury Failures caused by overload ing are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels sepa rately to determine axle loads In dividual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings Technical and consumer information 9 17 TOWING A TRAILER AA WARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its ca
520. rgo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance and may lead to accidents Ay CAUTION e Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged e For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 MPH 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used primarily to carry passengers and cargo Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drivetrain steering braking and other systems 9 18 Technical and consumer information An INFINITI Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www InfinitiUSA com This guide includes information on trailer towing capability and the special equipment required for proper towing MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing load specification later in this section The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight e When towing a trailer load of 3 500 lbs 1 587 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used The maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR should not exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification chart STI0541 The GCWR eq
521. ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be danger ous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly See Pre cautions on seat belt usage later in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Unat tended children could become involved in serious accidents The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 FRONT SEATS Front power seat adjustment Operating tips e The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 sec onds then reactivate the switch e Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is o
522. rim could increase the risk of injury if the front air bag inflates SSS0008 SSS0009 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 57 AX WARNING e Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain and rollover air bags Do net lean against the doors or windows inflate if they are not properly re 5850832 strained Pre teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible e Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child See Child restraints earlier in this section for details Do net lean against the dnars or windows SSS0833 1 58 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system S SS0162 AX WARNING Front seat mounted side impact supplemen tal air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags e The side impact supplemental air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a front impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the ri
523. river assistance switch BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION SYS TEM OPERATION If the radar sensors detect vehicles in the detection zone the Blind spot warning indicator light located inside the outside mirrors illuminates If your vehicle is approaching a lane marker the Blind spot warning indicator light flashes and an audible warning will sound three times Then the system applies the brakes on one side of the vehicle for a short period of time to help return the vehicle back to the center of the lane Blind Spot Interven tion operates regardless of turn signal 5 36 Starting and driving usage NOTE e Warning and brake control will only be activated if the Blind spot warning indicator light is already illuminated when your vehicle approaches a lane marker If another vehicle comes into the detection zone after your vehicle has crossed a lane marker no warning or brake control will be activated See BSW Blind Spot Intervention driv ing situations later in this section e The Blind Spot Intervention system is typically activated earlier than the Lane Departure Prevention LDP sys tem when your vehicle is approaching a lane marker The Blind Spot Intervention system turns on when the dynamic driver assistance switch on the steering wheel is pushed when the Blind Spot Intervention is enabled in the settings menu on the center display The Blind Spot Intervention ON indicator light green on the i
524. riving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime running lights illuminate once the parking brake is released The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Ay WARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Adaptive Front lighting System AFS if so equipped The Adaptive Front lighting System AFS will automatically adjust the headlights low beam toward the turning direction to improve the driver s view When the head light switch is ON and the driver operates the steering wheel in a turn the AFS system will be activated The AFS will operate e Right side headlight When the headlight switch is ON When the shift lever is in any position other than P Park or R Instruments and controls 2 41 Reverse When the steering wheel is turned clockwise e Left side headlight When the headlight switch is ON When the shift lever is in any position other than P Park or R Reverse When the vehicle is driven at a speed above 16 MPH 25km h However when the vehicle s speed decreases below 3 MPH 5 km h it will stop When the steering wheel is turned counterclockwise AFS w
525. row captain s seats if so equipped on the seatback of the outboard seating positions as shown e 3rd row bench seat on the floor of the cargo area behind the center seat position as shown If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the rear seat consult an INFINITI retailer for details REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN STALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sec tions before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint in the 2nd row seats using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint man ufacturer s instructions Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 SS1102 Rear facing web mounted step 2 Secure the child restraint anchor at tachments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attach ment is properly attached to the lower anchors Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 1 40 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0639 Rear facing step 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to com press the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tigh
526. rranty Emission control system warranty 9 31 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 36 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 34 Washing 7 2 Waxing 7 3 10 8 Welcome light Wheel tire size Wheels and tires Care of wheels Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels Window washer fluid Window s CUBBIE AET ROTET AT TATE Power windows Windshield wiper and washer switch Wiper Rain sensing auto wiper System 2 35 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 36 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 34 Wiper blades sessssesssssesorsessesesseseeseesessessesse 8 20 X Xenon headlights ssesesseeseessseesesseseesesserereersesee 2 38 MEMO 10 9 MEMO MEMO GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION VK56VD engine INFINITI recommends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gasoline is not available you may use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 but you may notice a decrease in performance Ay CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control systems and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 15 or E 85
527. rt e Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary e Never use blocks on or under the jack 6 8 In case of emergency 2 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground NCE130 3 Install the assembled jack rod into the jack as shown 4 Carefully raise the vehicle until the clearance between the tire and ground is achieved 5 To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands and turn the jack lever NOTE Before jacking up the vehicle make sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the vehicle is lifted up with the engine running the auto leveling suspen sion will become disabled after 120 In case of emergency 6 9 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence as illustrated Lower the vehicle comple tely seconds To reset the auto leveling sus pension cycle the ignition switch ON OFF one time Ay WARNING e Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tigh tened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident i e Do not use oil or grease on the wheel Installing the spare tire studs or nuts This could cause the nuts The full size temporary use only spare tire to become loose if so equipped is designed f
528. ry or death in a collision The illustration shows the seating posi Components 2nd row center seat tions equipped with headrests if so equipped m Indicates the seating position is 1 Headrest equipped with a removable headrest 2 Notch Indicates the seating position is not 3 Lock knob equipped with a head restraint or head rest 4 Stalks Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 Removal and attachment 2nd row center seat if so equipped To remove the headrest push and hold the lock knob and pull the headrest up If the headrest is removed store it in a secure place Reinstall the headrest before an occupant uses the seating position To attach the headrest push and hold the lock knob and insert the headrest stalks into the holes SS1111 Front seats ARMREST if so equipped Front seats The console box lid can be used as an armrest Slide the box lid forward or backward to the desired position if so equipped 1 18 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SS1070 2nd row seat 2nd row seat Pull and draw the armrest forward until it is horizontal FLEXIBLE SEATING AX WARNING e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold down position In a collision people riding in these areas without proper restraints are more likely to be
529. s CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PUSH EJECT This is an error due to the temperature inside the player is too high Remove the CD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio system only AAC MP3 and WMA CD DVD Digital Versatile Disc player Do not force a compact disc into the CD DVD insert slot This could damage the CD DVD player During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to humid ity If this occurs remove the CD DVD and dehumidify or ventilate the player 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD DVD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compart ment temperature is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the CO
530. s If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed e Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or wind shield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Pull the wiper arm 2 Push the release tab and then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm while pushing the release tab to remove 3 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds 4 Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove Ay CAUTION After wiper blade replacement return the wi
531. s are stored in the fuse box Extended storage fuse switch if so equipped To reduce battery drain the extended storage fuse switch comes from the factory switched off Prior to delivery of your vehicle the switch is pushed in switched on and should always remain on If the extended storage fuse switch is not pushed in switched on the SHIPPING MODE ON PUSH STORAGE FUSE warning may appear on the dot matrix liquid crystal display if so equipped See Dot matrix liquid crystal display in the 2 Instru ments and controls section If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage fuse switch and check for an open fuse NOTE If the extended storage fuse switch mal functions or if the fuse is open it is not necessary to replace the switch In this case remove the extended storage fuse switch and replace it with a new fuse of the same rating How to remove the extended storage fuse switch 1 To remove the extended storage fuse switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position 3 Remove the fuse box cover Pinch the locking tabs found on each side of the storage fuse switch 5 Pull the storage fuse switch straight out from the fuse box INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts Mainte
532. s are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equip ment such as the trailer hitch will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR Front GAWR Rear GAWR Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR and Towing capacity All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales com monly found at truck stops highway weigh stations building supply centers or sal vage yards To determine the available payload capa city for tongue king pin load use the following procedure 1 Locate the GVWR on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 2 Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer 3 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR The remaining amount is the available maximum tongue king pin load To determine the available towing capacity use the following procedure 1 Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the Towing Load Specification chart found later in this section 2 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GCWR The remaining amount is the available maximum towing capacity To determine the Gross Trailer Weight weigh your trailer on a scale with all equipment
533. s does not indicate a system malfunc tion Stowing the damaged tire and tools 1 Securely store the damaged tire jack and tools in the storage area Close the cargo floor cover Replace the cargo floor board 4 Close the lift gate AX WARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The full size temporary use only spare tire if so equipped is designed for emergency use See specific instruc tions under the heading Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be followed Ay WARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always pre sent in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything immediately flush the contacted area with water Keep the battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rat
534. s high lt P is displayed on the screen and when the air flow is low the indication in the screen changes to Plasmacluster and Plasmacluster ion are registered trademarks of Sharp Cor poration Exhaust gas outside odor detection sen sor This vehicle is equipped with an exhaust gas detection sensor When the automatic intake air control is ON the sensor detects industry odors such as pulp or chemicals and exhaust gas such as gasoline or diesel When such odors or gas are detected the system automatically changes from the outside air circulation mode to the recirculation mode When the auto recirculation button is pushed under the following conditions the indicator light on the 44 button will illuminate and the exhaust gas detection sensor will turn on e The air flow control is not in the front defroster mode the indicator light on the qi front defroster button is Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 turned off e The outside temperature is about 32 F 0 C or more When the automatic intake air control is ON for the first 5 minutes the recircula tion mode is selected to prevent dust dirt and pollen from entering the vehicle and cleans the air inside of the vehicle with positive and negative ions that are emitted from the ventilator After the 5 minutes the sensor detects exhaust gas and automatically alternates betwee
535. s necessary to repair the spare tire contact an INFINITI retailer For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carry ing capacity as originally equipped See Specifications in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for recom mended types and sizes of tires and wheels AX WARNING e The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speed ometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury e For Two Wheel Drive 2WD models if your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an accident and personal injury If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dim
536. scceded sess casescceassasenedsdcecdesese Automatic climate control Automatic climate control Operating tipS s sssssssssssssssssssscsssssssessesssssse 4 46 Linking Intelligent Key 4 46 In cabin Microfilter ce eeeseseeceeeeeeeeeeeee 4 46 Servicing climate Control cecceeeeeeeeeeee 4 47 Audio SYSLEM essesi aniis ie eaS 4 47 Audio operation precautions sseeeeee 4 47 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD Player ssnstinin eaa onia 4 60 DVD Digital Versatile Disc Player operation sssssessseesssssessssecesesseeessseeees 4 64 USB memory operation s esssssesessssreeessesseees 4 67 Bluetooth streaming audio c ccceeeees 4 72 iPod player operation cscccscesceseeseeees 4 76 Front auxiliary input jackS eesseeeesseeeesssee 4 78 CD DVD USB memory care and cleaning 4 80 Steering wheel mounted controls for audio Antenna anois tes serors rist AEE aS Dual head restraint DVD system if SO EQUIP PE cciccsisiceconsesssesseccceriosasaesceneossessesece 4 83 System COMPONENMS cceseceeseceessceeeseeeees 4 83 Before operating dual head restraint DVD Syste Mertinas eE SAOSA SE 4 91 Playing Digital Versatile Disc DVD USB 4 92 Operating tipSiveic scecss ccssns teases cucecadicses eseist 4 97 Care and maintenance ccceeesceeeeeeeeeees 4 97 Car phone or CB radio eeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeee 4 98 Bluetooth Hands Fr
537. scsecsseeeeee 2 27 Tires Flat tire 6 3 Low tire pressure warning system as Tire and Loading information label 8 33 9 13 Tire chains Tire dressing Tire pressure Tire pressure information display 4 9 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS Tire rotation Types of tires Uniform tire quality grading Wheel tire size Wheels and tires Top Tether strap child restraints cscs 1 39 Touch screen Towing Flat towing Tow truck towing Towing a trailer Towing safety TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator TPMS Tire pressure warning system Trailer towing Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 68 Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF 6 8 12 Driving with automatic transmission 5 17 Transmission shift lever lock release Transmitter See remote keyless entry system Traveling or registering your vehicle in another country 5 20 3 15 Trip computer 2 28 Trip odometer 2 29 Turn Signal SWitCH scescsesssesssereceeseteseeseees 2 43 U Underbody cleaning cscescscsscsscsesesscseseeees 7 3 Uniform tire quality grading 9 30 USB memory operation 4 67 V Vanity MIO tr eirsssssssr k osese at 3 32 Vanity mirror lights 2 67 Variable voltage control system 8 17 Vehicle DiMeNSIONS eeeessceeeec
538. section More maintenance reminders are also available on the center display See How to use INFO button in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section Instruments and controls 2 27 MEG eave 10 0 MPG MPH Tue 00 00 mies 000 0 RANGE 0000mnes Instruments and controls OUTSIDE TEMP He 00 F SETTING gt SKIP gt ALERT gt MAINTENANCE gt OPTIONS ENTER NEXT WARNING X 1 gt SKIP gt DETAIL MENTER NEXT S1C4420 TRIP COMPUTER Switches for the trip computer are located on the right side of the combination meter panel To operate the trip computer push the switches as shown above UJ switch switch When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the J switch Each time the J switch is pushed the display will change as follows Current fuel consumption Average fuel consumption and speed Elapsed time and trip odometer Distance to empty dte gt Outside air temperature ICY gt Setting Warning check 1 Current and average fuel con sumption The current and average fuel consumption mode shows the current and average fuel consumption 2 Average fuel consumption MPG or liter 100 km and speed MPH or km h Fuel consumption The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consum
539. seeeseeeeseeeeeseee 9 34 P Pan ic alaf Miesies naese raaire e ERa RE 3 17 Parking Brake break in ssesssssesosssssesosseseesessesseseee Parking brake operation Parking on hills Phone Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 4 98 Car phone or CB radio Pocket Power Front Seat adjustment sessesseseesseeeeeeeeees 1 4 Power door lock Power outlet Power steering fluid Power steering system Power WiINdOWS cccssccesseceseeeesseeenseeeseees Precautions Audio operation Braking precautions Child restraints Cruise control Driving Safety eesesssceseceeeeceeseeeeneeeens Lane departure warning LDW system 5 22 Maintenance scsscsssssccsescsscssccsesssssosesoee 8 5 On pavement and off road driving 0008 5 8 Precautions on BCI SySteM scescsseseeeees 5 51 Precautions on Blind Spot Intervention system Seat belt usage Supplemental restraint system When starting and driving Preview function Preview Function warning light Push starting Push button ignition switch Car phone or CB radio FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD Pla Vek is eniai ienzcselsasdsasiacagecbassaeeassedseesaess Rain sensing auto wiper system Rapid air pressure loss Readiness for inspection maintenance UM testien nni ana 9 32 Rear door lock Child safety rear door lock Rear personal lightS cessccseseeeereeeeeee Rear w
540. seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any cargo is on the rear seats Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident Always replace and adjust them properly if they have been removed for any reason If the head restraints are removed for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury When folding the bench seat seatback down for maximum storage make sure the seat base is in the latched position by rocking the seat base If the seat base is not properly secured cargo stored on top of a folded seatback may become a projectile causing personal injury or vehicle damage Ay CAUTION When folding
541. sessssiisinseroesteasdsnsi ne trirta 2 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Fuel CAUSE rsi soriro teera r eaa ccSvavecusevacuaeuss 2 9 Engine oil pressure gauge esseesssssssssssssssees 2 9 VOIMEtEL es care cicaccevedscessces ois ahesdev ees ae eria 2 10 Meter ring illumination and needle sweep 2 10 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders ccesecceesecceeecceesceeseeees 2 11 Checking DUIDS ee eeecceeeeecceeeceeesceeeeees 2 12 Warning lights cecceeeccceeecceeecceteeceeeeeees 2 12 Indicator lights ee eecceeeecceecceeseceeeeeeeees 2 18 Audible reminders c csccceeseceeseceeseeeeees 2 21 Dot matrix liquid crystal display eee 2 22 Operational indicators cc eeeeseeeeeeeeeeeee 2 24 Maintenance indicators cceeeeceeseceeees 2 27 TriP COMPUTES cc eeeccceseeceeecee essen eeceeeseees 2 28 Security SYSTEMS 0 0 cece eeeecceeeeceeeeceeesceeeeeeees 2 31 Vehicle Security System 0 0 0 eeeecceeeeeeeeeeee 2 31 INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 32 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 34 Washer operation ssssccesessseceeeeeeseeees 2 35 Rain sensing auto wiper system 66 2 35 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 36 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch eee ceeecceceecceeeceeeeeceeeeeeeees 2 37 Rear w
542. sing the switches Make sure the seatback is locked in position See Power folding earlier in this section Return the 2nd row seat to a seating position by raising the 2nd row seat backs to an upright position Make sure the seatback is locked in position SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE A CAUTION If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced INFINITI strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position in cludes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven When folding the 2nd row seat for maximum cargo hauling be sure that cargo does not contact the center console of the captain s seat if so equipped to avoid possible damage to the console Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 SSS0134A 1 22 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Ay WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly re strained in the rear seat and if appro priate in a child restraint The seat belt shoul
543. sition SIC4448 VANITY MIRROR To use the front vanity mirror pull down the sun visor and pull up the cover AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER SPA2756 SET memory switches The automatic drive positioner system has three features e Entry exit function e Memory storage e Setting memory function ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION This system is designed so that the driver s seat and steering column will automati cally move when the automatic transmis sion shift lever is in the P Park position This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver s seat more easily The driver s seat will slide backward and the steering wheel will move up when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position The driver s seat and steering wheel will return to the previous positions when the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position The driver s seat will not return to the previous positions if the seat or steering adjusting switch is operated when the seat is at the exit position Cancel or activate entry exit func tion The shift lever must be in the P Park position with the ignition switch in the OFF position The entry exit function can be activated or canceled by pressing and holding the SET switch for more than 10 seconds The indicator lights on the memory switches 1 and 2 will blink once when the function is canceled and the indicator lights will blink twice when the funct
544. sk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents e The curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a front impact rear impact or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The seat belts the side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bags on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bags inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 59 e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bags inflation 1 60 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system
545. ssible to detect the distance from the vehicle ahead When the reflectors on the vehicle ahead are missing damaged or covered Starting and driving 5 95 When the reflectors of the vehicle ahead are covered with dirt snow or road spray When visibility is low such as rain fog snow etc When snow or road spray from traveling vehicles is splashed When dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from vehicles reduces the visibility of the sensor When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the luggage room of your vehicle When abruptly accelerating or de celerating On a steep downhill slope or on roads with sharp curves When there is a highly reflective object near the vehicle ahead for example being very close to another vehicle signboard etc When towing a trailer or other vehicle e Depending on certain road conditions curved or beginning of a curve vehicle conditions steering position or vehicle 5 96 Starting and driving position or the preceding vehicle s conditions position in lane etc the system may not function properly The system may not function in offset conditions The system may not function when the distance to the vehicle ahead is extre mely close SSD0782 Reflectors on the road AX WARNING e The system may detect highly reflective objects such as reflectors signs white markers and oth
546. status light P 1 63 20 Cup holder P 2 54 21 Automatic climate control system P 4 39 22 Audio system P 4 47 23 Glove box P 2 57 if so equipped Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual METERS AND GAUGES a Tachometer P 2 8 Warning Indicator lights P 2 11 Speedometer P 2 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 8 Voltmeter P 2 10 aa S 7 B SIC4450 Dot matrix liquid crystal display Odometer twin trip odometer P 2 22 Engine oil pressure gauge P 2 9 Fuel gauge P 2 9 Illustrated table of contents 0 11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT 11 Drive belts P 8 18 12 Air cleaner P 8 19 Engine oil filler cap P 8 10 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 14 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 23 Battery P 8 16 Radiator filler cap P 8 8 0 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 VK56VD ENGINE 1 Window washer fluid reservoir P 8 15 2 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 23 3 Engine oil dipstick P 8 10 4 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 13 BONDY 0 12 Illustrated table of contents WARNING light ABS aft CHL TEMP AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Name v fos z D Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Automatic Transmission AT check warning light Automatic Transmiss
547. stem The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on the road conditions The ICC system maintains the set vehicle speed similar to standard cruise control as long as no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead The ICC system displays the set speed Vehicle detected ahead When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by controlling the throttle and applying the brakes to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead The system then controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance The stoplights of the vehicle come on when braking is performed by the ICC system When the brake operates a noise may be heard and or vibration may be felt This is not a malfunction When a vehicle ahead is detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator comes on The ICC system will also display the set speed and selected distance Vehicle ahead not detected When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead the ICC system gradually acceler ates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed The ICC system then maintains the set speed When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off Starting and driving 5 67 If a vehicle ahead appears during accel eration to the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC system is in operation the system controls the distance to that vehicle When a vehicle is
548. stems e Let s Practice Mode that allows practicing by follow ing the instructions of the system voice e Using the Address Book Tutorial for entering a destination by using the Address Book e Finding a Street Address if so equipped Tutorial for entering a destination by street address e Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips of speaking for correct command recognition by the system Note that the Command List feature is only available when Alternate Command Mode is active Informal on User Gu de We 7g Ware Recoanted With voice recagn hon you TALK can use voce commands to switeh contol ravigation audia hone and other tunctions o stan the voice fecognitian system pusa the TALK switch on the steenng wheel Then say a commard a tor lhe tere SAA2532 Getting Started Before using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system for the first time you can confirm how to use commands by viewing the Getting Started section of the User Guide 1 Select the Getting Started key 2 You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen using the INFINITI controller Tutorials on the operation of the INFINITI Voice Recognition system If you choose Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address or Placing Calls you can view tutorials on how to perform these operations using INFINITI Voice Recognition Inf
549. sudden change in brightness occurs For example when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge While the LDP system is operating you may hear a sound of brake operation This is normal and indicates that the LDP system is operating properly SSD0672 LDP ON indicator light green Warning light orange LDP system operation The LDP system provides a lane departure warning and brake control assistance when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approxi mately 45 MPH 70 km h and above When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane a warning chime will sound and the lane departure warning light orange on the instrument panel will blink to alert the driver Then the LDP system will automa tically apply the brakes for a short period of time to help assist the driver to return Starting and driving 5 27 the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane The warning and assist functions will stop when the vehicle returns to a position inside of the lane marker 5 28 Starting and driving vaai OGL Dynamic driver assistance switch The LDP system turns on when the dynamic driver assistance switch on the steering wheel is pushed when the Lane Departure Prevention is enabled in the settings menu on the center display The LDP ON indicator light green on the instrument panel illuminates when the LDP system is turned on Settings Naviga
550. surrounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehi cles If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system The system will cancel once it judges that the vehicle has come to a standstill and sound a warning chime To prevent the vehicle from moving the driver must depress the brake pedal e The system may not function properly under the following conditions To avoid accidents never use the ICC system under the following conditions On roads where the traffic is heavy or there are sharp curves On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow etc On off road surfaces such as on sand or rock etc During bad weather rain fog snow etc When the windshield wipers are operating at high speed The system may cancel when the wipers are set to the AUTO position When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor On steep downhill roads the vehi cle may go beyond the set vehicle speed and frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes On repeated uphill and downhill roads When traffic conditions make it difficult to keep a proper distance between vehicles because of fre quent acceleration or deceleration When towing a trailer or other vehicle In some road or
551. switch or on the steering wheel or turn the volume control knob on the instrument panel while talking on the phone This adjustment is also available in the SETTING mode 4 106 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Phone QO Ful Edit Duick Dia Download Phorebock Delete Quick D a Yolume amp Ringtone Aulo Downloaded Add or eai phonghoos entres JVHO480X PHONE SETTING To set up the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to your preferred settings push the SETTING button on the instrument panel and select the PHONE key Edit Quick Dial To edit the Quick Dial use the same procedure as described in Quick Dial earlier in this section Delete Quick Dial The Quick Dial entries can be deleted all at the same time or one by one Download Phonebook Download the contacts registered in a Bluetooth cellular phone Availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The memory downloading proce dure from the cellular phone also varies according to each cellular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for details When Auto Downloaded is active the system will automatically re download the entries registered in the phone every time it is paired with the vehicle even after you delete the entries from your vehicle s Handset Memory Volume amp Ringtone The following kinds of phone volume can
552. system is deactivated MOD 2 will disappear on the key G and the MOD icon will disappear as well When the sonar is turned OFF on the setting menu as well the will disappear Sonar When this item is turned ON the front and rear sonar is activated When this item is turned to OFF indicator turns off the front and rear sonar is deactivated The amber markers are displayed at the corners of the vehicle icon and the sonar icon will disappear on the The next time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Sonar is OFF is displayed briefly Towing Mode When this item is turned ON only the rear sonar is OFF The amber markers are displayed at the rear corners of the vehicle icon Show Camera when Sonar Activate When this item is turned ON the camera view is automatically shown on the display in the case that the distance to the objects measured by the sonar is becoming short Sonar Sensitivity Adjust the sensitivity level of the corner sonar higher right or lower left 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Check surround ngs for saledy A 2 Pe MOOE Change View JVHO270X View malfunction When the icon is displayed on the screen there will be abnormal conditions in the around view monitor This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected by an INFINITI retai
553. system may result in serious perso nal injury Once a seat belt pretensioner has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See an INFINITI retailer Removal and installation of the preten sioner seat belt system components should be done by an INFINITI retailer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by an INFINITI retailer INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to oper ate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any collision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged SSS0016 SSS0014 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 PREGNANT WOMEN INFINITI recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist and place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for
554. t contact with small or moving objects The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground The system may not detect the following objects Fluffy objects such as snow cloth cotton glass or wool Thin objects such as rope wire or chain Wedge shaped objects If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of ob jects or false alarms Ay CAUTION e Excessive noise such as audio system volume or an open vehicle window will interfere with the tone and it may not be heard e Keep the surface of the sonar sensors located on the front and rear bumper fascia free from accumulations of snow ice and dirt Do not scratch the surface of the sonar sensors when cleaning If the sensors are covered the accuracy of the sonar function will be diminished The system gives the tone for front objects when the shift lever is in the D Drive position and both front and rear objects when the shift lever is in the R Reverse position When the camera image is shown on the display the system shows the sonar indicator regardless of the shift lever position The system is deactivated at speeds above 6 MPH 10 km h It is reactivated at lower speeds When the objects are detected the indi cator green appears and blinks and the tone sou
555. t a USB device if a connector cable or USB port is wet Allow the connector cable and USB port to dry completely before connect ing the USB device Wait for 24 hours or more until it is dry If the connector and USB port are exposed to fluids other than water evaporative residue may cause a short circuit between the connector pins and USB port In this case replace the cable and USB port Otherwise damage to the USB device and a loss of function may occur If the cable is damaged insulation cut connectors cracked contamination such as liquids dust dirt etc in the connectors do not use the cable Replace the cable with a new one Do not put a USB device in a location where static electricity occurs electrical noise is generated or hot air from the air conditioner blows directly on it Doing so may cause the data stored on the USB device to be corrupted Notes for iPod use iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly An iPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek opera tion In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Generation will continue to fast forward or rewind if it is disconnected during a seek opera tion An incorrect song titl
556. t a speed approximately the same as your vehicle See BSW Blind Spot Intervention driving situations later in this sec tion A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind See BSW Blind Spot Intervention driving situations later in this sec tion A vehicle which your vehicle over takes rapidly See BSW Blind Spot Intervention driving situations later in this sec tion Severe weather or road spray conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles The radar sensors detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width When driving in a wider lane the radar sensors may not detect vehi cles in an adjacent lane When driving in a narrow lane the radar sensors may detect vehicles driving two lanes away The radar sensors are designed to ignore most stationary objects however ob jects such as guardrails walls foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected This is a normal operating condition The camera may not detect lane markers in the following situations and the Blind Spot Intervention system may not operate properly On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly yellow painted lane markers non standard lane markers lane markers covered with water dirt snow etc On roads where discontinued lane markers are still detectable On roads where there a
557. t continues to illuminate even if the IBA system is turned on with the IBA OFF switch 8 have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer To turn on the IBA system see Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system later in this section Departure Warning LDW Prevention LDP system earlier in this section and Blind Spot Warning Blind Spot Intervention Back up Collision Intervention systems earlier in this section For the sensor maintenance see Intelli 49 Ey gent Cruise Control ICC system earlier in aE this section FCW system operation The warning systems switch is used to turn on and off the FCW system when it is Beninge activated using the settings menu on the oR center display See How to enable disable Nanipaon ane ang BSSP the FCW system using the settings menu Audis Hear Display later in this section M r Pheng Driver Assislanuu When the warning systems switch is turned off the indicator on the switch is off l Biuetoata omer The indicator will also be off if the FCW the Lane Departure Warning LDW and the Blind Spot Warning BSW systems are deactivated SSD1102 For the LDW and BSW systems see Lane Adjist navga on settings Starting and driving 5 93 How to enable disable the FCW system using the settings menu Perform the following steps to enable or disable the FCW system 1 Push the SETTING button and high light the Dri
558. t of this feature depends on the type of music that is played For some music it may be difficult to realize the effect of this feature DivX Registration Code The registration code for a device that is used to download Divx files will be displayed on the screen If a disc is loaded or a USB memory is connected to the audio system this function will not be activated Display Album Cover Art When this item is turned to ON the album cover image is displayed when playing compressed music files through a CD DVD iPod or MP3 USB memory When the image is not properly embedded in the file or device the image will not be displayed Phone settings For details of the Phone settings see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System later in this section Bluetooth settings For details of the Bluetooth settings see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System later in this section Sedings Volume amp Bee ss Audio Vow ume Guidance Volume Ringtane Incoming Gal Gutyqeing Call Use velune knob to adast dunng payback Volume and Beeps settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Volume amp Beeps key Audio Volume To increase or decrease the audio volume select the Audio Volume and adjust it with the INFINITI controller You can also adjust the audio volume by turning the VOLUME control k
559. t on the vehicle Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 SSS1113 LATCH system lower anchor locations captain s seats a LOOS E E C LATCH system lower anchor locations bench seat Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint The LATCH anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the following 1 36 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system positions only e 2nd row captain s seats if so equipped e 2nd row bench seat outboard positions only if so equipped LATCH lower anchor AX WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision e Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration e Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child restraint will not be secured properly e Inspect the lower anch
560. t resistance is felt then tighten additionally more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 11 to 15 ft lb 15 to 21 N m Clean and re install the drain plug with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft lb 29 to 39 N m Do not use excessive force Refill engine with recommended oil and install the oil filler cap securely Ay CAUTION The dipstick must be inserted in place to prevent oil spillage from the dipstick hole while filling the engine with oil 10 11 See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Al ways use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes Check the oil level with the Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 d ipstick Add engine oil if necessary After the operation 1 Install the engine undercover into position as the following steps a Pull the center of the small plastic clip out b Hold the engine undercover into position c Insert the clip through the under cover into the hole in the frame then push the
561. t sufficient to inflate the tire If an electrical equipment is being used in or near the vehicle There is a malfunction in the TPMS system There is a malfunction in the horn or hazard indicators e If the Tire Inflation Indicator does not operate due to TPMS interference move the vehicle about 3 ft 1m backward or forward and try again If the Tire Inflation Indicator is not working use a tire pressure gauge AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL OVER AX WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid exces sive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering maneuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsi ness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Seat belts in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help redu
562. t switch is in the AUTO position turning the fog light switch to the 0 position will turn on the headlights fog lights and the other lights while the ignition switch is in the ON position or the engine is running if so equipped 2 44 Instruments and controls HEATED STEERING WHEEL SIC4401 The heated steering wheel system is designed to operate only when the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68 F 20 C Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm the steering wheel after the engine starts The indicator light on the switch will illuminate If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68 F 20 C the system will heat the steering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain a temperature above 68 F 20 C The indicator light will remain on as long as the system is on Push the switch again to turn the heated steering wheel system off manually The indicator light will turn off NOTE If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is above 68 F 20 C when the switch is turned on the system will not heat the steering wheel This is not a malfunction HORN To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel AA WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supple mental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury HEATED SEATS if so equippe
563. t the head level Pushing the A C button when the rear automatic air conditioning system is turned on with the rear air conditioner screen displayed will also turn off the rear automatic air conditioning system Rear Heating A C off 1 Push the REAR button to display the rear air conditioner screen on the front display when the rear automatic air conditioning system is on Switch the air flow mode to xa by pushing the MODE button Push the AUTO button The AUTO indicator light will illuminate and AUTO will appear on the display If the A C indicator light illuminates push the A C button The A C indicator light will turn off Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Doing so may cause the temperature to not be controlled properly To dehumidify the air push the A C button before turning on the heater Air does not blow out from the vents on the ceiling when the system is used for heating Turning the system off Push the OFF button when the rear air conditioner screen is displayed Qe IN OFF button Fan speed control button AUTO button Display MODE button TEMP button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 e Rear control buttons The rear seat passengers can adjust the rear automatic air cond
564. take the following pre cautions e Hanging type air fresheners can cause permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces Place the air freshener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface e Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause immediate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufac turer s instructions before using air fresh eners FLOOR MATS AX WARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury e NEVER place a floor mat on top of another floor mat in the driver front position e Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your vehicle model See your INFINITI retailer for more information e Properly position the mats in the floor well using the floor mat positioning aid See Floor mat positioning aid later in this section The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be maintained with regular clean ing and replaced if they become exces sively worn Appearance and care 7 5 Front example Floor mat positioning aid This model includes front floor mat brack ets to act as floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The floor mats have grom
565. te switch on the lower part of the lift gate The hazard flashes 4 times and the outside chime sounds when the lift gate starts closing NOTE When the lift gate is closed it remains unlocked Manually lock the lift gate Reverse function The power lift gate will reverse immediately if one of the following actions is performed during power open or power close e pushing the power lift gate switch on the instrument panel e pushing the lift gate button fr on the Intelligent Key e pushing the lift gate switch on the lower part of the lift gate The outside chime sounds when the lift gate starts to reverse The power lift gate button on the Intelligent Key cannot be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position Auto reverse function The auto reverse function enables the lift gate to automatically reverse when some thing is caught in the lift gate as it is opening or closing When the control unit detects an obstacle the lift gate will reverse and return to the full open or full close position If a second obstacle is detected the lift gate motion will stop and the drive motor will disengage The lift gate will enter the manual mode A pinch sensor is mounted on each side of the lift gate If an obstacle is detected by the pinch sensor during power close the lift gate will reverse and return to the full open position immediately NOTE If the pinch sensor is damaged or
566. ted by the vehicle audio controls iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries AA WARNING Do not connect or disconnect the iPod cable while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted your could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury Ad CAUTION e Depending on size and shape of iPod and iPod cable the tray lid may not fully close Do not force tray lid closed as this may damage iPod and iPod cable e Do not force the iPod cable into the USB port Inserting the iPod cable tilted or up side down into the port may damage the iPod cable and the port Make sure that the iPod cable is connected correctly into the USB port Some iPod cable come with a mark as a guide Make sure that the mark is facing the correct direction before inserting the iPod cable e Do not locate objects near the iPod cable to prevent the objects from leaning on the iPod cable and the port Pressure from the objects may damage the iPod cable and the port Compatibility The following models are available e Fifth generation iPod version 1 2 3 or later e iPod Classic version 1 1 1 or later e First generation iPod touch version 2 0 0 or later e Second generation iPod touch version 1 2 3 or later e First generation iPod nano version 1 3 1 or later e Second generation iPod nano version 1 1 3 or later e Third generat
567. tem will not operate To use the DCA system turn the Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode off then push the dynamic driver assistance switch For details about the Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode see Intelli gent Cruise Control ICC system earlier in this section When the engine is turned off the system is automatically turned off Starting and driving 5 85 1 System set display with vehicle ahead 2 System set display without vehicle ahead System operation AX WARNING The Distance Control Assist system auto matically decelerates your vehicle to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance from the vehicle ahead Manually brake when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance upon sudden braking by the vehicle ahead or when a 5 86 Starting and driving vehicle suddenly appears in front of you Always stay alert when using the DCA system The Distance Control Assist DCA system helps assist the driver to keep a following distance to the vehicle ahead by braking and moving the accelerator pedal upward in the normal driving condition When a vehicle is detected ahead The vehicle ahead detection comes on indicator When vehicle approaches a vehicle ahead e If the drivers foot is not on the accelerator pedal the system activates the brakes to decelerate smoothly as necessary If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle dece
568. temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions Ay CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is overheated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the 6 In case of emergency section for immediate action required FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to O Empty after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Refill the fuel tank before the gauge registers 0 Empty The low fuel warning W appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge reaches 0 There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches 0 The hi indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle Ay CAUTION e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the a malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the 8 light should turn off If the light remains on after a
569. tening the webbing of the anchor attachments applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 4 SS0100 Rear facing step 4 4 After attaching the child restraint test REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN it before you place the child in it Push STALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attach ment path The child restraint should A WARNING not move more than 1 inch 25 mm 3 7 from side to side Try to tug it forward e The three point seat belt with Automatic and check to see if the LATCH attach Locking Retractor ALR must be used ment holds the restraint in place If the when installing a child restraint Failure restraint is not secure tighten the to use the ALR mode will result in the LATCH attachment as necessary or child restraint not being properly se put the restraint in another seat and cured The restraint could tip over or be test it again You may need to try a loose and cause injury to a child in a different child restraint or try installing sudden stop or collision by using the vehicle seat belt if Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 e When installing a child restraint system in the 3rd center seat position both the center seat belt connector tongue and buck
570. terior front eere reren ree enseres ii 0 3 Exterior reat eere ea e ae aaa a aE aA ke ES ESA 0 5 Passenger compartment Tas oS Ti E E A ERT 0 8 Instrument panel Meters and gauges Engine compartment VK56VD engine Warning and indicator lights SEATS SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 0 2 Seat belt for 3rd row center seat belt P 1 28 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags P 1 55 Head Restraints P 1 10 Illustrated table of contents US Front seat Active Head Restraints P 1 16 Seat belts P 1 21 Front seat mounted side impact sup plemental air bags P 1 55 10 11 12 13 14 15 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 55 Child restraint anchor points for top tether strap child restraint P 1 36 3rd row seats P 1 8 Child restraints P 1 34 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 36 Armrest 2nd row seat P 1 18 2nd row Seats P 1 5 Child restraints P 1 34 Seat belt pretensioner P 1 68 Front armrest P 1 18 Front seats P 1 4 Occupant classification sensors weight sensors P 1 61 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 63 EXTERIOR FRONT 7 Towing hook P 6 18 8 Front view camera P 4 21 9 Center sensors Around View Monitor P 4 21 10 Fog light P 2 44 11 Headlight washers P 2 42
571. ternational Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either Quick Dial or Phonebook Please say Call followed by a stored name Change Number Corrects the recognized phone number available during phone number entry Call lt name gt 4 128 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Navigation Commands ommend C C dSCOSC S S SCSC SCSCS OR COCSC SC S S S S S S S Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 1 29 Information Commands r 4 130 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Audio Commands r Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 131 Help Commands a Command List Displays the navigation command list Displays the phone command list Displays the audio command list Displays the information command list Displays the help command list 4 132 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems General Commands oman SiS onSOS SCSSCCST Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 133 Information e User Guide Geding Started Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address fi Help on Speaking Displaying user guide You can confirm how to use voice com m
572. the 4WD shift switch is shifted After driving for a while you can change the 4WD shift switch between 4H and 4L When driving on rough roads e Drive carefully according to the road surface conditions When the vehicle is stuck e Place stones or wooden blocks under the tires to free the vehicle e Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4L e If itis difficult to free the vehicle repeat forward and backward movement to Starting and driving 5 103 increase the movement e If the vehicle is stuck deep in mud tire chains may be effective Ay CAUTION e Do not spin the tires excessively Tires will sink deep into the mud making it difficult to free the vehicle e Avoid shifting gears with the engine running at high speeds as this may cause malfunction 5 104 Starting and driving 4WD SHIFT SWITCH Shift the 4WD shift switch to either the AUTO 4H or 4L position depending on driving conditions With the switch set to the AUTO posi tion distribution of torque to the front and rear wheels changes automatically depending on road conditions encoun tered ratio O 100 2WD 50 50 4WD This results in improved driving stability If the 4WD shift switch is operated while making a turn accelerating or decelerating or if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while in the AUTO 4H or 4L you may feel a jolt This is not abnormal When the vehicle is stopped after making a turn you may feel a sl
573. the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your INFINITI retailer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your retailer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status However if the seat becomes unoccupied the air bag status light will remain off If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemen tal air bag warning light 4 located in the meter and gauges area will blink Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions Ay WARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate e Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification sensors weight sensors This can affect the operation of the air bag syste
574. the switch is released Auto reverse function AX WARNING There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs If the windows do not close auto matically If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initi alize the power window system 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Close the door Open the window completely by oper ating the power window switch 4 Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely 5 Release the power window switch Operate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete 6 Perform steps 2 through 5 above for other windows If the power
575. the 2nd row seat for maximum cargo hauling be sure that cargo does not contact the center con sole of the captain s seat if so equipped to avoid possible damage to the console When folding or returning the seat s to the upright position to avoid injury to yourself and others Make sure that the seat path is clear before moving the seat Be careful not to allow hands or feet Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 to get caught or pinched in the seat Stowing 2nd and 3rd row seats To stow 2nd and 3rd row seats for maximum cargo capacity y 8 SSS1119 Manual Operation 1 Pull lever located on the 2nd row seat The seatback folds down and the seat base will tip forward See Entry to 3rd row seat earlier in this section Power Operation 1 Push and hold the corresponding switch located on the instrument panel below the audio system The seatback will fold down and tip forward See Entry to 3rd row seat earlier in this section lt N SSS1120 2 Push the folded seat down until it locks in position 1 20 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 3 SSS1121 Fold the 3rd row seat flat using the switches located in the cargo area See Power folding earlier in this section Return 3rd row seats to seating posi tions by raising the 3rd row seatbacks to an upright position u
576. the OFF position SNOW MODE For driving or starting the vehicle on snowy roads or slippery areas turn the SNOW mode on To turn the SNOW mode on push the SNOW mode switch The SNOW mode indicator light on the meter panel will illuminate When the SNOW mode is activated engine output is controlled to avoid wheel spin To turn the SNOW mode off push the switch and the indicator on the meter panel will turn off Turn the SNOW mode off for normal driving and fuel economy SIC4454 Starting and driving 5 109 POWER STEERING AX WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate The power assisted steering uses a hy draulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns and at low speeds 5 110 Starting and driving BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hy draulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking ability at two wheels You may feel a small click and hear a sound when the brake pedal is fully depressed slowly This is not a malfunction and indicates that the brake assist mechanism is operating properly Hydraulically assisted brakes The hydraulically assisted brake system is
577. the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat see For ward facing child restraint installa tion using the seat belts later in this section Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while in the vehicle e When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or collision loose objects can injure occu pants or damage the vehicle Ay CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor syst
578. the front side view The MOD icon is not displayed on the screen when in this view AX WARNING e The MOD system is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation and is not designed to prevent contact with the objects surrounding the vehicle When maneuvering always use the outside mirror and rear view mirror and turn and check the surrounding to ensure it is safe to maneuver The MOD system does not have the ability to detect the surrounding sta tionary objects Check sureundirgs tar safety Pe MOC Change Views Bird eye view JVHO289X Change Vievr Front view rear view JVHO290X Chack surroundings or safety JVHO291X Rear wide view When the MOD system detects a moving object surrounding the vehicle the yellow frame will be displayed on the view where the objects are detected and a chime will sound once While the MOD system con tinues to detect moving objects the yellow frame continues to be displayed In the bird eye view the yellow frame is displayed on each camera image front rear right left depending on where moving objects are detected The yellow frame is displayed on each view in the front view rear view and rear wide view modes Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 While the sonar or the BCI chime if so equipped is beeping the MOD system does not chime A blue MOD icon is displayed in the
579. the lift gate There may be a pressure loss in one or both of the lift gate gas stays Have the lift gate inspected by an INFINITI retailer e Do not activate the power lift gate if one or both of the lift gate gas stays are removed Damage to the lift gate or power lift gate mechanisms may occur AUTO CLOSURE If the lift gate is pulled down to a partly open position the lift gate will pull itself to the closed position Do not apply excessive force when the auto closure is operating Excessive force applied may cause the mechanism to malfunction Ay CAUTION e The lift gate will automatically close from a partly open position To avoid pinching keep hands and fingers away from lift gate opening Do not let children operate the lift gate FUEL FILLER DOOR OPENING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR Ay CAUTION Lock all doors before going through auto matic car wash Locking doors helps prevent fuel filler door from opening and becoming damaged LIFT GATE RELEASE LEVER If the lift gate cannot be opened with the door lock switch due to a discharged battery follow these steps 1 Remove the cover A inside of the lift gate using a suitable tool 2 Move the lever as illustrated to open the lift gate Contact an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for repair SPA2752 To open the fuel filler door unlock the fuel filler door by using one of the following operations then push the right side of the door P
580. the system off Push the OFF button Upper vent system When the upper vent 4 button is pushed the air flow against the driver s or passenger s upper body becomes gen tle The indicator light on the button will illuminate In this mode air from the upper ventilator flows in order to control the cabin tem perature without blowing air directly on the occupants Push the upper vent 4 button when you want the air conditioner to work quickly To turn the system off push the upper vent button to turn the indicator light off Advanced Climate Control System if so equipped The Advanced Climate Control System keeps the air inside of the vehicle clean using the ion control and the automatic air intake control with exhaust gas detecting sensor Salus amp Audin a i vs ae AU lon control This unit generates highly concentrated Plasmacluster ions into the air blown from the ventilators and reduces odor absorbed into the interior trim The high density Plasmacluster ions gen erated in the air conditioner s air stream not only suppress airborne bacteria and reduce the adherence of odors to the interior trim but also have a proven skin moisture preserving effect When the air conditioner is turned on the system generates Plasmacluster ions automatically The amount of Plasmacluster ions in creases according to the amount of air flow When the air flow i
581. the transmission into gear If the shift lever is shifted from the N Neutral position to any other gear while the 4LO and 4HI indicators are blinking alternately the vehicle may move unexpectedly Ay CAUTION Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4L and 4H while driving The 4HI position provides greater trac tion Avoid excessive speed as it will cause increased fuel consumption and higher oil temperatures and could da mage drivetrain component Speeds over 62 MPH 100 km h in 4HI is not recommended The 4LO position provides maximum traction Avoid raising vehicle speed excessively as the maximum speed is approximately 31 MPH 50 km h When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the AUTO or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch between AUTO and 4H while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic trans mission gears for engine braking e Do not operate the 4WD shift switch between AUTO and 4H with the rear wheels spinning e Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4HI or 4LO position Driving on dry hard surfaces in 4HI or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise and tire wear INFINITI recommends driving in the AUTO position under these conditions e The 4WD transfer case may not be shifted between 4HI and 4LO at low ambient temperatures and the 4LO and 4HI indicators may blink even when
582. the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the VDC warning light in the instrument panel flashes so note the following e The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path e You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly e Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions If a malfunction occurs in the system the VDC warning light illuminates in the instrument panel The VDC system auto matically turns off The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The VDC off indicator illuminates to indicate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The VDC warning light flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the VDC warning light will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position When the 4L position is selected with the 4WD shift switch the VDC system is disabled and the VDC off indicator light illuminates for 4WD models See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warn ing
583. the vehicle ahead and the surround ing circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles The system may not function properly under the following conditions To avoid accidents never use the Distance Con trol Assist system under the following conditions On roads with sharp curves On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow etc On off road surfaces such as on sand or rock etc During bad weather rain fog snow etc When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor On steep downhill roads frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes On repeated uphill and downhill roads When towing a trailer or other vehicle In some road or traffic conditions a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking You may need to control the distance from other vehicles using the accelerator pedal Always stay alert and avoid using the DCA system when it is not recommended in this section Starting and driving 5 79 JVS0227X DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST OP ERATION Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to manually decelerate to maintain the proper following distance The Distance Control Assist DCA system may not be able to decelerate the vehicle under some circumst
584. the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSING INFINITI does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce dis coloration of the rubber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This com 7 4 Appearance and care pound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing e Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be diffi cult to remove e Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is completely removed from the tire tread grooves e Allow the tire dressing to dry as recommended by tire dressing manu facturer CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appeara
585. then In case of emergency 6 13 IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS Ay caution e Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire e To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap or coolant reservoir cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap or coolant reservoir cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly caus ing serious injury e Do not open the hood if steam is coming out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 6 14 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to the P Park position Do not stop the engine Turn off the climate control Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to In case of emergency 4 5 6 maximum hot and fan control to high speed If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approximately 1 500 rpm until the temperature gauge indication returns to normal Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be s
586. ther vehicle cuts in the system warns the driver with the chime and Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system display Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if e The chime sounds e The vehicle ahead detection and set distance indicator blink The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles Some examples are e When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing e When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehi cles is increasing e When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle The warning chime will not sound in the following cases e When your vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked or moving slowly e When the accelerator pedal is de pressed overriding the system SSD0284A NOTE The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the ICC sensor detects some reflectors A which are fitted on vehicles in other lanes or on the side of the road This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The ICC sensor may detect these reflectors when the vehicle is driven on winding roads hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve The ICC sensor may also detect reflectors on narrow roads or in road construction zones In these cases you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle Also th
587. tings Driver Assistance Varn ngs Forward Gallisio Warning a Lane Departure Waning oO ON Blind Spot yarn ng ON 3 Highlight the Lane Departure Warning key select ON enabled or OFF dis abled and push the ENTER button Temporary disabled status at high temperature If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions over approximately 104 F 40 C and then started the LDW system may be deacti vated automatically The lane departure warning light orange will flash When the interior temperature is reduced the LDW system will resume operating automatically and the lane departure Starting and driving 5 25 warning light orange will stop flashing LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION LDP SYSTEM Precautions on LDP system AX WARNING e TheLDP system will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely keep the vehicle in the traveling lane and be in control of vehicle at all times The LDP system is primarily intended for use on well developed freeways or high ways It may not detect the lane markers in certain roads weather or driving conditions Using the LDP system under some conditions of road lane marker or weather or when you change lanes without using the lane change signal could lead to an unexpected system operation In such conditions you need
588. tion olume and Beeps Audio Plionu Rear Display Driver Awsix lance l Biuetoain j her Adjist navigat on settings SD1102 How to enable disable the LDP system using the settings menu Perform the following steps to enable or disable the LDP system 1 Push the SETTING button and high light the Driver Assistance key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER button 2 Highlight the Dynamic Assistance Set tings key and push the ENTER button Saltings Dynamic Agsislance Set ngs Distance Control Assist oon Lane Departure Prevention oO ON Blind Spot irtervertion l ON 3 Highlight the Lane Departure Preven tion key select ON enabled or OFF disabled and push the ENTER button For the Blind Spot Intervention and DCA systems see Blind Spot Warning Blind Spot Intervention Back up Collision In tervention systems later in this section and Distance Control Assist DCA system later in this section Automatic deactivation Condition A The warning and assist functions of the LDP system are not designed to work under the following conditions e When you operate the lane change signal and change the traveling lanes in the direction of the signal The LDP system will be deactivated for approxi mately 2 seconds after the lane change signal is turned of
589. tion SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS section contains important information concerning the following systems e Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System e Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag e Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag e Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The supplemental side air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear 2nd and 3rd outboard seating positions in certain side impact or rollover collisions In a side impact the curtain and rollover air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted In a rollover the curtain and rollover air bags on both sides are designed to inflate Under both side impact and rollover sit
590. tion properly The remote engine start operating range is approximately 197 ft 60 m from the vehicle Operating a remote engine start To use the remote start function to start the engine perform the following 1 Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle 2 Push the LOCK 4 button to lock all doors 3 Within 5 seconds push and hold the remote engine start button until the turn signal lights illuminate If the vehicle is not within view push and hold the remote engine start C button for about 2 seconds The following events will occur when the engine starts e The front parking lights will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running e The doors will be locked and the air conditioner system may turn on e The engine will continue to run for about 10 minutes Repeat the steps to extend the time for an additional 10 minutes See Extending engine run time later in this section Depress the brake pedal and place the ignition switch in the ON position before Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 driving For further instructions see Driv ing the vehicle in the 5 Starting and driving section Extending engine run time The remote engine start function can be extended one time by performing the steps listed in Operating a remote engine start earlier in this section Run time will be calculated as follows e The first 10 minute run time will start when the remote e
591. tion overrides the system operation e When the driver depresses the accel erator pedal even further while the system is moving the accelerator pedal upward the DCA system control of the accelerator pedal is canceled e When the drivers foot is on the accel erator pedal the brake control by the system is not operated e When the drivers foot is on the brake pedal neither the brake control nor the alert by the system operates e When the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system is set the DCA system will be cancelled Approach warning If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in the system warns the driver with the chime and DCA system display Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if e The chime sounds e The vehicle ahead detection indicator blinks The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles Some examples are e When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing e When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehi cles is increasing e When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle The warning chime will not sound when your vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked or moving slowly Starting and driving 5 87 SSD0284A NOTE The approach warning chime may so
592. tion properly When driving with a tire that is not within normal tire conditions for example tire wear low tire pressure installation of spare tire tire chains non standard wheels When the vehicle is equipped with non original brake parts or suspen sion parts When towing a trailer e Excessive noise for example audio system volume open vehicle window will interfere with the chime sound and it may not be heard 5 52 Starting and driving WARNING BCI NOT AVAILABLE BCI temporarily not available Under the following conditions the BCI system will be turned off automatically a beep will sound and BCI NOT AVAILABLE warning will appear in the vehicle informa tion display e When the accelerator pedal actuator detects that the internal motor tem perature is high over approximately 212 F 100 C e When side radar blockage is detected The BCI system is not available until the conditions no longer exist Turn off the BCI system and turn it on again when the above conditions no longer exist WARNING BCI MALFUNCTION NEXT JVS0184X BCI malfunction When the BCI system malfunctions it will be turned off automatically a beep will sound and BCI MALFUNCTION warning will appear in the vehicle information display Stop the vehicle in a safe location turn the engine off and restart the engine If the warning message continues to appear have th
593. tion systems Prsc AUX DISC AUX button When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the Bluetooth audio device connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the Bluetooth audio device is connected push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the display changes to the Bluetooth audio mode corel Me Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the or m button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a Bluetooth audio file is being played the Bluetooth audio device will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the Bluetooth audio device will return to normal play speed When the or m button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a Bluetooth audio file is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the Bluetooth audio device will be played When the rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track starts playing the pre vious track will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the Bluetooth audio play mode screen is shown on the display Bluetooth audio will be indicated on the header of the screen mT Play pattern change To change the play mode push the fe button repeatedly and the mode changes as follows Normal Shuffle All Tracks Repeat 1 Track
594. tment will ask for the following information e Your name address and telephone number e Vehicle identification number on dash panel Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your INFINITI retailers name Your comments or questions You can write to INFINITI with the informa tion on the left at For U S customers INFINITI Division Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 or via e mail at nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com For Canadian customers INFINITI Division Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at information centre nissancanada com If you prefer visit us at www InfinitiUSA com for U S customers or www Infiniti ca for Canadian customers We appreciate your interest in INFINITI and thank you for buying a quality INFINITI vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information Index jo m N VI D W N e 0 Illustrated table of contents Seats seat belts and Supplemental Restraint System SRS errer tes TN deaneassencadesccaecdessdenacsecveaces 0 2 Ex
595. to the person conducting the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AX WARNING e Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain and rollover air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Addition ally the activated pretensioner must also be replaced The air bag module and pretensioner should be replaced by an INFINITI retailer The air bag module and pretensioner system cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag and the pretensioner should be inspected by an INFINITI retailer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of a supplemental air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI retailer Correct supplemental air bag and pre tensioner system disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Incorrect disposal pro cedures could cause personal injury Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 71 MEMO 1 72 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls COCKPiE areosa e e E EE E 2 3 Instrument Panel sesssseesesseesesersssseesssseeesssecessseee 2 5 Meters and gauges ssssssssesssesssesssessscsseesseessee 2 6 Speedometer and odometer ssseessseeessseesssseees 2 7 Tachometer sssrersiesi
596. tongue and buckle are identified by the and mark The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the 3rd center seat belt connector buckle To fasten the seat belt see Fastening the seat belts earlier in this section AA WARNING e When attaching the 3rd center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the 3rd center seat belt connector is completely secured If the 3rd center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sudden stop 1 30 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS1097 Storing 3rd row seat belt buckles Before folding down the seat put the buckles in the storage of the seat cushion to avoid dropping it under the seat cushion SSS0896 Shoulder belt height adjustment for front seats and 2nd row seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you See Precautions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust push the button A and then move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so that the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off of your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position AX WARNING e After adjustment
597. top the vehicle in a safe place and apply the parking brake before setting the clock On screen Clock When this item is turned to ON a clock is always displayed in the upper right corner of the screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 This clock will indicate the time almost exactly because it is always adjusted by the GPS system Clock Format 24h When this item is turned to ON the 24 hour clock is displayed When this item is not turned to ON the 12 hour clock is displayed Offset hour min Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per hour or per minute Daylight Saving Time Turn this item to ON for daylight saving time application Time Zone Choose the time zone from the following Pacific Mountain Central Eastern Atlantic Newfoundland Hawaii Alaska Settings Language amp Units Language amp Units settings The Language amp Units settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button Select the Others key to show the Language amp Units key Select Language Select the Select Language key Choose English Fran ais or Espa ol for your favorite display appearance If you select the Fran ais key the French language will be displayed so please use the French Owner s Manual To obtain a French Owner s Manual see Owner s Manual Service Manual order information
598. traveling ahead rapidly decele rates the distance between vehicles may become closer because the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly en ough If this occurs the ICC system will sound a warning chime and blink the system display to notify the driver to take necessary action The system will cancel and a warning chime will sound if the speed falls below approximately 15 MPH 24 km h and a vehicle is not detected ahead The system will also disengage when the vehicle goes above the maximum set speed See Approach warning later in this section The following items are controlled in the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode e When there are no vehicles traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode maintains the speed set by the driver The set speed range is between approximately 20 and 90 MPH 32 and 144 km h e When there is a vehicle traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode adjusts the speed to maintain the distance selected by driver from the vehicle ahead The adjusting speed range is up to the set speed If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill with in the limitations of the system The system will cancel once it judges that the vehicle has come to a standstill with a warning chime e When the vehicle traveling ahead has moved out from its lane of travel the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode accelerates and mai
599. trol dial dri ver side to set the desired tempera ture e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F For Canada 18 to 32 C e The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed will also be controlled automatically 3 You can individually set driver and front passenger side temperature using each temperature control button When the DUAL button is pushed or the pas senger side temperature control button is turned the DUAL indicator will come on To turn off the passenger side temperature control push the DUAL button 4 To turn off the climate control system push the OFF button A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate in this mode When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Push the AUTO button on 2 Push the A C button indicator will turn off The A C 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained auto matically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automati cally Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the system may not work properly Not r
600. ts by placing material on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that is not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front pas senger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occu pant classification sensors No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by an INFINITI retailer Installation of electrical equip 1 66 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ment should also be done by an INFINITI retailer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be replaced immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s
601. ttings screen for the rear display a DVD or USB movie file will be read automatically when the power is turned on See REAR DISPLAY settings later in this section The operation screen will be turned on when the DISC AUX button is pushed while a DVD or USB movie file is being played and it will turn off automatically after a period of time To turn it on again push the DISC AUX button again DVD USB operation keys To operate the DVD USB movie file select the preferred key displayed on the opera tion screen using the INFINITI controller If you perform an operation with the remote controller a symbol will be dis played on the lower left part of the rear seat screens indicating the function per formed This symbol will automatically turn off if no remote controller operation is performed for a specified period of time ll Pause Select the key and push the ENTER button to pause the DVD USB movie file To resume playing the DVD USB movie file use the PLAY key To pause the DVD USB movie file it is also possible to push the esi button on the keypad of the remote controller gt Play Select the key and push the ENTER button to start playing the DVD USB movie file for example after pausing the DVD USB movie file To start playing the DVD USB movie file it is also possible to push the 1 button on the keypad of the remote controller E
602. turn signal is activated in the direction of the detected vehicle a chime sounds twice and the BSW indicator light will flash See Blind Spot Warning Blind Spot Interven tion Back up Collision Intervention sys tems in the 5 Starting and driving section SNOW MODE SWITCH TOW MODE SWITCH Ol SIC4454 For driving or starting the vehicle on snowy roads or slippery areas push on the SNOW mode switch The SNOW mode indicator light will illuminate When the SNOW mode is activated engine output is controlled to avoid wheel spin Push off the SNOW mode for normal driving SIC4474 TOW MODE should be used when pulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load Driving the vehicle in TOW MODE with no trailer load or light trailer light load will not cause any damage However fuel economy may be reduced and the trans mission engine driving characteristics may feel unusual Push the TOW MODE switch to activate TOW MODE The indicator light on the TOW MODE switch illuminates when TOW MODE is selected Push the TOW MODE switch again to turn TOW MODE OFF TOW MODE is automatically canceled when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Instruments and controls 2 49 INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST IBA OFF SWITCH if so equipped The vehicle should be driven with the Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system on for most driving conditions The Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system will sound a
603. ty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwash ing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water Ad CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or da maged e Lock all doors before going through automatic car wash Locking doors helps prevent fuel filler door from opening and becoming damaged Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel w
604. type if so equipped Push and hold the switch located on the instrument panel The seatback will fold down and tip forward The lower corner of the seat base will lift and the 2nd row seat will tip forward Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 SSS1116 3RD ROW SEATS The 3rd row power folding seat controls are located behind the 2nd row seat both the drivers and passengers side on the 3rd row cup holder console 4 There are also controls located on the rear quarter trim panel behind the 3rd row seats passen gers side 2 Before operating the 3rd row seats e Make sure the 2nd row seatback is not reclined e Lower the 3rd row head restraint to the full down position Disconnect and secure the center seat belt and tongues into the retractor base See 3rd row center seat belt later in this section Always reconnect the center seat belt when the seat is returned to the upright position Make sure that there are no objects on the seatback cushion 1 8 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS1095 Power reclining Push and hold the rear side of the switch beside the 3rd row cup holders until the desired seatback angle up to 20 degrees is obtained To move the seatback forward again push and hold the front side of the switch until the desired angle is obtained Ay WARNING e After adjustment check to be sure the seat is se
605. ual Color Theme Choose the theme color of the menu screen from Black Brown or Silver 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Seciings Gomior Auta Interior luminaior Light Sensitivity l e TENE Seleclve Boor Urlack oo Intaligert Key LoaksUr lock 2 ON 1ra Casin lighting when unlocking dous SAA3151 Comfort settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Others key and then selecting the Comfort key This key does not appear on the display until the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Auto Interior Illumination When this item is turned to ON the interior lights will illuminate if any door is un locked Light Sensitivity Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights higher right or lower left Light Off Delay Choose the duration of the automatic headlight off timer from 0 30 45 60 90 120 150 and 180 second periods Selective Door Unlock When this item is turned to ON only the driver s door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the driver s or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corresponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 60 seconds When this item is turned
606. uals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could ad versely affect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appropriate for level highway driving may have to be reduced on very steep grades or for low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Temperature conditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheating The transmission high fluid temperature and engine protection mode which helps reduce the chance of transmission and engine damage could activate and automatically decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weath er and road conditions A WARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driving speed pull to the side of the road in a safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation See If your vehicle over heats
607. uations the curtain air bags will remain inflated for a short period of time These supplemental restraint systems are designed to supplement the crash protec tion provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be cor rectly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door fin ishers See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 55 Sit upright and well back Sit upright and well back 1 56 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Ay WARNING The supplemental front air bags ordina rily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air
608. udio Command Command AM Turns to the AM band selecting the station last played Turns to the FM band selecting the station last played XM Turns to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio band selecting the channel last played cD Starts to play a CD Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 119 General Commands command SSCS iow SSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCNSCNSCCCSCSCSCSC t dY Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen 4 120 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Voice command examples To use the INFINITI Voice Recognition function speaking one command is some times sufficient but at other times it is necessary to speak two or more com mands As examples some additional basic operations by voice commands are described here For navigation system commands see the separate Navigation System Owner s Man ual Voice Recognition S4l_ LY Piwne Y Navigation CH Information Audi a Hep Ta eyii ha d ihe TALK switch SAA2535 Example 1 Placing a call to the phone 2 The system announces Would you like number 800 662 6200 to access Phone Navigation Informa 1 Push the TALK 4 switch located on tion Audio or Help the steering wheel 3 Speak Phone Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 121 Voice Recegnit
609. uel economy and current fuel econo my will be displayed for reference To reset the average fuel economy Avg Fuel Econ select the Reset Fuel Eco key If the Fuel Eco History key is selected the average fuel consumption history will be displayed in graph form along with the average for the previous Reset to Reset period The unit can be converted between US and Metric See How to use SETTING button later in this section The fuel economy information may differ from the information displayed on the vehicle information display This is due to the timing difference in updating the information and does not indicate a mal function Information Tire Pressure SAC fai Fresnit L ei Front R ee Re psi ha psi QD Rear pI Rear R nn F a psi psi Select Units TIRE PRESSURE information AX WARNING e When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS The tire pressure will be displayed for reference The pressure indication kPa or psi
610. uipped on the vehicle is operational If the security system is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position For additional information see Security systems later in this section sNOwW SNOW mode indicator light When selecting SNOW mode while the engine is running this light will illuminate See SNOW mode in the 5 Starting and driving section TOW TOW mode indicator light This light will illuminate when the TOW MODE is selected while the engine is running See Tow mode in the 5 Starting and driving section gt Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on amp Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light The light comes on when the vehicle dynamic control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates that the vehicle dynamic control system is not operating When the 4L position is selected with the Four Wheel Drive 4WD shift switch the VDC system is disabled and the VDC off indicator light illuminates 4WD models For additional information see Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime A chime will sound if the driver side door is opened while the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC pos
611. uitable ropes and hooks Unsecured cargo can become dangerous in an accident or sudden stop Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage area It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Ay CAUTION Do not apply a total load of more than 22 lb 10 kg or 7 lb 3 kg to the hook Instruments and controls 2 59 CARGO FLOOR BOX Push the handle to open the cargo floor board 2 60 Instruments and controls ROOF RACK Always distribute the luggage evenly on the roof rack Do not load more than 221 lb 100 kg on the roof rails Observe the maximum load limit shown on the cross bars or roof carriers when you attach them on the roof rails Contact an INFINITI retailer for crossbar or other equipment information Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or its Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR front and rear The GVWR and GAW
612. ulelefillet CAp ciscessssi cis isscesssnssogcdessesatestesseetaa Tilt telescopic steering Electric operation SUN VISOTS 0eceeee ANLA KEN E E EE O T Inside MIRON cerssascsseescecesseesescodestosces iisa Outside MirrOrS eisiea ieies esnean Vanity MIOT ssssssosississsresteseoneoscsssesosasssssatirs Automatic drive positioner Entry exit function Memory storage oes x Setting Memory fuUnction ssesssssssessseesseseees System operation sssessseseseseeesssereeesseeseeese KEYS A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see an INFINITI retailer for duplicates by using the key number INFINITI does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key this key can be duplicated by an INFINITI retailer 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments 1 Intelligent Key 2 2 Mechanical key inside Intelligent Key 2 3 Key number plate 1 INTELLIGENT KEY Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intelligent Key system com ponents and INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System components As many as 4 Intelli gent Keys can be registered and used with one v
613. und and the system display may blink when the sensor detects some reflectors A which are fitted on vehicles in other lanes or on the side of the road This may cause the DCA system to operate inappropriately The sensor may detect these reflectors when the vehicle is driven on winding roads hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve The sensor may also detect reflectors on narrow roads or in road construction zones In these cases you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle 5 88 Starting and driving Also the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or driving position in the lane or traffic or vehicle condition for example if a vehicle is being driven with some damage SSD0996 Automatic cancellation Condition A Under the following conditions the Dis tance Control Assist system is automati cally canceled The chime will sound and the Distance Control Assist DCA system switch indicator will blink The system will not be able to be set e When the VDC system is turned off e When the VDC or ABS including the traction control system operates e When the SNOW mode switch is turned on e When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4H or 4L position for 4WD models e When driving into a strong light for example sunlight Action to take When the conditions listed above are no longer present turn the system off with the dynamic driv
614. underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corrosion which may be required in some areas consult an INFINITI retailer Appearance and care 7 7 MEMO 7 8 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirement ccsceceessceeeseeeeeee Scheduled maintenance General maintenance Where to go for service General maintenance ceceesecceeseeceeeceeeseeeeeee Explanation of maintenance items Maintenance precautions cceeessceeesceesseeeeees Engine compartment check locations VK56VD engine model Engine cooling system Checking engine coolant level a Changing engine coolant cceeeeceeeeeeees inta aT oT KEE EE AER T Checking engine oil level cscccesceeeeees Changing engine oil and filter Automatic transmission fluid Power steering fluid Brake fluid ON Brake fluid scccccissccctsccactectescscasscccstceeseciescsosess Window washer fluid seeeseeesesessesssessseessessseesse Battery ee eiar eE EEE E EET sE SS J ump starting senesnis ssis iras Variable voltage control system kei DINE Deltsis E E Spark PUSS ossessi aree ste ERa Replacing spark plugs Air cleaner seseesseseessssoossssseessss Windshield wiper blades oss us CLEANING asoeio reinen teia o esia atiae ia REPLACING ienn peses aeo eieaa Rear window wi
615. urers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum per missible inflation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the max imum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Term of tubeless or type Indicates whether the tire re quires an inner tube tube type or not tubeless The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown tube Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manu facturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other side wall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES AX WARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type Example Summer
616. urning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop e Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury HEAD RESTRAINTS AX WARNING Head restraints supplement the other vehi cle safety systems They may provide addi tional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions Adjust the head re straints properly as specified in this sec tion Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint Do not use the seat if the head restraint has been removed If the head restraint was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraints This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision 1 10 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The illustration shows the seating posi tions equipped with head restraints The head restraints are adjustable Indi
617. ush the EJECT button DISC AUX button When a DVD is loaded it will begin playing automatically The operation screen will be turned on when the DISC AUX button located on the instrument panel is pushed while a DVD is being played and it will turn off auto matically after a period of time To turn it on again push the DISC AUX button again DVD operation keys When the DVD is playing without the operation screen being shown as illu strated you may use the touch screen to select items from the displayed video You may also use the INFINITI controller to select an item from the displayed video When the operation screen is being shown use the INFINITI controller or touch screen to select an item from the displayed menus Il PAUSE Select the n key to pause the DVD To resume playing the DVD use the PLAY key play Select the key to start playing the DVD for example after pausing the DVD E STOP Select the m key to stop playing the DVD mr 44 Next Previous Chapter Select the or 144 key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward backward The chapters will advance go back the number of times this key is selected La 4 Commercial Skip This function is only for DVD VIDEO DVD VR Select the or al key to skip forward or backwards by the set amount as defined
618. ush the driver s door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key carried with you Push the passenger s door handle request switch or lift gate request switch twice with the Intelligent Key carried with you Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelli gent Key Insert the mechanical key into the door lock cylinder and rotate it towards the Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 rear of the vehicle e Push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK position To lock close the fuel filler door securely and lock all doors by operating the door handle request switch the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key the mechanical key or the power door lock switch FUEL FILLER CAP AX WARNING e Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling e Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire e Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also
619. ust accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice IC Regulatory information e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device e This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interfer ence Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Clarion Co Ltd VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem features using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system For more details see INFINITI Voice Recognition system later in this section page 4 109 4 100 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 1 PHONE SEND button CONTROL BUTTONS SAA3163 Phone Quick Dial Yolume amp Ringtone Call History Sornect Prone Plionuoouk Cornecled Phone l Dial Number JVH0473X CONNECTING PROCEDURE 1 Push the button and select the Connect Phone key The system is searching for yau phone Using your handset look fora Bluateoth dev ce called MY OAK When requested by ihe handset enter the PIN 1234 Exil ng screen canuuls search Cancel Connects
620. ustment notch must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position Front seat Active Head Restraint The Active Head Restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback re ceives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active Head Restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in 1 16 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AX WARNING Headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions Adjust the headrests properly as specified in this section Check the adjust ment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the headrest stalks or remove the headrests Do not use the seat if the headrests have been removed If the headrest was removed reinstall and properly adjust the headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the headrests This may increase the risk of serious inju
621. ut 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and release the ACCELERATE RESUME switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following con ditions and the control is automatically canceled e When the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed e When the shift lever is shifted to the N Neutral position e When the parking brake is applied e When the VDC including the traction control system operates e When a wheel slips CRUISE CRUISE Warning light When the system is not operating properly the chime sounds and the system warning light orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and then perform the setting again If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer PREVIEW FUNCTION for Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system equipped model The Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system with the preview function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing the vehicle ahead in the same lane and the distance to the vehicle ahead and relative speed fro
622. utton on the instru ment panel 2 Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 109 Seltings amp Voice recognition Gower and List User Guige Speaker Agantation Minimise Va ce Feedback A ternate Commarea Made 45 Change the rode of voice recegnition 4 Select the Alternate Command Mode key 5 The indicator turns off and the Stan dard Mode activates Displaying user guide If you use the INFINITI Voice Recognition system for the first time or you do not know how to operate it you can display the User Guide for confirmation You can confirm how to use voice com mands by accessing a simplified User Guide which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands Information User Guide i Sending Started Let s Practice Using the Aadress Book Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking SAA2531 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel Select the Others key Select the Voice Recognition key Select the User Guide key ibe oe ad Select a preferred item You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say Help Available items e Getting Started Describes the basics of how to operate the INFINITI Voice Recognition system 4 110 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition sy
623. val may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended above can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If severe this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have an INFINITI retailer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which INFINITI is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking after run or overheating This in turn may cause excessive fuel consumption or damage to the engine If any of the above symptoms are encountered have your vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer or other competent service facility However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy Technical and consumer information 9 5 engine load 9 6 Technical and consumer information GASOLINE ENGINES 1 API certification mark 2 API service symbol ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE COMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose th
624. vention j Relurn All Setir gs lo Default Highlight the Back up Collision Inter vention key select ON enabled or OFF disabled and push the ENTER button Precautions on BCI system AX WARNING e When the radar sensors may not be able to detect certain objects such as Pedestrians bicycles or animals A vehicle that passing at speeds greater than approximately 15 MPH 24 km h e The radar sensors may not detect approaching vehicles in certain situa tions When the vehicle parked aside obstruct the beam of the radar sensor When the vehicle is parked in an angled parking space When the vehicle is parked on the inclined ground When the vehicle turns around into your vehicle s aisle When the angle formed by your vehicle and approaching vehicle is small Severe weather or road spray conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles The sonar sensor may not detect Small or moving objects Wedge shaped objects Object close to the bumper less than approximately 1 ft 30 cm Thin objects such as rope wire and chain etc Starting and driving 5 51 e The brake engagement by the BCI system is not as effective on a slope as it is on flat ground When on a steep slope the system may not function properly e Do not use the BCI systems under the following conditions because the system may not func
625. ventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode For cruising at a preset speed 4 WARNING e Always drive carefully and attentively when using either cruise control mode Read and understand the Owner s Man ual thoroughly before using the ICC system To avoid serious injury or death do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle s speed in emergency situations Do not use the ICC system except in appropriate road and traffic conditions In the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode a warning chime will not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur 1 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 2 Conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode Push the MAIN switch to choose the cruise control mode between the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode and the conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode To choose the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode quickly push and release the MAIN switch To choose the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode push and hold the MAIN switch SSD1051 for longer than approximately 1 5 pp y seconds Once a control mode is activated it cannot be changed to the other cruise control mode To change the mode push the MAIN switch once to turn the system off Then push the M
626. ver Assistance key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER button 2 Highlight the Driver Assistance Warn ings key and push the ENTER button 5 94 Starting and driving Saltings Driver Assistance Varn ngs Forward Collision Warning oO ON Lane Departure Waning oO ON Blind Spot yarn ng ON 3 Highlight the Forward Collision Warn ing key select ON enabled or OFF disabled and push the ENTER Q button For the sensor maintenance see Intelli gent Cruise Control ICC system earlier in this section INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST IBA SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system warns the driver by a warning light and chime when there is a risk of a collision with the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane and the driver must take avoidance action immediately The system helps reduce the rear end collision speed by applying the brakes when the system judges that the collision cannot be prevented The IBA system will function when your vehicle is driven at speeds of approxi mately 10 MPH 15 km h and above and when your vehicle is driven at speeds approximately 10 MPH 15 km h faster than the vehicle ahead JVS0227X SSD0749 Vehicle ahead detection indicator The IBA system uses a distance sensor A located below the front bumper to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead When th
627. ver distraction Audio is available when a movie is played To view movies in the front display stop the vehicle in a safe location move the shift lever to the P Park position and apply the parking brake AX WARNING e The driver must not attempt to operate the DVD system or wear the headphones while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to vehicle opera tion Do not attempt to modify the system to display a movie on the front screen while the vehicle is being driven Doing so may distract the driver and may cause a collision and serious personal injury or death AX CAUTION Only operate the DVD while the vehicle engine is running Operating the DVD for extended periods of time with the engine OFF can discharge the vehicle battery Do not allow the system to get wet Excessive moisture such as spilled liquids may cause the system to mal function While playing VIDEO CD media this DVD player does not guarantee complete functionality of all VIDEO CD formats 4 64 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems goygoy Wde Il Parse Do Ea Bch lt q Ch lt lt SAA2497 Playing a DVD Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the DVD drive while watching the images Inserting removing disc Insert a DVD into the CD DVD slot with the labeled side up The DVD will be guided automatically into the slot When ejecting the DVD p
628. w the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint 1 38 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2nd row bench seat S SS1073 3rd row bench seat TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RE STRAINT If the manufacturer of your child restraint requires the use of a top tether strap it must be secured to an anchor point AX WARNING e In the 3rd row bench seat a child restraint with a top tether strap can only be used in the center position Do not place in an outboard seating position and attempt to angle the tether strap to the center position e Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses e Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located in the following locations e 2nd row bench seat if so equipped on the seatback of the outboard seating positions as shown e 2nd
629. w wiper and washer Switch operation P 2 36 Window washer fluid P 8 15 Spare tire under the vehicle P 6 3 Corner sensors Around View Monitor P 4 21 Towing hook P 6 18 Trailer hitch P 9 22 Center sensors Around View Monitor P 4 21 if so equipped Illustrated table of contents 0 5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Oyu MN 0 6 G7 8 91011121314 Cargo light P 2 68 Cup holders 3rd row seat P 2 55 Rear ventilators P 4 38 Coat hooks P 2 59 Rear personal lights P 2 66 Tray P 2 58 Illustrated table of contents 7 USB memory operation P 4 67 iPod player operation P 4 76 Door armrest Power window controls P 2 61 Power door lock switch P 3 5 Outside rearview mirror remote 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 control switch P 3 30 Automatic drive positioner switch P 3 33 Sun visors P 3 29 SOS call switch Refer to the sepa rate Navigation System Owner s Man ual Moonroof switch P 2 63 Map lights P 2 66 Sunglasses holder P 2 56 Inside rearview mirror P 3 30 HomeLink universal transceiver P 2 68 Cargo area Power outlet P 2 52 Cargo floor box P 2 60 Luggage hooks P 2 59 Jacking tools P 6 5 Rear console box P 2 58 Cup holders 2nd row seat P 2 54 Pocket P 2 58 Cup holders 2nd row seat P 2 54 Dual head restr
630. warning chime to alert the driver when the vehicle is traveling too close to the vehicle ahead and will apply the brake control if necessary To turn off the system push the IBA OFF switch The indicator will illuminate The IBA system will remain in the last ON or OFF state it was left in until it is manually changed by pushing the IBA OFF switch 2 50 Instruments and controls See Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system in the 5 Starting and driving section VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH LEN The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driving conditions SIC4455 If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicator will illumi nate Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the 5 Starting and driving section CLOCK If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time Readjust the time ADJUSTING THE TIME 1 To set the clock forward push the button 2 To set the clock backward push the button 3 To move forward or ba
631. while any door is open 3 Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with another registered Intelligent Key Ay CAUTION e After locking the doors using the request switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles e When locking the doors using the request switch make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession before operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle e The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been detected by the Intelligent Key system Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the vehicle lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system When the driver s side door is open the doors are locked and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed the lock will automati cally unlock and the door buzzer sounds NOTE The doors may not lock when the Intelli gent Key is in the same hand that is operating the request switch to lock the door Put the Intelligent Key in a purse pocket or your other hand Ay CAUTION The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions e When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument
632. with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir 2 34 Instruments and controls tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water If the windshield wiper operation is inter rupted by snow or ice the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor If this occurs turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms In approximately 1 minute turn the switch on again to operate the wiper SIC4492 The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed AUTO operates the rain sensing auto wiper system See Rain sen sing auto wiper system later in this section LO continuous low speed operation HI continuous high speed operation MIST one sweep operation of the wiper OOG WASHER OPERATION To operate the washer pull the lever toward the back of the vehicle until the desired amount of washer fluid is spread on the windshield The wiper will automatically operate several times The headlight washer if so equipped will also operate with operation of the wind shield washer See Headlight washer later in this section Wiper drip wipe system The wiper will also operate once about 3 seconds after the washer and wiper are
633. ximately 45 MPH 70 km h or if it cannot detect lane markers e lf the LDW system malfunctions it will cancel automatically and the lane de parture warning light orange will illu minate e lf the lane departure warning light orange illuminates pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle Turn the engine off and restart the engine If the lane departure warning light orange continues to illuminate have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer e Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound and the chime may not be heard The system may not function properly under the following conditions e On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly yellow painted lane markers non stan dard lane markers or lane markers covered with water dirt snow etc e On roads where the discontinued lane markers are still detectable e On roads where there are sharp curves On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects such as shadows snow water wheel ruts seams or lines remaining after road repairs The LDW system could detect these items as lane markers e On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates e When the vehicle s traveling direction does not align with the lane marker When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range When rain snow or dirt
634. y Select the Voice Recognition key Select the Speaker Adaptation key Sedings Speaker Adaptation Settings Speaker Adaptation See delete or edit voice data for ec 1 Select the user whose voice is memor ized by the system Select the Start Speaker Adaptation Learning key 6 Phone Commar ds Navigation Gammards liferation Core marids Audi Commands j Help Gommarde SAA2551 Select a category to be learned by the system from the following list e Phone Commands e Navigation Commands e Information Commands e Audio Commands e Help Commands The voice commands in the category are displayed Select a voice command and then push the ENTER button The voice recognition system starts Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 137 Sellings Speaker Adaptation Sy Dial Nunber Enier a comest e phone number and dials il Altcriate Command Mode ON Ta ayi had ihe TALK switch SAA2552 8 The system requests that you repeat a command after a tone 9 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from G to 2 speak the command that the system requested 10 When the system has recognized the voice command the voice of the user is learned Push the switch or BACK button to return to the previous screen If the system has learned the command correctly the
635. y be automatically turned OFF for a short time the blower will continue to operate Engine power and under some conditions vehicle speed will decrease Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal but the vehicle may not accelerate at the desired speed The transmission will downshift or upshift as it reaches pre scribed shift points You can also shift manually As driving conditions change and engine coolant temperature is reduced vehicle speed can be increased using the accel erator pedal and air conditioning cooling 5 16 Starting and driving function will automatically be turned back ON If 1 The engine coolant temperature is not reduced 2 The air conditioning cooling function does not turn back ON 3 The engine oil pressure warning light er illuminates or engine coolant temperature gauge does not return to the normal range from the H position this may indicate a malfunction Move the vehicle off the road to a safe area and allow the engine to cool If after checking the oil and coolant the remains on or engine coolant tempera ture does not return to the normal range do not continue to drive and contact an INFINITI retailer The Malfunction Indicator Light MIL SBF may also come ON You do not need to have your vehicle towed unless it remains on but have it inspected soon by an INFINITI retailer See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instru
636. y slack Make sure the head restraint or headrest does not contact the top tether strap 2nd row bench seat 1 50 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap on the rear seat consult your INFINITI retailer for details SSS1073 3rd row bench seat INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP 3rd row bench seat AA WARNING In the 3rd row bench seat a child restraint with a top tether strap can only be used in the center position Do not place in an outboard seating position and attempt to angle the tether strap to the center position The center position of the 3rd row bench seat is the seating position that can use a top tether strap First secure the child restraint with the seat belt as applicable 1 Position the top tether strap over the top of the center seating position seatback 2 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the floor behind the child restraint 3 Refer to the appropriate child restraint installation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your INFINITI retailer for details BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats AX WARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases e
637. y vehicle operation steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane etc or vehicle condition If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly You will have to manually 5 62 Starting and driving control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead When driving on the freeway at a set speed and approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead the ICC system will adjust the speed to maintain the distance selected by the driver from the vehicle ahead If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway the ICC system will accelerate and maintain the speed up to the set speed Pay attention to the driving operation to maintain control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this occurs you will have to manually control the vehicle speed feos owen P K S CS rasni HE Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sys tem switch The system is operated by a MAIN switch and four control switches all mounted on the steering wheel 1 ACCELERATE RESUME switch Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally 2 COAST SET switch Sets desired cruise speed reduces speed incrementally 3 CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed DISTANCE switch Changes the vehicle s following dis tance e Long e Middle
638. ymbols in this manual They are used in the following ways Ay WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely Ad CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed carefully If you see the symbol above it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen oe If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle S 9 7 J Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action gt t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING AA WARNING Engine Exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI SORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batteries may contain
639. zard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emer gency service to change the tire or see Changing a flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section of this Owner s Manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AX WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination delays reaction time and im pairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury INFINITI is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Your INFINITI is designed for both normal and off road use However avoid driving in deep water or mud as your INFINITI is mainly designed for leisure use unlike a conventional off

2014 Infiniti QX80

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents